tm2216156-3_424b3 - none

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-265331

Prospectus

Boxed, Inc.

Up to 15,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

This prospectus relates to the potential offer and sale from time to time by The Jones Group Ventures LLC, a Delaware limited liablity company, (“Jones Group” or the “Holder”) of up to 15,000,000 shares of our common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), that have been or may be issued by us to the Holder pursuant to a common stock purchase agreement, dated as of May 9, 2022, by and between us and the Holder (the “Purchase Agreement”) establishing a committed capital on demand facility (the “CCOD Facility”). We are not selling any securities under this prospectus and will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our Common Stock by the Holder. However, we may receive up to $100.0 million in aggregate gross proceeds from the Holder under the Purchase Agreement in connection with sales of our Common Stock to the Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement after the date of this prospectus. In connection with the execution of the Purchase Agreement, we agreed to issue 114,585 shares of Common Stock (such shares, the “Commitment Fee Shares”) to the Holder as consideration for its irrevocable commitment to purchase the Common Stock at our election in our sole discretion, from time to time after the date of this prospectus, upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement. See “The Committed Capital on Demand Facility” for a description of the Purchase Agreement and the CCOD Facility and “Selling Stockholder” for additional information regarding Jones Group.

The Holder may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of the Common Stock hereby registered publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of these shares of Common Stock, including with regard to compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws. The timing and amount of any sale are within the sole discretion of the Holder. The Holder is an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and any profit on sale of the Common Stock by it and any discounts, commissions or concessions received by it may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Although the Holder is obligated to purchase our Common Stock under the terms of the Purchase Agreement to extent we choose to sell such Common Stock to it (subject to certain conditions), there can be no assurances that the Holder will sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the Common Stock purchased under the Purchase Agreement. The Holder will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to its sale of Common Stock. See “Plan of Distribution (Conflict of Interest).”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. This prospectus complies with the requirements that apply to an issuer that is an emerging growth company.

Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “BOXD.” On June 14, 2022, the closing price of our Common Stock was $1.41.

Our business and investment in our Common Stock and Warrants involve significant risks. These risks are described in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is June 15, 2022.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, the Holder may, from time to time, sell the securities offered by it described in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by the Holder of the securities offered by it described in this prospectus. However, we may receive up to $100.0 million in aggregate gross proceeds from the Holder under the Purchase Agreement in connection with sales of our Common Stock to the Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement after the date of this prospectus.

We may also file a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part that may contain material information relating to these offerings. The prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus with respect to that offering. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, you should rely on the prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, as applicable. Before purchasing any securities, you should carefully read this prospectus, any post-effective amendment, and any applicable prospectus supplement, together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Neither we nor the Holder have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that provided in this prospectus, as well as any information incorporated by reference into this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. Neither we nor the Holder can provide any assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the Holder are making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement or any documents incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document. Since the respective dates of this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed .

This prospectus contains, and any post-effective amendment or any prospectus supplement may contain, market data and industry statistics and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications and other publicly available information. We believe this information is reliable as of the applicable date of its publication, however, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the information included in or assumptions relied on in these third-party publications. In addition, the market and industry data and forecasts that may be included in this prospectus, any post-effective amendment or any prospectus supplement may involve estimates, assumptions and other risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” contained in this prospectus, any post-effective amendment and the applicable prospectus supplement. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on this information.

We own or have rights to trademarks, trade names and service marks that we use in connection with the operation of our business. In addition, our name, logos and website name and address are our trademarks or service marks. Solely for convenience, in some cases, the trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus are listed without the applicable ®, ™ and SM symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. Other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Boxed,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to Boxed, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements concerning possible or assumed future actions, business strategies, events or results of operations, and any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. These statements may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words “believes”, “estimates”, “expects”, “projects”, “forecasts”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “seeks”, “plans”, “scheduled”, “anticipates” or “intends” or similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, including the risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the section in this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.” These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks, including, without limitation, the following:

•

responding to market conditions and global and economic factors beyond our control, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and potential changes in the nature in which businesses are operated following the pandemic;

•

our ability to deploy capital to develop and expand marketing and sales capabilities and to grow brand recognition and customer loyalty;

•

maintaining the listing of our Common Stock and Warrants on NYSE;

•

retaining or recruiting, or making changes with respect to, officers, key employees or directors;

•

maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting;

•

managing litigation and adequately protecting our intellectual property rights;

•

growing market share in our existing markets or any new markets we may enter;

•

our capital needs and the ability to secure financing on reasonable terms, or at all;

•

our ability to expand our Software & Services business;

•

competing in the global e-commerce and consumer delivery industry;

•

attracting and retaining successful relationships with customers and suppliers in a cost-effective manner;

•

the impact of changes in customer spending patterns, customer preferences, local, regional and national economic conditions, crime, weather, demographic trends and employee availability;

•

managing intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies worldwide in the industries in which we operate;

•

complying with laws and regulations applicable to our business;

•

our ability to achieve and maintain profitability in the future;

•

the success of strategic relationships with third parties;

•

our ability to remediate existing and potential future material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, which, if unsuccessful, may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or failure to meet periodic reporting obligations or impair access to the capital markets; and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

other factors detailed under the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus and incorporated herein by reference.

Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. Some of these risks and uncertainties may in the future be amplified because of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Additionally, new risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances, or otherwise.

You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from our expectations. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 9 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Common Stock or Warrants.

Overview

Boxed is an e-commerce retailer and an e-commerce enabler. We operate an e-commerce retail service that provides bulk pantry consumables to businesses and household customers (our “Retail business”). This service is powered by our own purpose-built storefront, marketplace, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. We further enable e-commerce through our software & services business, which offers customers in need of an enterprise-level e-commerce platform access to our end-to-end technology (our “Software & Services business”).

Founded in 2013 by an experienced group of tech pioneers, we have been a technology-first organization since our inception. The founders (including current Chief Executive Officer Chieh Huang and Chief Operating Officer Jared Yaman) had a simple idea: make shopping for bulk, household essentials easy, convenient and fun so customers can focus their time and energy on the things that really matter, instead of spending their weekends traveling to and shopping in traditional brick-&-mortar wholesale clubs with their families. From that initial concept, we grew into the e-commerce technology company that it is today, with our own purpose-built storefront, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. Now, in addition to offering B2C and B2B customers with bulk consumables, such as paper products, snacks, beverages, and cleaning supplies, we have also begun to drive high-margin revenue through our Software & Services business, helping the world to stock up through our technology. Since our inception, we have been engaged in developing and expanding our Retail and Software & Services businesses.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following:

•

If we fail to acquire new customers and retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may be unable to increase net revenue, improve gross margins or achieve or sustain profitability.

•

There is no assurance that we will successfully integrate MaxDelivery, the on-demand grocery delivery business we acquired in December 2021, and expand that business and revenues by adding on-demand grocery service fulfillment centers in select targeted markets.

•

We have a history of operating losses and may never be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

•

Failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform.

•

We operate in a rapidly evolving market and face intense competition, especially from larger and more established companies. We may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position, which may harm our ability to add new customers, retain existing customers, and grow our business.

•

The growth and performance of our business depend on our ability to accurately predict consumer trends and seasonality, successfully introduce new products, improve existing products, attract vendors to list such products and expand our offerings to respond to our users’ and vendors’ changing needs.

•

TABLE OF CONTENTS

results of operations and future revenue prospects will be harmed if we are unable to increase the adoption of its offerings.

•

The performance of our business may be adversely affected by changes in the nature in which businesses are operated following the COVID-19 pandemic and by the timing and long-term approach toward the return to traditional workplaces and work schedules.

•

If we fail to develop and successfully introduce new Software & Services offerings, or fail to maintain existing products and services that are significant to our retail partners, or if we are unable to anticipate and respond to rapid changes in technology or industry trends, our business, growth expectations, and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

•

We may be unable to source additional, or strengthen our existing relationships with, vendors. In addition, the loss of any of our key vendors would negatively impact our business.

•

We may be unable to sustain or improve our customer loyalty offerings, which could lead to reduced customer engagement and retention, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and rate of growth.

•

Food safety, quality, and health concerns could affect our business.

•

If we do not successfully optimize, operate and manage the expansion of the capacity of our fulfillment centers, or if we lose access to one or more of our fulfillment centers, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

•

Packaging and shipping products are critical parts of our business and any changes in, or disruptions to, our packaging and shipping vendor arrangements could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

•

Our business depends on network and mobile infrastructure, our third-party data center hosting facilities, other third-party providers, and our ability to maintain and scale our technology. Any significant interruptions or delays in service on our website or mobile applications or any undetected errors or design faults could result in limited capacity, reduced demand, processing delays, and loss of customers or vendors. A failure to adequately resolve such defects and implement new systems could harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations.

•

We are subject to risks related to online transactions and payment methods.

•

We rely on the performance of members of management and highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, develop, motivate and retain well-qualified employees, including due to evolving labor dynamics, our business could be harmed.

•

We may be unable to adequately protect our brand and our other intellectual property rights. Additionally, we may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims or other allegations, which could result in substantial damages and diversion of our management’s efforts and attention.

•

The Convertible Notes issued and outstanding upon the Closing may impact our financial results, result in the dilution of our stockholders, create downward pressure on the price of our Common Stock, and restrict our ability to raise additional capital or take advantage of future opportunities.

•

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation and we may incur material liabilities under, or costs in order to comply with, existing or future laws and regulation, and our failure to comply may result in enforcements, recalls, and other adverse actions.

•

Actual or perceived failures to comply with federal, state and international laws and regulations, our contractual obligations, or standards and other requirements relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection could adversely affect our business and financial condition, including by causing damage to our reputation with customers and retail partners, or resulting in our incurring substantial additional costs or becoming subject to litigation.

•

Operating as a public company will require us to incur substantial costs and will require substantial management attention. In addition, our management team has limited experience managing a public

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company and the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain additional executive management and qualified board members.

•

Our need to raise additional capital in the future to execute on our business plan and meet the financial covenants included in our term loan raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

•

It is not possible to predict the actual number of shares, if any, we will sell under the Purchase Agreement to the Investor, or the actual gross proceeds resulting from those sales.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware on September 23, 2020 under the name Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, we changed our name to Boxed, Inc. Our Common Stock and Warrants are listed on NYSE under the symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS,” respectively. Our principal executive offices are located at 451 Broadway, New York, NY 10013, and our telephone number is (646) 586-5599. Our website address is www.boxed.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). An “emerging growth company” may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

•

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

•

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

•

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote of stockholders on executive compensation, stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and having to disclose the ratio of the compensation of our chief executive officer to the median compensation of our employees.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the initial public offering of Seven oaks Acquisition Corp. However, if (i) our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period or (iii) we become a “large accelerated filer” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) prior to the end of such five-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company. We will be deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” at such time that we (a) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, for a period of at least 12 months and (c) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Issuer

Boxed, Inc

Common Stock offered by the Holder

Up to 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, consisting of

•

114,585 Commitment Fee Shares that we issued to the Holder in consideration of its commitment to purchase common stock at our election under the Purchase Agreement; and

•

Up to 14,885,415 shares of Common Stock that we may elect, in our sole discretion, to issue and sell to the Holder, from time to time under the Purchase Agreement.

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Common Stock by the Holder. However, we may receive up to $100.0 million in aggregate gross proceeds from the Holder under the Purchase Agreement in connection with sales of our Common Stock to the Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement after the date of this prospectus. We intend to use any proceeds from the CCOD Facility for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Market for Common Stock

The Common Stock is currently traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BOXD.”

Conflict of Interest

The Holder is an affiliate of JonesTrading Institutional Investments (“JonesTrading”) a FINRA member. JonesTrading is expected to act as an executing broker for the sale of shares of Common Stock sold by the Holder pursuant to the CCOD Facility.

The receipt by the Holder of all of the proceeds from sales of Common Stock to the public made through JonesTrading results in a “conflict of interest” under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) Rule 5121. Accordingly such sales will be conducted in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121. See “Plan of Distribution (Conflict of Interest).”

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before investing in our securities.

For additional information concerning the offering, see “Plan of Distribution (Conflict of Interest).”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in our Common Stock . Our business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our Common Stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

If we fail to acquire new customers and retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may be unable to increase net revenue, improve gross margins, or achieve or sustain profitability.

Our success depends on our ability to acquire new customers and retain existing customers and to do so in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to, and acquire, customers who have historically purchased their household and business essentials in bulk from other retailers such as traditional brick-and-mortar retailers, the websites of our competitors, or our vendors’ own websites. We have made significant investments related to customer acquisition, including our acquisition in December 2021 of substantially all of the assets of MaxDelivery, LLC to acquire their customers and expand our product offerings, and expect to continue to spend significant amounts to acquire additional customers. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the anticipated increase in net revenue and profitability from our investment in that acquisition, including the costs of integration, or any other acquisition to expand our business.

The paid marketing channels we invest in include search engine marketing, direct mail, display, television, radio and magazine advertising, paid social media, influencer campaigns, and product placement. We drive a significant amount of traffic to our website via search engines and, therefore, rely on their efficacy and targeting. Search engines frequently update and change the logic that determines the placement and display of results of a user’s search, such that the purchased or algorithmic placement of links to our website can be negatively affected. Moreover, a search engine could, for competitive or other purposes, alter its search algorithms or results, causing our website to place lower in search query results.

We also drive a significant amount of traffic to our website via social networking or other e-commerce channels used by our current and prospective customers. As social networking and e-commerce channels continue to rapidly evolve, we may be unable to develop or maintain a meaningful presence within these channels. If we are unable to cost-effectively drive traffic to our website, our ability to acquire new customers and our financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, if we fail to increase our net revenue per active customer, generate repeat purchases or maintain high levels of customer engagement and retention, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We cannot assure you that the net revenue and/or profit generated from the new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. If we fail to deliver a quality shopping experience, if we fail to offer products consumers purchase regularly or if consumers do not perceive the products we offer to be of high value and quality, we may be unable to acquire or retain customers. If we are unable to acquire or retain customers who purchase products in volumes sufficient to grow our business, we may be unable to generate the scale necessary to achieve operational efficiency and drive beneficial network effects with our vendors. Consequently, our prices may increase, or may not decrease to levels sufficient to maintain customer interest, our net revenue may decrease and our gross margins and profitability may decline or not improve. As a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We believe that many of our new customers originate from word-of-mouth and other non-paid referrals from our customers. Therefore, we must ensure that our customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals. If our efforts to satisfy our customers are not successful, we may be unable

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to acquire new customers in sufficient numbers to continue to grow our business, and we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenses in order to acquire new customers.

There is no assurance that we will successfully integrate the MaxDelivery on-demand grocery delivery business we acquired in December 2021, or expand that business and revenues by adding on-demand grocery service fulfillment centers in select targeted markets.

As a result of our acquisition of MaxDelivery, an on-demand grocery delivery business, in December 2021, we are in the process of expanding our perishable and fresh assortment offering to our customers. Currently, with the acquisition, customers within select zip-codes in Manhattan (New York City) now have access to an additional assortment of approximately 10,000 SKUs across a broad range of grocery categories, including fresh fish, meats, produce, dairy, and other perishable categories which Boxed has not historically offered broadly. We have plans to expand this business by adding fulfillment centers in other select target markets (zip codes) in 2022 and to further increase expansion in future periods. Expansion requires investment capital and additional personnel to identify, negotiate and complete lease agreements, procure operations equipment, recruit and hire workers, expand supply sources and operate the additional fulfillment centers. There is no assurance that we will have the necessary financial and human capital or the capacity to accomplish these objectives. The failure to do so will adversely impact our results of operations.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform. If we are not able to generate traffic to our website through our marketing efforts, our ability to attract new customers may be impaired.

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our e-commerce platform will depend on, among other things, our ability to expand our marketing and sales operations. We plan to continue expanding our sales force and strategic partners, both domestically and internationally. We also plan to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs, including advertisement placed in television and streaming programs, social media, search engine and other online advertising. Our messaging may not resonate with potential new customers to drive sufficient traffic to our website or generate the anticipated incremental orders on our platform to justify the investment. The effectiveness of our online advertising may continue to vary due to competition for key search terms, changes in search engine use, and changes in search algorithms used by major search engines and other digital marketing platforms. The ability to spend on sales and marketing programs will be impacted by available cash from operations with any reduction in marketing spend having potential negative consequences of lower customer acquisition and retention. Further, business and operating results will be harmed if our sales and marketing efforts do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop, and retain talented sales personnel, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective.

If the cost of marketing our platform over social media, search engines or other digital marketing platforms increases, our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Competitors also may bid on the search terms that we use to drive traffic to our website. Such actions could increase our advertising costs and result in decreased traffic to our website.

Furthermore, search engines and digital marketing platforms may change their advertising policies from time to time. If these policies delay or prevent us from advertising through these channels, it could result in reduced traffic to our website and subscriptions to our platform. New search engines and other digital marketing platforms may develop, particularly in specific jurisdictions, that reduce traffic on existing search engines and digital marketing platforms. If we are not able to achieve prominence through advertising or otherwise on these new platforms, we may not achieve significant traffic to our website through these new platforms and our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

If we fail to maintain or grow our brand recognition, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our financial condition may suffer.

We believe maintaining and growing our brand is important to supporting continued acceptance of our existing and future offerings, attracting new customers to our platform, and retaining existing customers.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We also believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successfully maintaining our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and special incentives and promotions, our ability to provide a reliable and useful platform, including online and mobile applications, our ability to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, our ability to continue to develop new functionality and solutions, and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform. Additionally, our partners’ performance, such as our shipping partners or payment processor, may affect our brand and reputation if customers do not have a positive experience. Brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or yield increased revenue as intended. Even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand or in generating that revenue. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new customers or retain our existing customers to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, and our business could suffer.

We operate in a rapidly evolving market and face intense competition, especially from larger and more well-established companies. We may lack sufficient financial or other resources to maintain or improve our competitive position, which may harm our ability to add new customers, retain existing customers, and grow our business.

Our market is highly competitive and characterized by rapid changes in technology and consumer sentiment. Competition in our industry has intensified, particularly in e-commerce, and we expect this trend to continue as the list of our competitors grows. This competition, among other things, affects our ability to attract new users and engage and retain our existing users.

We compete with e-commerce platforms and other retailers for vendors on our platform and vendors can sell their goods on a number of other e-commerce platforms, such as Amazon.com or Walmart.com. In addition, we compete for vendors with traditional brick-and-mortar retail stores that may also have an online presence such as Costco, BJ’s Wholesale and Sam’s Club.

There are various factors that affect whether and how vendors engage with our platform, including:

•

the number and engagement of users on our platform and the volume of vendor products sold;

•

our fees;

•

our brand awareness;

•

our reputation;

•

the quality of our services; and

•

the functionality of our platform, including data and analytics offerings.

We also compete with retailers for the attention of customers. A customer has the choice of shopping with any online or offline retailer, whether large e-commerce marketplaces, such as Amazon.com, Walmart.com, and Target.com, as well as more traditional discount retailers, such as Walmart, Costco or Target, or local stores or other venues or marketplaces. Many of these competitors offer broader and more varied product assortment, low-cost or free shipping, fast shipping times, in-store pick-up alternatives, favorable return policies, and other features that may be difficult or impossible for us to match.

There are various factors that affect whether and how customers engage with our platform, including:

•

our brand awareness and recognition;

•

our reputation;

•

the prices of goods sold on our platform;

•

the functionality of our platform;

•

ease of payment;

•

shipping terms;

•

the breadth of the products sold on our platform; and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

customer service and support.

Some of our competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, greater financial, technical, marketing, institutional and other resources, broader product assortment, faster shipping times, lower-cost shipping, larger databases, greater name and brand recognition, or a larger base of customers or vendors than we do. They may devote greater resources to the development, marketing, and promotion of their services than we do, and they may offer lower pricing or free shipping to the customers on their platforms. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater revenue and profits from their existing customer and vendor bases, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in trends and consumer shopping behavior. If we are unable to compete successfully, or if competing successfully requires us to expend greater resources to attract and retain customers at sufficient order volumes, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The growth and performance of our business depend on our ability to accurately predict consumer trends and seasonality and take appropriate action, successfully introduce new products, improve existing products, attract vendors to offer such products, and expand our offerings to respond to our customers’ and vendors’ changing needs.

Our growth depends, in part, on our ability to successfully introduce new products and services, and improve and reposition our existing products and services to meet the requirements of our customers, both consumers and businesses. As we work to grow our Retail business, which consists of sales of retail goods to both our B2B and B2C customers, the development and introduction of innovative new products and services and expansion into new offerings involves considerable costs. In addition, it may be difficult to grow existing vendor relationships by expanding product offerings, establish new vendor relationships and determine appropriate product selection when developing a new product, service or offering. Any new product, service or offering may not generate sufficient customer interest and sales to become profitable or to cover the costs of its development and promotion and, as a result, may reduce our operating income. In addition, any such unsuccessful effort may adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we are unable to anticipate, identify, develop or market products, services or any new offerings that respond to changes in customer requirements and preferences, or if our new product or service introductions, repositioned products or services, or new offerings fail to gain customer acceptance, we may be unable to grow our business as anticipated, our sales may decline and our gross margins and profitability may decline or not improve. As a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, while we plan to continue to invest in the development of our business, including in the expansion of our offering of private-label brand products, we may be unable to maintain or expand sales of our private-label brand products for a number of reasons, including the loss of key vendors and product recalls. Maintaining consistent product quality, competitive pricing, and availability of our private-label brand products for our customers is essential to developing and maintaining customer loyalty and brand awareness. Our private-label brand products on average provide us with higher gross margins than the comparable third-party brand products that we sell. Accordingly, our inability to sustain the growth and sales of our private-label brand offerings may materially and adversely affect our projected growth rates, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be unable to accurately forecast net revenue and appropriately plan our expenses and investments in the future.

Net revenue and results of operations are difficult to forecast because they generally depend on the number of customers we acquire and retain, customer behavior on our platform, our ability to supply or be in-stock of the products our customers demand, as well as the volume, timing and type of orders we receive, all of which are uncertain. We base our expense levels and investment plans on our estimates of net revenue and gross margins. We cannot be sure that historical growth rates, trends, and other key performance metrics are meaningful predictors of future growth. If our assumptions and forecasts prove to be wrong, we may spend more than we anticipate acquiring and retaining customers or may generate lower net revenue per active customer than anticipated, either of which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Retail business is moderately seasonal and weak performance during one of our historically strong seasonal periods could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for the entire fiscal year.

Our Retail business is moderately seasonal, with a meaningful portion of our sales and promotional campaigns dedicated to back-to-school and back-to-work time periods, typically resulting in the realization of higher portions of net revenue in the first and third fiscal quarters. Due to the importance of our peak sales periods, which include the post-holiday winter and fall seasons, the first and third fiscal quarters have historically contributed, and are expected to continue to contribute, significantly to our operating results for the entire fiscal year. In anticipation of seasonal increases in sales activity during these periods, we incur additional expense prior to and during our peak seasonal periods. These expenses may include the acquisition of additional inventory, seasonal staffing needs and other similar items. As a result, any factors negatively affecting us during these periods, including adverse weather, spread of seasonal infectious diseases and unfavorable economic conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year. Due to COVID-19 and the disruption of typical back-to-school and back-to-work time periods, the dynamics of our seasonality have changed slightly and are less predictable, making it more challenging to have the necessary goods available at peak sales periods or to hold too much inventory due to a delay in the anticipated typical seasonal peak periods. We expect our seasonality to return to the normal peak sale periods in the future as the impact of COVID-19 subsides.

We only recently launched our Software & Services business and have limited experience in successfully delivering such services to customers or in marketing the offering to a broader customer set. Our results of operations and future revenue prospects will be harmed if we are unable to increase the adoption of our offerings.

We expect our Software & Services business, encompassing licensing of our software and technology assets and associated implementation fees, will be an increasingly important part of our offerings as we expand our business internationally. However, we have limited experience in successfully marketing or delivering these services to customers, and if we are not able to do both in a timely manner, we would fail to achieve the anticipated benefits of our Software & Services offering. Additionally, if our services, that include other third-party services, become unavailable due to extended outages or interruptions or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, or for any other reason, our processes for supporting our customers could be impaired, our ability to communicate with our vendors could be weakened and our ability to access or save data stored to the cloud may be impaired until equivalent services, if available, are identified, obtained and implemented, all of which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The success of our early operations of our Software & Services offerings, or lack thereof, may significantly impact our future business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, the attractiveness of our platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate third-party applications and services which our registered users desire, into their websites, or develop and offer those applications independently. Third-party application providers may change the features of their applications and platforms or alter the terms governing the use of their applications and platforms in an adverse manner. Further, third-party application providers may discontinue their engagement with us, or refuse to partner with us, or limit or restrict our access to their applications and platforms. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party applications and platforms with our platform, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. Additionally, competitors may offer functionality which our registered users desire, that is better than the functionality of third-party applications or integrated solutions in our platform. If we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party applications that our registered users need for their websites or develop them independently, or adapt to the data transfer requirements of such third-party applications and platforms or any other requirements, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our registered users expect, which would negatively impact our offerings and, as a result, harm our business.

Our business will suffer if the B2C market proves less lucrative than projected or if we fail to effectively acquire, retain and service individual B2C customers.

A majority of our revenue is generated from sales to individual B2C customers. Individual customers may have limited budgets and may choose to allocate their spending to items other than our offerings, especially in times of economic uncertainty or recessions. We intend to continue to devote substantial

TABLE OF CONTENTS

resources to the B2C market, including through sales of our private-label products and through sales from our direct vendors and third-party marketplace sellers. Among other things, we aim to grow our revenues by adding new consumer customers and encouraging existing customers to engage with our Boxed Up loyalty program. If the B2C market fails to be as lucrative as we project or we are unable to market and sell our services to individual customers effectively, directly or through our vendors, our ability to grow our revenues and become profitable will be harmed.

If our online Retail business platform used in our Retail e-commerce business or by our Software & Services customers licensing the platform fails to perform properly or if we fail to develop enhancements to resolve performance issues or respond to other user concerns, we could lose customers and incur significant costs.

Our operations are dependent upon our ability to prevent system interruption. The applications underlying our online Retail business platform are inherently complex and may contain or develop material defects or errors, which may cause disruptions in availability or other performance problems. Defects, errors, disruptions in service, cyber-attacks, or other performance problems with our software, whether in connection with the day-to-day operation, upgrades or otherwise, could result in loss of customers, lost or delayed market acceptance and licenses of our e-commerce platform in our Software & Services business, delays in payment to us by customers, injury to our reputation and brand, legal claims, including warranty and service claims, against us, diversion of our resources, including through increased service and warranty expenses or financial concessions, and increased insurance costs.

We have found defects in our online Retail business platform from time to time and may discover additional defects in the future that could result in data unavailability, unauthorized access to, loss, corruption, or other harm to our customers’ data. We may not be able to detect and correct defects or errors before license to our Software & Services customers. Consequently, we or our customers may discover defects or errors after our platform has been employed. We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regularly scheduled system maintenance. If we do not complete this maintenance according to schedule or if customers are otherwise dissatisfied with the frequency and/or duration of our maintenance services and related system outages, customers could terminate their contracts, delay or withhold payment to us, or cause us to issue credits, make refunds, or pay penalties. The costs incurred or delays resulting from the correction of defects or errors in our software or other performance problems may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.

Our Software & Services operations are susceptible to risks associated with international operations and the use of our platform in various countries, including in emerging markets, and we may not be able to localize our Software & Services business for use in such countries.

We expect to have users of our e-commerce platform worldwide, and we expect to continue to increase the volume of our operations worldwide in the future as we expand our strategic partnerships. However, our operations in various countries subject us to risks which may include:

•

difficulties related to contract enforcement, including our terms of use;

•

compliance with foreign laws and regulations applicable to cross-border operations including export controls;

•

customization of our Software & Services business to be compliant with local laws and regulations applicable to our users and their customers;

•

monitoring changes and addressing conflicting laws in areas such as consumer protection, taxation, anti-money laundering and copyright;

•

lower levels of Internet availability and use in certain geographical locations;

•

data privacy and data localization laws that may require that user data and data of our users’ consumers be stored and processed in a designated territory;

•

tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value-added tax (or other tax) systems and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

•

varying economic and political climates;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

currency exchange rates and restrictions related to foreign exchange controls;

•

different and varied sources of competition;

•

different customer spending levels, in particular in light of the COVID-19 pandemic; and

•

lower levels of credit card use, access to online payment methods, and increased payment risks.

These factors, or other factors, may cause our international costs of doing business to exceed our forecasts and may also require significant management attention and financial resources. Any negative impact from our international business efforts could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are in the process of localizing our platform for international adoption in local markets, including the languages and currencies we use, expanding our systems to accept payments in forms that are common in those targeted markets and tailoring our customer service policies, to provide our users with a local experience and cater to their specific needs. We intend to continue our nascent international expansion efforts, including through partners who can assist us to penetrate new markets. To achieve our goals, we must hire and train experienced personnel to staff and manage our international expansion. Our international expansion efforts may be slow or unsuccessful to the extent that we experience difficulties in recruiting, training, managing and retaining qualified personnel with international experience, language skills and cultural competencies in the geographic markets we target, or if we were to engage with a partner who is not appropriately qualified to operate in local markets. In addition, the expansion of our existing international operations and entry into additional international markets, in particular in emerging markets, has required, and will continue to require, significant management attention and financial resources, particularly in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. We may also face pressure to lower our prices to compete in emerging markets, which could adversely affect revenue derived from our international operations.

Our efforts to expand our presence in emerging markets presents challenges that are different from those associated with more developed international markets. In particular, regulations limiting the use of local credit cards and foreign currency could constrain our growth in certain countries. Additionally, in emerging markets, we may face the risk of rapidly changing government policies, including with respect to bank transfers and various payment methods including offline methods, and we may encounter sudden currency devaluations. Currency controls in emerging countries may make it difficult for us to repatriate collections or profits that we generated in a particular country.

These and other factors associated with our international operations could impair our growth prospects and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Because we recognize net revenue from licensing arrangements with our e-commerce Software & Services customers over the term of the licensing agreement, downturns or upturns in the volume or size or structure of our licensing arrangements are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results in a particular fiscal quarter.

Certain portions of our revenues are recognized over time. While our current Software & Services licensing arrangement allows us to recognize revenue in the current quarters as certain performance obligations are met, this may not always be the case depending on the revenue recognition patterns of future arrangements. As a result, some or much of the potential future revenue we report each quarter may be the recognition of deferred revenue from contracts entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in demand for our Software & Services offerings or a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not significantly reduce our revenues for that quarter but could negatively affect our revenues in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in new or renewed sales of our Software & Services offerings are not fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods.

Changes in vendor product costs and availability could materially and adversely affect our Retail business.

The success of our Retail business, including our B2C and B2B customer bases, depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes with respect to vendor product costs and availability of the goods and services we make available on our mobile applications and web-based e-commerce platforms

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(collectively, the “Boxed Sites”) and otherwise to our customers. We are susceptible to increases in costs of such goods and services as a result of factors beyond our control, such as general economic conditions, market changes, increased competition, general risk of inflation, exchange rate fluctuations, seasonal fluctuations, shortages or interruptions, weather conditions, changes in global climates, global demand, food safety concerns, generalized infectious diseases, changes in law or policy, declines in fertile or arable lands, product recalls, and government regulations.

For example, food price deflation could reduce the attractiveness of the products we sell relative to competing products and thus reduce our sales growth and overall sales. On the other hand, future food price inflation, particularly periods of rapid inflation such as the industry-wide trends occurring during 2021 and 2022, could reduce our profitability as there may be a lag between the time of the product cost increase and the time at which we are able to increase the price to the customer of the products we sell. Further, we may be unable to pass on the product cost increases to our customers due to competitive dynamics, which could impact our operating profitability. Additionally, unforeseen events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, can significantly and rapidly increase the demand for certain items, resulting in unanticipated and costly consumer behavior on the Boxed Sites and adverse customer retention when out of stock items increase with respect to highly-desired items. We generally do not have long-term supply contracts or guaranteed purchase commitments with our vendors, and we do not hedge the risk associated with purchase of commoditized products. As a result, we may not be able to anticipate, react to or mitigate against cost fluctuations which could materially and adversely affect our business.

The performance of our Retail business and our Software & Services business may be adversely affected by changes in the nature in which businesses are operated following the COVID-19 pandemic and by the timing and long-term approach toward the return to traditional workplaces and work schedules.

The COVID-19 pandemic, measures attempting to contain and mitigate the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, including stay-at-home, business closure, vaccine and mask mandates, and other restrictive orders, and the resulting changes in consumer behaviors, have disrupted our normal operations and impacted our employees, vendors, partners, and customers. We expect these disruptions and impacts to continue, particularly as variants of the virus develop and spread. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of actions that have impacted and continue to impact our business, including transitioning certain employees (largely employees that work at our corporate headquarters) to remote work-from-home arrangements and imposing travel and related restrictions. While we believe these actions were reasonable and necessary as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, they were disruptive to our business and could adversely impact our results of operations. Given the continued spread of COVID-19, potential resurgence of infection rates as local and state governments lift their respective business restrictions and safety protocols, and the resultant personal, economic, and governmental reactions, we may have to take additional actions in the future that could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Since our business relies significantly on the efficiency and productivity of our fulfillment and logistics platform, the majority of our employees continued and are continuing their essential work in our fulfillment centers during the COVID-19 pandemic under advanced safety protocols, including encouraging vaccinations and requiring face masks. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, certain of our employees traveled frequently to establish and maintain relationships with one another and with our customers, vendors, and investors. We continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and guidance become available. Suspending travel and in-person business meetings on a long-term basis could negatively impact our marketing efforts, our ability to enter into customer contracts in a timely manner, our international expansion efforts and our ability to recruit employees across the organization. These changes could negatively impact our sales and marketing in particular, which could have longer-term effects on our sales pipeline, or create operational or other challenges, any of which could harm our business. In addition, our management team has spent, and will likely continue to spend, significant time, attention, and resources monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic and associated global economic uncertainty and seeking to manage its effects on our business and workforce.

The degree to which COVID-19 will affect our Retail business and results of operations will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. These developments include but are not limited to the duration, extent, and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and variants of the virus, actions taken to contain the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related

TABLE OF CONTENTS

restrictions on economic activity and domestic and international trade, and the extent of the impact of these and other factors on our employees, vendors, partners, and customers. The COVID-19 pandemic and related restrictions have limited and could continue to limit our B2B customers’ ability to operate effectively (limiting their abilities to obtain inventory, generate sales, or make timely payments to us). It could disrupt or delay the ability of employees to work if they become sick or are required to care for those who become sick, including dependents for whom external care is not available. It has caused and could continue to cause delays or disruptions in services provided by key vendors and product manufacturers, increase our vulnerability and that of our partners and service providers to security breaches, denial of service attacks or other hacking or phishing attacks, or cause other unpredictable effects. Continued delays in return to office throughout 2020 and 2021 have negatively impacted our sales to our B2B customers, and have also limited our ability to acquire new B2B customers. The pandemic’s negative impact on our B2B customer base is likely to continue for the foreseeable future as the world continues to adjust to the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic.

Further, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, remote work, particularly for our corporate headquarters employees, and remote access to our systems has increased significantly. Additional controls and processes are therefore necessary to protect company data. Real-time deterrent, preventive, detective, corrective and security monitoring controls could fail to identify certain cyber-attacks or simply not be sufficient or sophisticated enough to detect or thwart these attacks. Although company issued laptops are reinforced with mandatory security software controls to reduce the risk of unknown networked devices and users from accessing company networks, whether third party hosted or not, there remains an elevated risk from remote working due to the reliance on untrusted residential networks for internet work connectivity. Although the company’s system activity logs and events have not demonstrated a significant or marked increase in cyber threat activity, there is no assurance this will continue and the company remains vulnerable to cyberattacks which could have a material adverse effect on the company, its operations and its financial results. While we carry cyber liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur in connection with cyber liability claims. In addition, we may be unable to continue to maintain our existing insurance, obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or secure additional coverage, which may result in future cyber liability claims being uninsured. Any of these factors could negatively impact our business and, consequently, adversely affect our results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic also has caused heightened uncertainty in the global economy. Although certain e-commerce trends positively impacted our B2C offering during the initial onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, there can be no assurances that the overall trend will be sustained through the remainder of the pandemic or in subsequent periods. Additionally, if economic conditions deteriorate, business customers may delay reopening offices and encouraging employees to return to physical offices, they may not have the financial means to make purchases from us and they may delay or reduce discretionary purchases, which would further negatively impact our B2B offering and our results of operations. Our small business customers or individual customers may be more susceptible to general economic conditions than larger businesses, which may have greater liquidity and access to capital. Uncertain and adverse economic conditions also may lead to increased returns, refunds and chargebacks. Since the impact of COVID-19 is ongoing, the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related impact on the global economy may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Volatility in the capital markets has been heightened during recent months and such volatility may continue, which may cause declines in the price of our common stock.

Further, to the extent there is a sustained general economic downturn and our offerings are perceived by customers and potential customers as costly, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in general spending. Competitors, many of whom are larger and more established than we are, may respond to market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our Software & Services offerings and related services. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown, instability, or recovery, generally or within any particular industry. If the economic conditions of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsen from present levels, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Further, to the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, results of operations or financial condition, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The markets in which we compete are characterized by constant change and innovation, and we expect them to continue to evolve rapidly. Our long-term success will depend be based on our ability to identify and anticipate the needs of users of our Software & Services offerings and develop and maintain products that provide them with the tools they need to operate their businesses. Our future success in attracting new retailers and expanding our Software & Services offerings and the revenue we generate from each Software & Services partnership will depend on our ability to improve the look, functionality, performance, security, design and reliability of our solutions and services and to suit them to the needs of our retail partners.

We invest significant time and effort in the research and development of new and enhanced product and service offerings to serve our Software & Services users, including the development of vertical solutions for specific business segments, various design elements, such as customized colors, fonts, content, language and other features, and our full-stack no-code/low-code development platform, intended to attract developers to our platform, and back-office administrative tools for our partners and their third-party associates and ultimate customers. We also need to ensure the continued collaboration with certain third-party products and services that are included in our offerings and that may be significant to our retail partners. It may take our design team and developers months to update, code and test new and upgraded solutions and services and integrate them into our platform. Furthermore, the introduction of these new and upgraded design features, solutions and services also may involve a significant amount of marketing spending.

If we are unable to successfully maintain and enhance our existing products to meet evolving retail partner and end user requirements and increase adoption and usage of our products, services and related third-party products, if we are unable to maintain existing products provided to us by third parties that may be significant to our retail partners, if our efforts to increase the usage of our services are more expensive than we expect, or if our solutions fail to achieve widespread acceptance, potential retail partners may adopt the products and services of our competitors and our revenues and competitive position could be materially and adversely affected.

We may be unable to source additional, or strengthen our existing relationships with, vendors. In addition, the loss of any of our key vendors would negatively impact our business.

In order to attract quality vendors, we must:

•

demonstrate our ability to help our vendors increase their sales;

•

offer vendors a high quality, cost-effective fulfillment process; and

•

continue to provide vendors a dynamic and real-time view of our demand and inventory needs.

If we are unable to provide our vendors with a compelling return on investment and an ability to increase their sales, we may be unable to maintain and/or expand our vendor network, which would negatively impact our business.

We purchase significant amounts of products from a number of vendors with limited supply capabilities. There can be no assurance that our current vendors will be able to accommodate our anticipated growth or continue to supply current quantities at preferential prices. An inability of our vendors to provide products in a timely or cost-effective manner could impair our growth and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For instance, as a result of the disruptions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, some of our existing vendors were not able to supply us with products in a timely or cost-effective manner. While we believe these disruptions to be temporary, but still continuing, their duration is uncertain and a continued inability of our vendors to provide products or other product supply disruptions that may occur in the future could impair our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We generally do not maintain long-term supply contracts with any of our product vendors and any of our vendors could discontinue selling to us at any time. The loss of any of our significant vendors or the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

discontinuance of any preferential pricing or exclusive incentives they currently offer to us would have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We continually seek to expand our base of vendors and to identify new products. If we are unable to identify or enter into distribution relationships with new vendors or to replace the loss of any of our existing vendors, we may experience a competitive disadvantage, our business may be disrupted and our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, certain of the brands we currently purchase and offer for sale to our customers are not offered by our retailer competitors. However, we have not entered into formal exclusivity agreements with the vendors for such brands. In the event these vendors choose to enter into distribution arrangements with other retailers or other competitors, our sales could suffer and our business could be adversely affected.

Our principal vendors currently provide us with certain incentives such as volume purchasing, trade discounts, cooperative advertising and market development funds. A reduction or discontinuance of these incentives would increase our costs and could reduce our profitability. Similarly, if one or more of our vendors were to offer these incentives or other preferential incentives, including preferential pricing, to our competitors, our competitive strength would be reduced, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our revenue growth is partially dependent on our ability to continue to improve current loyalty and subscription offerings, as well as introduce new offerings to keep our customers engaged. We believe the success of offerings such as our Prince & Spring private-label brand, our Boxed Up paid loyalty program, and our auto-ship subscription program help drive increased customer engagement. If we are unable to maintain and continuously improve these programs, or if we are unable to offer new additional loyalty programs, it may impact our customer retention and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Further, customers enrolling in our loyalty programs, including our auto-ship subscription and Boxed Up programs, are able to cancel their membership at any time and may decide to cancel or forego memberships due to any number of reasons, including increased prices for that membership or for our services, quality issues with our services, harm to our reputation or brand, seasonal usage, or individuals’ personal economic pressures. Increasing governmental regulation of automatically renewing subscription programs could negatively impact our marketing of this program. A decline in the number of customers engaging in our loyalty programs could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Food safety, quality, and health concerns could affect our business.

We could be adversely affected if customers lose confidence in the safety and quality of our vendor supplied and private label brand food products. This is heightened by our expansion into the on-demand grocery delivery business that includes fresh foods (including meat, fish, poultry, dairy, and vegetables) with the acquisition of the MaxDelivery in December 2021. All of our vendors are required to comply with applicable product safety laws and we are dependent upon them to ensure such compliance. One or more of our vendors, including manufacturers of our private label brand products, might not adhere to product safety requirements or our quality control standards. Any issues of product safety or allegations that our products are in violation of governmental regulations, including, but not limited to, issues involving products manufactured in foreign countries, could cause those products to be recalled. Adverse publicity about these types of concerns, whether valid or not, may discourage customers from buying the products we offer. The real or perceived sale of contaminated food products by us could result in product liability claims against our vendors or us, expose us or our vendors to governmental enforcement action or private litigation, or lead to costly recalls and a loss of customer confidence, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We outsource the manufacturing of our private-label brand products. As a result, our private-label brand business may be adversely affected by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, fluctuations

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in the cost and availability of raw materials, complications relating to the manufacturing process and the failure of our outsourcing partners to maintain an adequate quality-control system. Any issues relating to the manufacturing of such private-label brand products or claims arising from any injury or illness allegedly caused by such products could adversely affect the reputation of our private label brands or our results of operations. Many of these factors are subject to circumstances that are beyond our control, such as the supply and demand of commodities, weather and agricultural conditions, governmental regulations and the ability to hire a sufficient number of qualified personnel. In addition, our products may be exposed to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or withdrawals, if they are alleged to cause or pose a risk of injury or illness or if they are alleged to have been mislabeled, misbranded or adulterated or to otherwise be in violation of governmental regulations. We may also voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we consider to not meet our standards, whether for palatability, appearance or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. Furthermore, we also may be subject to product liability claims if the consumption or use of our products is alleged to cause injury or illness. While we carry product liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities we may incur in connection with product liability claims. For example, punitive damages are generally not covered by insurance. In addition, we may be unable to continue to maintain our existing insurance, obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or secure additional coverage, which may result in future product liability claims being uninsured. Any of these factors could negatively impact our private brand business and, consequently, adversely affect our results of operations.

If we do not optimize and operate our fulfillment centers successfully and efficiently, it could result in excess or insufficient fulfillment capacity, an increase in costs or impairment charges or harm our Retail business in other ways. In addition, if we do not have sufficient fulfillment capacity or experience a problem fulfilling orders in a timely manner, our customers may experience delays in receiving their purchases, which could harm our reputation and our relationship with our customers. The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted and strained our fulfillment center labor pool and many continue to do so. Any unanticipated occurrences with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, including any potential outbreak of cases or the development of a vaccine-resistant strain during the reopening of the U.S. economy by state and local governments, could cause us to experience disruptions to the operations of our fulfillment centers, including an insufficient and strained labor pool from time to time, which may negatively impact our ability to fulfill orders in a timely manner, which could harm our reputation, relationship with customers and results of operations.

We have designed and built our own fulfillment center infrastructure, including proprietary robotics and fulfillment software, which is designed to meet the specific needs of our business. If we continue to add fulfillment and warehouse capabilities, add new businesses or categories with different fulfillment requirements or change the mix in products that we sell, our fulfillment network will become increasingly complex and operating it will become more challenging. Failure to successfully address such challenges in a cost-effective and expedient manner could impair our ability to timely deliver our customers’ purchases and could harm our reputation and ultimately, our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We anticipate the need to add additional fulfillment centers as our business continues to grow. We cannot assure you that we will be able to locate suitable facilities on commercially acceptable terms in accordance with our expansion plans, nor can we assure you that we will be able to recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel to support our expansion plans, especially if the COVID-19 pandemic continues. If we are unable to secure new or expanded facilities for the expansion of our fulfillment operations, recruit qualified personnel to support any such facilities, or effectively control expansion-related expenses, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If demand for our product offerings grow faster than we anticipate, we may exceed our fulfillment center capacity sooner than we anticipate, we may experience problems fulfilling orders in a timely manner or our customers may experience delays in receiving their purchases, which could harm our reputation and our relationship with our customers, and we would need to increase our capital expenditures more than anticipated and in a shorter time frame than we currently anticipate. Our ability to expand our fulfillment center capacity,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

including our ability to secure suitable facilities and recruit qualified employees, may be substantially affected by the spread of COVID-19 and its variant strains and related governmental orders and there may be delays or increased costs associated with such expansion as a result of the spread and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Many of the expenses and investments with respect to our fulfillment centers are fixed, and any expansion of such fulfillment centers will require additional capital investment. We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future for our fulfillment center operations as our business continues to grow. We would incur such expenses and make such investments in advance of expected sales, and such expected sales may not occur. Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Packaging and shipping products are critical parts of our Retail business and any changes in, or disruptions to, our packaging and shipping vendor arrangements could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We currently rely on third-party national, regional and local logistics providers to deliver the products we offer on our website and mobile applications. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these providers, or if these providers experience performance problems or other difficulties in processing our orders or delivering our products to customers, it could negatively impact our results of operations and our customers’ experience. For example, changes to the terms of our shipping arrangements may adversely impact our gross margins and profitability. In addition, our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship merchandise to customers may be negatively affected by factors beyond our and these providers’ control, including inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, pandemics, epidemics or other health-related crises, acts of war or terrorism or other events specifically impacting our or other shipping partners, such as labor disputes, financial difficulties, system failures and other disruptions to the operations of the shipping companies on which we rely. We are also subject to risks of damage or loss during delivery by our shipping vendors. If the products ordered by our customers are not delivered in a timely fashion or are damaged or lost during the delivery process, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease buying products through our website and mobile applications, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, COVID-19 and its variant strains and related governmental work and travel restrictions may cause disruptions and delays in national, regional and local shipping, which may negatively impact our customers’ experience and our results or operations. The spread of COVID-19, and any future pandemic, epidemic or similar outbreak, has and may continue to disrupt our vendors and logistics providers, such as UPS, FedEx, Lone Star Overnight, OnTrac, Lasership, GLS and other third-party delivery agents, as their workers may be prohibited or otherwise unable to report to work and transporting products within certain countries, regions, states or localities may be limited due to laws, rules, orders or regulations, extended holidays, factory closures, port closures and increased border controls and closures, among other things. Throughout 2020 and 2021, we have witnessed an unprecedented industry-wide increase in costs associated with shipping resulting from a combination of increased e-commerce demand as well as labor shortages across the shipping carrier landscape. This cost inflation has impacted our Retail business profitability. We may continue to incur higher shipping costs due to rate increases and various surcharges, including increasing fuel surcharges, implemented by third-party delivery agents. Further increases may result from future increases in shipping demand, labor shortages, or the result of any COVID-19 outbreak and any future pandemic, epidemic or similar outbreak, among other factors.

A key element of our strategy is to generate a high volume of traffic on, and use of, our website and mobile applications. Our reputation and ability to acquire, retain, and serve our customers are dependent upon the reliable performance of our website and mobile applications and the underlying network infrastructure. As our customer base and the amount of information shared on our website and mobile applications continue to grow, we will need an increasing amount of network capacity and computing power. We have spent and expect to continue to spend substantial amounts on data center services, including

TABLE OF CONTENTS

those of third-party cloud providers, and equipment and related network infrastructure to handle the traffic on our website and mobile applications. The operation of these systems is complex and could result in operational failures. In some cases, third-party cloud providers run their own platforms that we access, and we are, therefore, vulnerable to their service interruptions. In the event that the volume of traffic of our customers exceeds the capacity of our current network infrastructure or in the event that our customer base or the amount of traffic on our website and mobile applications grows more quickly than anticipated, we may be required to incur significant additional costs to enhance the underlying network infrastructure. Interruptions or delays in these systems, whether due to system failures, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, undetected errors, design faults or other unexpected events or causes, could affect the security or availability of our website and mobile applications and prevent our customers from accessing our website and mobile applications. If sustained or repeated, these performance issues could reduce the attractiveness of our products and services. In addition, the costs and complexities involved in expanding and upgrading our systems may prevent us from doing so in a timely manner and may prevent us from adequately meeting the demand placed on our systems. Any web or mobile platform interruption or inadequacy that causes performance issues or interruptions in the availability of our website or mobile applications could reduce customer satisfaction and result in a reduction in the number of customers using our products and services.

We depend on the development and maintenance of the Internet and mobile infrastructure. This includes maintenance of reliable Internet and mobile infrastructure with the necessary speed, data capacity and security, as well as timely development of complementary products, for providing reliable Internet and mobile access. We also use and rely on services from other third parties, such as our telecommunications services and our sole payment processor, and those services may be subject to outages and interruptions that are not within our control. Failures by our telecommunications providers may interrupt our ability to provide phone support to our customers and distributed denial-of-service (“DDoS”) attacks directed at our telecommunication service providers could prevent customers from accessing our website. In addition, we have in the past and may in the future experience down periods where our third-party credit card processor is unable to process the online payments of our customers, which would disrupt our ability to receive customer orders. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if for any reason the reliability of our Internet, telecommunications, payment system and mobile infrastructure is compromised.

We currently rely upon third-party data storage providers. Nearly all of our data storage and analytics are conducted on, and the data and content we create associated with sales on our website and mobile applications are processed through, servers hosted by these providers. We also rely on e-mail service providers, bandwidth providers, Internet service providers and mobile networks to deliver e-mail and “push” communications to customers and to allow customers to access our website.

Any damage to, or failure of, our systems or the systems of our third-party data centers, including cloud storage solution providers, or our other third-party providers could result in interruptions to the availability or functionality of our website and mobile applications. As a result, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages. If for any reason our arrangements with our data centers, cloud storage solution providers or other third-party providers are terminated or interrupted, such termination or interruption could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We exercise little control over these providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide. We have designed certain of our software and computer systems so as to also utilize data processing, storage capabilities and other services. Given this, along with the fact that we cannot rapidly switch certain operations to other cloud providers, any disruption of or interference with our use of the services of our existing providers would impact our operations and our business would be adversely impacted. We could experience additional expense in arranging for new facilities, technology, services and support. In addition, the failure of our third-party data centers, including cloud storage solution providers, or any other third-party providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruption in the availability or functionality of our website and mobile applications.

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our website, mobile applications, transaction processing systems and technology infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to acquire and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

retain customers, as well as to maintain adequate customer service levels. Our net revenue depends on the number of visitors who shop on our website and mobile applications and the volume of orders that we can handle. Unavailability of our website or of our mobile applications or reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the volume of goods sold and could also materially and adversely affect customer perception of our brand. Any slowdown or failure of our website, mobile applications or the underlying technology infrastructure could harm our business, reputation and our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers.

The occurrence of a natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure, data loss, computer virus, pandemic, epidemic or other health-related crisis, an act of terrorism, cyberattack, vandalism or sabotage, act of war or any similar event, or a decision to close our third-party data centers on which we normally operate or the facilities of any other third-party provider without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our website and mobile applications. Cloud computing, in particular, is dependent upon having access to an Internet connection in order to retrieve data. If a natural disaster, pandemic (such as the COVID-19 pandemic), blackout or other unforeseen event were to occur that disrupted the ability to obtain an Internet connection, we may experience a slowdown or delay in our operations. While we have some limited disaster recovery arrangements in place, our preparations may not be adequate to account for disasters or similar events that may occur in the future and may not effectively permit us to continue operating in the event of any problems with respect to our systems or those of our third-party data centers or any other third-party facilities. Our disaster recovery and data redundancy plans may be inadequate, and our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for the losses that could occur. If any such event were to occur to our business, our operations could be impaired and our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We rely significantly on the use of information technology, as well as those of our third party service providers. Our failure or the failure of our third-party service providers to protect our website, networks, and systems against cybersecurity incidents, or otherwise to protect our confidential or personally identifiable information, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our services are web-based and we collect, process, transmit, and store large amounts of data about our customers, employees, vendors and others, including credit card information and personally identifiable information, as well as other confidential and proprietary information. We also employ third-party service providers for a variety of reasons, including storing, processing and transmitting proprietary, personal and confidential information on our behalf. While we rely on tokenization solutions licensed from third parties in an effort to securely transmit confidential and sensitive information, including credit card numbers, advances in computer capabilities, new technological discoveries or other developments may result in the whole or partial failure of this technology to protect this data from being breached or compromised. Similarly, our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to hack our systems or those of our third-party service providers. DDoS attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, security breaches or other cybersecurity incidents and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in or transmitted by our website, networks and systems or that we or our third-party service providers otherwise maintain, including payment card systems, may subject us to fines or higher transaction fees or limit or terminate our access to certain payment methods. We and our service providers may not anticipate or prevent all types of attacks until after they have already been launched, and techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers, and we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. In addition, cybersecurity incidents can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships.

Breaches of our security measures or those of our third-party service providers or any cybersecurity incident could result in unauthorized access to our website, networks and systems; unauthorized access to and misappropriation of customer and/or employee information, including personally identifiable information, or other confidential or proprietary information of ourselves or third parties; viruses, worms,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

spyware or other malware being served from our website, networks or systems; deletion or modification of content or the display of unauthorized content on our website; interruption, disruption or malfunction of operations; costs relating to cybersecurity incident remediation, deployment of additional personnel and protection technologies, response to governmental investigations and media inquiries and coverage; engagement of third party experts and consultants; litigation, regulatory action and other potential liabilities. If any of these cybersecurity incidents occur, or there is a public perception that we, or our third-party service providers, have suffered such a breach, our reputation and brand could also be damaged and we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such cybersecurity incidents. As a consequence, our business could be materially and adversely affected and we could also be exposed to litigation and regulatory action and possible liability. In addition, any party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer’s password could access the customer’s transaction data or personal information. Any compromise or breach of our security measures, or those of our third-party service providers, could violate applicable privacy, data security and other laws, and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The potential for increased cost is heightened as governmental authorities throughout the U.S. and around the world devote increasing attention to data privacy and security issues.

While we maintain privacy, data breach, and network security liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Additionally, even though we continue to devote resources to monitor and update our systems and implement information security measures to protect our systems, there can be no assurance that any controls and procedures we have in place will be sufficient to protect us from future cybersecurity incidents. Failure by us or our vendors to comply with data security requirements, including the CCPA new “reasonable security” requirement in light of the private right of action, or rectify a security issue may result in class action litigation, fines, and the imposition of restrictions on our ability to accept payment cards, which could adversely affect our operations. As cyber threats are continually evolving, our controls and procedures may become inadequate and we may be required to devote additional resources to modify or enhance our systems in the future. As a result, we may face interruptions to our systems, reputational damage, claims under privacy and data protection laws and regulations, customer dissatisfaction, legal liability, enforcement actions or additional costs, any and all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, although we seek to detect and investigate data security incidents, security breaches and other incidents of unauthorized access to our information technology systems and data can be difficult to detect and any delay in identifying such breaches or incidents may lead to increased harm and legal exposure of the type described above.

We are subject to risks related to online transactions and payment methods.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, Apple Pay, PayPal, Google Pay, gift cards and customer invoicing. We rely on third parties to provide certain of these payment methods and payment processing services. As we offer new payment options to customers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. As our business changes, we may also be subject to different rules under existing standards, which may require new assessments that involve costs above what we currently pay for compliance. If we fail to comply with the rules or requirements of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may, among other things, be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose, or face restrictions placed upon, our ability to accept credit card and debit card payments from customers or to facilitate other types of online payments. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

We occasionally receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions. We may also suffer losses from other online transaction fraud, including fraudulent returns. If we are unable to detect or control credit card or transaction fraud, our liability for these transactions could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on limited providers for payment processing to provide the technology we utilize to process payments for the Boxed Sites and to offer to our Software & Services customers.

To process payments through the Boxed Sites and through e-commerce platforms we develop for our Software & Services clients, we have entered into payment service provider agreements with select providers. These agreements are integral to our and some of our Software & Services clients’ ability to process payments made through our respective platforms and any disruption or problems with our payment service providers or their services could have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial results. If our payment service providers were to terminate their respective relationships with us, we could incur substantial delays and expense in finding and integrating alternative payment service providers, and the quality and reliability of such alternative payment service providers may not be meet our requirements. Any long-term or permanent disruption in our payment processing infrastructure would decrease our revenues from our Software & Services clients, since these would be required to use one of the alternative payment gateways offered through our platform.

Our ability to maintain our competitive position is largely dependent on the services of our senior management and other key personnel. In addition, our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate, and retain qualified and skilled employees. The market for such positions is highly competitive. Qualified individuals are in high demand and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. In addition, the loss of any of our senior management or other key employees or our inability to recruit and develop mid-level managers could materially and adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan, and we may be unable to find adequate replacements. Further, if we expand our fulfillment center capacity or open additional fulfillment centers, we will need to attract and staff a variety of positions, including managerial positions, which will necessitate the time and attention of management. All of our employees are at-will employees, meaning that they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. If we fail to retain talented senior management and other key personnel, or if we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Recent and ongoing increases in labor costs have impacted our business, and labor shortages or further increases could continue for the foreseeable future, which may adversely impact our future operations.

Labor is a significant portion of our cost structure and is subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor legislation or other workplace regulation. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the federal minimum wage in the United States, as well as the minimum wage in New York, Nevada, New Jersey and Texas, where we operate fulfillment centers, and New York where our corporate headquarters is located, and a number of other states and municipalities, and to reform entitlement programs, such as health insurance and paid leave programs. Notably, there has been a recent increase the amount of state legislation around minimum wage, with New York, Nevada, and New Jersey all implementing relatively substantial minimum wage increases over the last several years. As minimum wage rates increase or related laws and regulations change, we have and may need to continue to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or, if we fail to pay such higher wages, we could suffer increased employee turnover. Increases in labor costs could force us to increase prices, which could adversely impact our sales. If competitive pressures or other factors prevent us from

TABLE OF CONTENTS

offsetting increased labor costs by increases in prices to our customers, our profitability may decline and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We regard our brand, customer lists, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade dress, domain names, trade secrets, proprietary technology, and similar intellectual property as critical to our success. We rely on trademark, copyright, trade secret protection, agreements, and other methods with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our products are, or may be made, available. Regulations governing domain names may not protect our trademarks and similar proprietary rights. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon, or diminish the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. The protection of our intellectual property rights may require the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary rights, and we may be unable to broadly enforce all of our intellectual property rights. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through regulatory administrative process or litigation. Our applications to register our trademarks may never be granted. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or intellectual property rights. Furthermore, our confidentiality agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our proprietary information, technologies and processes and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure or use of such information.

We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. For example, we may initiate claims or litigation against others for infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property rights, or other proprietary rights or to establish the validity of such rights. However, we may be unable to discover or determine the extent of any infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of our intellectual property rights and other proprietary rights. Despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights and other proprietary rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on licenses to use the intellectual property rights of third parties which are incorporated into our products and services. Failure to renew or expand existing licenses may require us to modify, limit, or discontinue certain features of our offerings, which could affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our technology platform may use open source software. The use of such open source software may subject us to certain conditions, including the obligation to offer, distribute, or disclose our technology platform for no or reduced cost, make the proprietary source code subject to open source software licenses available to the public, license our software and systems that use open source software for the purpose of making derivative works, or allow reverse assembly, disassembly, or reverse engineering. We monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our technology platform to conditions we do not intend. However, if our technology platform becomes subject to such unintended conditions, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Third parties have from time to time claimed, and may claim in the future, that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. These claims, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in considerable litigation costs, result in injunctions against us or the payment of damages by us, require significant amounts of management time or result in the diversion of significant operational resources and expensive changes to our business model, result in the payment of substantial damages or injunctions against us, or require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements, if available. In addition, we may be unable to obtain or utilize on terms that are favorable to us, or at all, licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property we do not own. We have not exhaustively searched patents relative to our technology, and exhaustive searches of copyrights and trade secrets are not feasible due to the nature of such

TABLE OF CONTENTS

intellectual property rights. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims. As a result of a dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing technology, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, adjust our merchandising or marketing activities or take other action to resolve the claims. Any payments we are required to make and any injunctions we are required to comply with as a result of these claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and we may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, which may result in material misstatements of our Consolidated Financial Statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations or cause our access to the capital markets to be impaired.

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. We did not design and maintain an effective control environment and control activities commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. Specifically, we did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate degree of technical knowledge commensurate with our accounting and reporting requirements or effectively select and develop control activities that mitigate risks that involve more complex accounting judgments. These material weaknesses resulted in deficiencies surrounding the controls related to the preparation, review, and analysis of accounting information and financial statements. Those controls are not adequately designed or appropriately implemented to identify material misstatements in financial reporting on a timely basis.

Each of these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of one or more account balances or disclosures, misstatements that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim Consolidated Financial Statements which would not be prevented or detected.

We have begun an implementation plan to remediate these material weaknesses. With the oversight of senior management and our audit committee, we have hired and will continue hiring additional accounting personnel with technical accounting and financial reporting experience and have implemented improved process level and management review controls with respect to the completeness, accuracy, and validity of complex accounting measurements on a timely basis. We also have supplemented internal accounting resources with external advisors to assist with performing technical accounting activities. Furthermore, we are implementing a process of formalizing procedures to ensure appropriate internal communications between the accounting department and other operating departments necessary to support the internal controls. The remediation measures are ongoing, and will not be considered remediated until our remediation plan has been fully implemented, the applicable controls are fully operational for a sufficient period of time, and we have concluded, through testing, that the newly implemented and enhanced controls are operating effectively. These remediation measures are expected to result in future costs for the Company. At this time, we cannot predict the success of such efforts or the outcome of our assessment of the remediation efforts. Our efforts may not remediate these material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and may not prevent additional material weaknesses from being identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our Consolidated Financial Statements that could result in a restatement of our Consolidated Financial Statements, and could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, any of which could diminish investor confidence in us and cause a decline in our equity value. Additionally, ineffective internal controls could expose us to an increased risk of financial reporting fraud and the misappropriation of assets, and may further subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, or to other regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

As a public company, subject to limited exceptions, we are required pursuant to Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for each annual report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in internal control over financial reporting. If in the future we are no longer classified under the definition of an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will also be required, pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control

TABLE OF CONTENTS

over financial reporting in each annual report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC, which may lead to a substantial increase in costs incurred. We will be required to disclose material changes made in our internal control over financial reporting on a quarterly basis. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the NYSE on which our securities are listed, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Prior to the Business Combination, Seven Oaks identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. One or more of these material weaknesses could adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Prior to consummation of the Business Combination, Seven Oaks management identified two material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting, one related to the accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related to the warrants it issued in connection with the IPO in December 2020 and another related to its application of ASC 480-10-S99-3A related to its accounting classification of the initial shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock outstanding prior to the Business Combination.

To respond to these material weaknesses, we have devoted and plan to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understanding of the nuances of the complex accounting standards that apply to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Our plans at this time include providing enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents, and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.

Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of the DGCL, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares.

These provisions include:

•

our Board is classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms, and directors are only able to be removed from office for cause;

•

nothing in our certificate of incorporation precludes future issuances without stockholder approval of the authorized but unissued shares of our common stock;

•

advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders;

•

our stockholders are only able to take action at a meeting of stockholders and not by written consent;

•

only our chairman of the Board, our Chief Executive Officer, our President or a majority of the Board are authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

•

no provision in our certificate of incorporation or the bylaws provides for cumulative voting, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

•

certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation will require the approval of two-thirds of the then outstanding voting power of our capital stock;

•

our bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of our voting stock, voting as a single class, is required for stockholders to amend or adopt any provision of the bylaws;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

our certificate of incorporation authorizes undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued, without the approval of the holders of our common stock; and

•

certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware.

Our certificate of incorporation states that we shall not engage in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

•

the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the Board prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;

•

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

•

at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of us. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those our stockholders desire.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and any appellate court thereof will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our current or former directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders arising under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Additionally, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the federal district courts of the United States will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; however, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision, and investors cannot waive compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. The certificate of incorporation provides that the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Risks Related to Our Capital Requirements and Capital Structure

We have a history of operating losses and may never be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

We incurred net losses of $36.2 million, $69.2 million, $34.4 million and $65.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. As a result of our ongoing losses, as of March 31, 2022, we had an accumulated deficit of $420.9 million. While we have experienced significant revenue growth since inception, we may not be able to sustain or increase our growth or achieve or sustain profitability in the future. We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing efforts, research and development, growth in personnel, expansion of our fulfillment center network, and expansion of our Software & Services business into new geographies. In addition, we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, insurance, and other expenses related to our being a public company as compared to when we were a private company. We will also incur additional costs associated with our proposed commercial partnership with Palantir that are not fully reflected in our historical financial results. We expect to continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain profitability. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If these losses exceed our projections or our revenue growth expectations are not met in future periods, our financial performance will be harmed.

To date, we have raised a substantial amount of capital from outside investors and lenders through the issuance of stock and borrowings, including under our term loans and revolving credit facilities, as well as through the consummation of the Business Combination. In addition to the $69.9 million in cash and cash equivalents on our balance sheet, as of March 31, 2022, we also had $58.2 million in receivables related to the Forward Purchase Agreement entered into in connection with the Business Combination. The timing and terms of any recoupment of the receivables (or some portion thereof) are influenced by our stock price performance over the 24 months following the Business Combination, and there is no guarantee that we will recoup the full amount of that receivable.

As an emerging growth company, we expect to continue to rely on outside capital for the foreseeable future to execute our strategy of investing in growth at the expense of long-term profits and expect to continue to make substantial investments in our business, including in the expansion of the merchandise sold on our platform, in our research and development for our Software & Services segment, and in our advertising and sales teams, in addition to incurring additional costs as a result of being a public company.

Included in the capital raised to date is our term loan agreement, entered into in August 2021 for principal of $45.0 million. The term loan contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires us to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15.0 million, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed quarterly targets; and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. In order to achieve these targets, we expect to invest in growth initiatives including substantially increasing our marketing spend, resulting in an increase in cash used in operating activities for the next twelve months. As of March 31, 2022, we were in compliance with the financial covenants required by our term loan. However, these uncertainties, including the inherent uncertainties associated with executing our growth strategy, combined with the financial covenants and growth requirements associated with our $45.0 million term loan, create risk that we may not be able to maintain compliance with one or more of these covenants over the next twelve months.

Further, as of March 31, 2022, we had no additional capital available for borrowing and no firm commitment from current or prospective investors to provide us additional capital to fund operations in the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

foreseeable future. These uncertainties, including the inherent uncertainties discussed above regarding our growth strategy and financial covenants, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our business plans may change, general economic, financial or political conditions in our markets may change, or other circumstances may arise, that have a material adverse effect on our cash flow and the anticipated cash needs of our business. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements at this time, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all, or that we will generate sufficient future revenues. Our management and Board will have broad discretion in determining when, whether, and how we raise additional capital and, unless required by the rules of NYSE, such capital raises will not require stockholder approval. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights or jointly own some aspects of our technologies, products or services that we would otherwise pursue on our own.

Financial covenants and restrictions imposed by our debt facilities could adversely affect our operating flexibility and possibly result in a default and acceleration of repayment of the debt.

Our debt facilities limit our ability to, among other things:

•

incur or guarantee additional debt;

•

make certain investments and acquisitions;

•

incur certain liens or permit them to exist;

•

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

•

merge or consolidate with another company; and

•

transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of assets.

Our debt facilities also contain covenants requiring us to maintain certain financial metrics, including requirements to maintain a certain level of growth and gross margin within our Retail business, along with a requirement to maintain a minimum unrestricted cash threshold of $15.0 million at all times. The provisions of our debt facilities may affect our ability to obtain future financing and to pursue attractive business opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in business conditions. As a result, restrictions in our debt facilities could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with the provisions of our debt facilities could result in a default or an event of default that could enable our lenders to declare the outstanding principal of that debt, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable. If the payment of outstanding amounts under our debt facilities is accelerated, our assets may be insufficient to repay such amounts in full, and our stockholders could experience a partial or total loss of their investment. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Our results of operations and business could be harmed if we fail to manage the growth of our infrastructure effectively or fail to expand our infrastructure into additional geographic locations because we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and customer satisfaction, or adequately address competitive challenges.

We have experienced rapid growth in our business and operations and expect to continue to experience significant growth, which places substantial demands on our operational infrastructure. In the future, we

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may be required to allocate resources and spend substantial amounts to build, purchase, and lease fulfillment centers and equipment, and upgrade our technology and network infrastructure, to handle increased customer traffic and transactions, or to comply with data protection regulations in jurisdictions in which we provide our services. Moreover, as our customer base grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our infrastructure and continuing to enhance its scalability to maintain the performance of our platform and solutions. Our need to effectively manage our operations and growth will also require that we continue to assess and improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems, and procedures. Our expansion will continue to place a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, financial, and other resources. We may encounter difficulties obtaining the necessary personnel or expertise to improve those controls, systems and procedures on a timely basis relative to our growth. If we do not manage the growth of our business and operations effectively, the quality of our platform and efficiency of our operations could suffer, which could materially harm our results of operations and business.

The scalability and flexibility of our online infrastructure depends on the functionality of our third-party servers and their ability to handle increased traffic and demand for bandwidth. We may be unable to achieve or maintain data transmission capacity high enough to handle increased traffic or process transactions in a timely manner. Our failure to achieve or maintain high data transmission capacity could significantly reduce demand for our platform and solutions and could negatively impact our reputation. Further, as we continue to attract users who utilize our online commerce solutions, the volume of transactions processed on our platform will increase, especially if such users draw significant numbers of buyers over short periods of time. The significant growth in the number of registered users and transactions, and new developments and functionalities offered on our platform, has increased the amount of both our stored marketing and research data and the data of our users and their users.

We will require significant capital expenditures and valuable management resources to grow without undermining our culture of innovation, teamwork, and attention to customer success, which has been central to our growth so far. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth, or change in a manner that fails to preserves our corporate culture, it could negatively affect our reputation and ability to retain and attract customers and employees. It is important that we maintain a high level of customer service and satisfaction as we expand our business. As our Retail and Software & Services businesses continue to grow, we will need to expand our account management, customer service, and other personnel. Failure to manage growth could result in difficulty or delays in enhancing our features and functionality, launching our platform, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features, or other operational difficulties. Any of these could adversely impact our business performance and results of operations.

Our Convertible Notes may impact our financial results, result in the dilution of our stockholders, create downward pressure on the price of our common stock, and restrict our ability to raise additional capital or take advantage of future opportunities.

We issued an aggregate of $87.5 million of principal amount of Convertible Notes in connection with the Business Combination. The Convertible Notes are convertible for shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $12.00 per share in accordance with the terms thereof and will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, paid-in-kind or in cash at our option and accruing semi-annually. The sale of the Convertible Notes may affect our earnings per share figures, as accounting procedures may require that we include in our calculation of earnings per share the number of shares of our common stock into which the Convertible Notes are convertible. If shares of our common stock are issued to the holders of the Convertible Notes upon conversion, there will be dilution to our stockholders’ equity and the market price of our common stock may decrease due to the additional selling pressure in the market. Any downward pressure on the price of our common stock caused by the sale, or potential sale, of shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes could also encourage short sales by third parties, creating additional selling pressure on our share price.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle conversions of the Convertible Notes, repurchase the Convertible Notes upon a fundamental change or repay the Convertible Notes in cash at their maturity, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion, redemption or repurchase of the Convertible Notes.

Holders of the Convertible Notes have the right under the indenture governing the Convertible Notes to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental

TABLE OF CONTENTS

change before the applicable maturity date at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Convertible Notes to be repurchased plus any and all interest from, and including, the date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for under the indenture to, but excluding, the maturity date. Moreover, we will be required to repay the Convertible Notes in cash at their maturity, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of such Convertible Notes surrendered or pay cash with respect to such Convertible Notes being converted.

In addition, our ability to repurchase, redeem or to pay cash upon conversion of Convertible Notes may be limited by law, regulatory authority, or agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase the Convertible Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the indenture or to pay cash upon conversion of such Convertible Notes as required by the indenture would constitute a default under such indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our future indebtedness. If the payment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the Convertible Notes or to pay cash upon conversion of the Convertible Notes.

Fluctuations in our stock price may yield material changes in the valuation of the underlying derivatives securities associated with our capital structure, including our Convertible Notes and Forward Purchase Transaction.

We currently have multiple financial instruments, including underlying derivatives which we account for in accordance with ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging: Embedded Derivatives. In accordance with the guidance, we value these derivatives at each reporting period and recognize the corresponding adjustments to fair value as changes to other income (expense), net in our Statements of Operations. The fair values are estimated using certain pricing models, which involve various inputs, including our current stock price at each reporting period. Period-over-period fluctuations in our stock price may result in material changes in the fair value of these derivatives, which in turn may materially impact (positively and negatively) our Statements of Operations.

We may still incur substantially more debt or take other actions that would diminish our ability to make payments on the Convertible Notes when due.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our debt instruments. Pursuant to the Convertible Note Subscription Agreements, we are subject to certain restrictions under the terms of the indenture governing the Convertible Notes, including limitations regarding incurring future indebtedness, subject to specific allowances in the indenture. However, we will not be restricted from recapitalizing our debt or taking a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the indenture that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on the Convertible Notes when due.

It is not possible to predict the actual number of shares, if any, we will sell under the Purchase Agreement to the Holder, or the actual gross proceeds resulting from those sales.

In May 2022, we entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the Holder pursuant to which we have the right from time to time at our option to sell to the Holder up to $100.0 million of our Common Stock, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the Purchase Agreement. The shares of our Common Stock that may be issued under the Purchase Agreement may be sold by us to the Holder at our discretion from time to time over an approximately 36-month period commencing on the date of the Purchase Agreement.

Subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, we generally have the right to control the timing and amount of any sales of our shares of Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement. Sales of our Common Stock, if any, under the Purchase Agreement will depend upon market conditions and other factors. We may ultimately decide to sell all, some or none of the shares of our common stock that may be available for us to sell pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Depending on the number of shares of Common Stock we sell under the Purchase Agreement, use of the CCOD Facility could also cause substantial dilution to our stockholders. Further, the resale by the Holder of a significant amount of shares at any given time, or the market perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline and to be highly volatile.

Investors who buy shares at different times will likely pay different prices.

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we will have discretion, subject to market demand, to vary the timing, prices, and numbers of shares sold to Jones Group. If and when we do elect to sell our Common Stock to Jones Group pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, after Jones Group has acquired such shares, Jones Group may resell all, some or none of such shares at any time or from time to time in its discretion and at different prices. As a result, investors who purchase shares from Jones Group in this offering at different times will likely pay different prices for those shares, and so may experience different levels of dilution and in some cases substantial dilution and different outcomes in their investment results. Investors may experience a decline in the value of the shares they purchase from Jones Group in this offering as a result of future sales made by us to Jones Group at prices lower than the prices such investors paid for their shares in this offering. In addition, if we sell a substantial number of shares to Jones Group under the Purchase Agreement, or if investors expect that we will do so, the actual sales of shares or the mere existence of our arrangement with Jones Group may make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at a price that we might otherwise wish to effect such sales.

Our management team may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may no yield a significant return.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from sales of our shares of Common Stock made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. However, we have not determined the specific allocation of any net proceeds among these potential uses, and the ultimate use of the net proceeds may vary from the currently intended uses. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase our operating results or enhance the value of our Common Stock.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations intended to protect public and worker health and safety, natural resources and the environment. Our operations, including our outsourced private-label brand manufacturing partners, are subject to regulation by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the United States Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”), and by various other federal, state, local and foreign authorities regarding the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, labeling, and export of our products, including food safety standards and regulations on sale of alcohol. In addition, we and our outsourced private-label brand manufacturing partners are subject to additional regulatory requirements, including environmental, health and safety laws and regulations administered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety legislative and regulatory authorities and the National Labor Relations Board, covering such areas as discharges and emissions to air and water, the use, management, disposal and remediation of, and human exposure to, hazardous materials and wastes, and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

public and worker health and safety. These laws and regulations also govern our relationships with employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime, terms and conditions of employment, working conditions and citizenship requirements. Violations of or liability under any of these laws and regulations may result in administrative, civil or criminal fines, penalties or sanctions against us, revocation or modification of applicable permits, licenses or authorizations, environmental, health and safety investigations or remedial activities, voluntary or involuntary product recalls, warning or untitled letters or cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance, among other things. Such laws and regulations generally have become more stringent over time and may become more so in the future, and we may incur (directly, or indirectly through our outsourced private-label brand manufacturing partners) material costs to comply with current or future laws and regulations or in any required product recalls. Liabilities under, and/or costs of compliance, and the impacts on us of any non-compliance, with any such laws and regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, changes in the laws and regulations to which we are subject could impose significant limitations and require changes to our business, which may increase our compliance expenses, make our business more costly and less efficient to conduct, and compromise our growth strategy.

Among other regulatory requirements, the FDA reviews the inclusion of specific claims in food labeling. While we believe that we market our products in compliance with the policies articulated by the FDA, the FDA may disagree or may classify some of our products differently than we do, and may impose more stringent regulations, which could lead to alleged regulatory violations, enforcement actions and product recalls. In addition, we may produce new products in the future that may be subject to FDA pre-market review before we can market and sell such products.

Furthermore, alcoholic beverages are highly regulated at both the federal and state levels. Regulated areas include production, importation, product labeling, taxes, marketing, pricing, delivery, ownership restrictions, prohibitions on sales to minors, and relationships among alcoholic beverage producers, distributors and retailers. Though we solely undertake marketing activities with respect to alcoholic beverages for appropriate third party retailers selling and/or fulfilling alcoholic beverage purchases made through the Boxed Sites, we cannot assure you that we will always be in full compliance with all applicable regulations or laws, that we will be able to comply with any future regulations and laws, that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in connection with compliance with applicable regulatory and legal requirements, or that such regulations and laws will not materially adversely affect our marketing businesses pertaining to wine, spirits, and/or future alcoholic beverages.

Licenses issued by local, state and/or federal alcoholic beverage regulatory agencies are required in order to produce, sell, and ship wine and/or spirits (and other alcoholic beverages), but not to market wine and/or spirits (and other alcoholic beverages). For example, as marketers with respect to our wine and spirits marketing businesses, we are not required to acquire or maintain any state or federal licenses at this time. However, we note that licensing may be required of marketers of such products in the future, and compliance failures by licensed entities that produce, sell, and/or ship the wine or spirits that we market can result in fines, license suspension, or license revocation, which could materially affect our wine or spirits marketing businesses. In some cases, compliance failures can also result in cease and desist orders, injunctive proceedings or other criminal or civil penalties, which, in each case, could materially adversely affect our wine marketing business or future alcohol-related marketing businesses.

Our wine and spirits marketing businesses rely entirely on third parties that have represented and warranted to us that they have requisite licenses to sell wine or spirits into various states, and that their businesses and operations comply with applicable law. Accordingly, our wine marketing and spirits marketing businesses, and the wine business and spirits business of the partners whose wine and spirits we market, relies substantially on state and federal laws that authorize the shipping of wine and spirits by out-of-state producers, sellers, and/or shippers directly to in-state customers. Those laws are relatively new in many states, and it is common for the laws to be modified. Adverse changes to laws allowing a producer to ship wine or spirits to customers across state lines could materially adversely affect our wine marketing or spirits marketing business, as applicable.

Developments in applicable regulatory requirements, depending on the outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Actual or perceived failures to comply with federal, state and international laws and regulations, our contractual obligations, standards and other requirements relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition, including by causing damage to our reputation with customers and retail partners, or resulting in our incurring substantial additional costs or becoming subject to litigation.

We collect and maintain significant amounts of personal data and other data relating to our customers and employees. A variety of federal, state and international laws and regulations, and certain industry standards, govern or apply to our collection, use, retention, sharing and security of consumer data. We are subject to certain laws, regulations, contractual obligations and industry standards (including, for example, the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI-DSS) relating to privacy, data protection, information security and consumer protection, including California’s Consumer Legal Remedies Act and unfair competition and false advertising laws, which are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. These requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices likely have not complied or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations. As we seek to expand our business, we are, and may increasingly become subject to various laws, regulations and standards, as well as contractual obligations, relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our privacy policies or with any federal, state or international laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject or other legal or contractual obligations relating to privacy, data protection, information security or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities or require us to change our operations and/or cease or modify our use of certain data sets. Any such claim, proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, brand and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers and vendors or an inability to process credit card payments and may result in the imposition of monetary penalties. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection or any inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of operating our business. Additionally, any failure by us to comply with the PCI-DSS may violate payment card association operating rules, applicable laws and regulations, and contractual obligations to which we are subject. Any such failure to comply with the PCI-DSS also may subject us to fines, penalties, damages, and civil liability, or the loss of our ability to accept credit and debit card payments, any of which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We and certain of our service providers receive certain personally identifiable information. In addition, our online operations at www.boxed.com depend upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. A compromise of our security systems or those of some of our business partners that results in customers’ personal information being obtained by unauthorized persons could adversely affect our reputation with customers and others, as well as our operations, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. In addition, a security breach could require that we expend significant additional resources related to the security of information systems and could result in a disruption of our operations.

Federal, state and international governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. The United States and foreign governments have enacted, have considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict the ability of companies and individuals to engage in these activities, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for Internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could if widely adopted result in the use of third-party cookies and other methods of online tracking becoming significantly less effective. Regulation of the use of these

TABLE OF CONTENTS

cookies and other online tracking and advertising practices, or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies, could increase our costs of operations and limit our ability to track trends, optimize our product assortment or acquire new customers on cost-effective terms and consequently, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Foreign laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, information security, and consumer protection often are more restrictive than those in the United States. There is no harmonized approach to these laws and regulations globally. Consequently, we would increase our risk of non-compliance with applicable foreign data protection laws by expanding internationally. We may need to change and limit the way we use personal information in operating our business and may have difficulty maintaining a single operating model that is compliant. In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection, information security and consumer protection. For example, in 2018, California enacted the CCPA, which, among other things, requires new disclosures to California consumers and affords such consumers new abilities to opt out of certain sales of information and may restrict the use of cookies and similar technologies for advertising purposes. The CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020, was amended on multiple occasions and is the subject of regulations issued by the California Attorney General regarding certain aspects of the law and its application. Moreover, California voters approved the CPRA in November 2020. The CPRA significantly modifies the CCPA, creating obligations relating to consumer data beginning on January 1, 2022, with implementing regulations expected on or before July 1, 2022, and enforcement beginning July 1, 2023. Aspects of the CCPA and CPRA remain unclear, resulting in further uncertainty and potentially requiring us to modify our data practices and policies and to incur substantial additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Similar laws have been proposed, and likely will be proposed, in other states and at the federal level, and if passed, such laws may have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging. For example, on March 2, 2021, the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (“CDPA”) was signed into law. The CDPA becomes effective January 1, 2023 and contains provisions that, in addition to other mandates, require businesses subject to the legislation to conduct data protection assessments in certain circumstances and that require opt-in consent from Virginia consumers to process certain sensitive personal information.

In addition, some laws may require us to notify governmental authorities and/or affected individuals of data breaches involving certain personal information or other unauthorized or inadvertent access to or disclosure of such information. We may need to notify governmental authorities and affected individuals with respect to such incidents. For example, laws in all 50 U.S. states may require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. These laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach may be difficult and costly. We also may be contractually required to notify consumers or other counterparties of a security breach. Regardless of our contractual protections, any actual or perceived security breach or breach of our contractual obligations could harm our reputation and brand, expose us to potential liability or require us to expend significant resources on data security and in responding to any such actual or perceived breach.

We make public statements about our use and disclosure of personal information through our privacy policies that are posted on our websites. The publication of our privacy policies and other statements that provide promises and assurances about data privacy and security can subject us to potential government or legal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair or misrepresentative of our actual practices. For example, the FTC and many state Attorneys General continue to enforce federal and state consumer protection laws against companies for online collection, use, dissemination and security practices that appear to be unfair or deceptive. For example, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure can constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. There are a number of legislative proposals in the United States, at both the federal and state level, and more globally, that could impose new obligations in areas such as e-commerce and other related legislation or liability for copyright infringement by third parties. We cannot yet determine the impact that these future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our communications with our customers are subject to certain laws and regulations, including the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing (“CAN-SPAM”) Act of 2003, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (the “TCPA”), and the Telemarketing Sales Rule and analogous state laws, that could expose us to significant damages awards, fines and other penalties that could materially impact our business. For example, the TCPA imposes various consumer consent requirements and other restrictions in connection with certain telemarketing activity and other communication with consumers by phone, fax or text message. The CAN-SPAM Act and the Telemarketing Sales Rule and analogous state laws also impose various restrictions on marketing conducted use of email, telephone, fax or text message. As laws and regulations, including FTC enforcement, rapidly evolve to govern the use of these communications and marketing platforms, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups have proposed, and may propose in the future, self-regulatory standards. These and other industry standards may legally or contractually apply to us, or we may elect to comply with such standards. If we fail to comply with these contractual obligations or standards, we may face substantial liability or fines. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws and regulations concerning data privacy and security in the United States and other jurisdictions in which we operate. We cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business or operations.

As a general matter, compliance with laws, regulations, and any applicable rules or guidance from self-regulatory organizations relating to privacy, data protection, information security and consumer protection may result in substantial costs and may necessitate changes to our business practices, which may compromise our growth strategy, adversely affect our ability to acquire customers, and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the Internet, e-commerce or mobile commerce, which could in turn adversely affect our growth. These regulations and laws may involve taxes, tariffs, privacy and data security, anti-spam, content protection, electronic contracts and communications, consumer protection and Internet neutrality. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes and consumer privacy apply to the Internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the Internet or e-commerce. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the Internet or e-commerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. We cannot be sure that our practices have complied, comply or will comply fully with all such laws and regulations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation, a loss in business and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, customers, vendors or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, decrease the use of our websites and mobile applications by consumers and vendors and may result in the imposition of monetary liabilities. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any such laws or regulations. As a result, adverse developments with respect to these laws and regulations could substantially harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, and similar laws. Non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal and/or civil liability and harm our business.

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, and other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced

TABLE OF CONTENTS

aggressively in recent years. These laws are interpreted broadly to prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. As we begin our international sales and increase our business and sales to the public sector, we may engage with partners and third-party intermediaries to market our services and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, our employees and agents could violate our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As we establish our international sales and business, our risks under these laws will increase.

Noncompliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery, or anti-money laundering laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension and/or debarment from contracting with certain persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially harmed. Responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Jurisdictions in which we conduct our business may seek to impose state and local business taxes, sales taxes, digital services taxes and value added taxes on Internet sales, and the tax policies and regulations imposed by other jurisdictions in which we operate may change, all of which may affect our tax rates and increase our tax liabilities.

On June 21, 2018, the Supreme Court of the United States issued its decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., which overturned a prior decision under which online retailers had not been required to collect sales tax unless they had a physical presence in the buyer’s state. As a result, a state may now enforce or adopt laws requiring online retailers to collect and remit sales tax even if the online retailer has no physical presence within the taxing state. In response, an increasing number of states have adopted or are considering adopting laws or administrative practices, with or without notice, that impose sales and use or similar value added or consumption taxes on e-commerce activity, as well as taxes on all or a portion of gross revenue or other similar amounts earned by an online retailer from sales to customers in the state. If any state were to assert that we have any liability for sales tax for prior periods and seek to collect such tax in arrears and/or impose penalties for past non-payment of taxes, it could have an adverse effect on us. New legislation or regulations, the application of laws and regulations from jurisdictions, including other countries whose laws do not currently apply to our business, or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and commercial online services could similarly result in significant additional taxes on our business. In addition, due to the global nature of the Internet, if we continue to expand internationally in the future, foreign countries might attempt to impose additional or new regulation on our business or levy additional or new taxes relating to our activities. These taxes or tax collection obligations could have an adverse effect on us. For instance, the enactment and enforcement of laws resulting from the Supreme Court’s decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. could also impact where we are required to file state income taxes. As a result, our effective income tax rate as well as the cost and growth of our business could be materially and adversely affected, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, there is a possibility that we may be subject to significant fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements.

We are also subject to federal, state, local and international laws, regulations, and administrative practices that require us to collect information from our customers, vendors, merchants, and other third parties for tax reporting purposes and report such information to various government agencies. The scope of such requirements continues to expand, requiring us to develop and implement new compliance systems.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in significant penalties. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to impose sales, income or other taxes on e-commerce. New or revised taxes would likely increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the Internet. New taxes could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

General economic factors, domestically and internationally, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Higher energy and gasoline costs, inflation, levels of unemployment, healthcare costs, consumer debt levels, foreign-currency exchange rates, unsettled financial markets, weaknesses in housing and real estate markets, reduced consumer confidence, changes related to government fiscal and tax policies, sovereign debt crises, and other economic factors could adversely affect demand for our products and services or require a change in the mix of products we sell. Rapid and significant changes in commodity prices may affect our net revenue and gross margins. These factors could also increase our merchandise costs and selling, general and administrative expenses, and otherwise adversely affect our operations and financial results. General economic conditions can also be affected by the outbreak or threats of war, acts of terrorism, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics or other health-related crises, or other significant national or international events, including actual or perceived political instability domestically and abroad.

We anticipate incurring substantial stock-based compensation expense, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We anticipate incurring substantial stock-based compensation expense in future years as a result of our Incentive Award Plan under which we started granting time-based and performance-based restricted stock units and will continue to grant similar awards in 2022 and in future years. We will recognize the stock-based compensation expense over a time-based vesting period or a derived service period for certain of these awards. We cannot be certain whether and how many restricted stock units will satisfy their performance-based vesting conditions and the actual amount of stock-based compensation expense we will incur for these awards. Any such expense could have a material impact on our results of operations for the periods in which such expense is recognized.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Moreover, the terms of our term loan credit facility may restrict our ability to pay dividends, and any additional debt we may incur in the future may include similar restrictions. As a result, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

You will be diluted by the future issuance of our common stock, our preferred stock or securities convertible into our common or preferred stock, in connection with the exercise of our warrants, the conversion of the Convertible Notes, or issuances under our incentive plans, for acquisitions, for capital raises or otherwise.

Holders of our common stock may be subject to further dilution upon issuance of the shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, upon exercise of our warrants, due to sales of our Common Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, or under the Boxed, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan (“Incentive Award Plan”) and Boxed, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Additionally, in the future, we expect to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our capital stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including senior or subordinated notes, or debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. Issuing additional shares of our capital stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock or both. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Shares of our preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control.

The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for our stockholders.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

•

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

•

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates or ratings by any securities analysts who follow our company or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, results of operations or capital commitments;

•

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other retail companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

•

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

•

changes in our Board or management;

•

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers and directors;

•

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

•

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our business;

•

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;

•

short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our capital stock;

•

general economic conditions in the United States, including due to inflation;

•

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, natural disasters, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events; and

•

the other factors described in the sections of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The stock market has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. The market prices of securities of companies have experienced fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to their operating results. Market fluctuations could result in extreme volatility in the price of shares of our common stock or warrants, which could cause a decline in the value of your investment. Price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of shares of our common stock is low. Furthermore, in the past, stockholders have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. Any similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may acquire or invest in companies, which may divert our management’s attention and result in additional dilution to our stockholders. We may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions, including with our acquisition of MaxDelivery.

We may evaluate and consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, products, and other assets in the future. An acquisition, investment or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel, or operations of the acquired companies. Key personnel of the acquired companies may choose not to work for us, their software may not be easily adapted to work with ours, or we may have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management, or otherwise. We may also experience difficulties integrating personnel of the acquired company into our business and culture. Acquisitions may also disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. The anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult, and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

•

issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders;

•

use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

•

incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

•

incur large charges or substantial liabilities;

•

encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse software codes or business cultures; and

•

become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation, or deferred compensation charges.

Future litigation or similar legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Lawsuits and other administrative or legal proceedings may arise in the course of our operations. For example, on February 8, 2022, a putative stockholder of the Company filed a complaint in the Delaware Court alleging that he is entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with a demand he made on the Company regarding the ability of Class A common stockholders to vote on certain charter amendments in connection with the Business Combination on December 8, 2021. Garfield v. Boxed, Inc., C.A. No. 2022-0132-VCZ (Del. Ch.). Given the early stage of this matter and the uncertainty inherent in litigation and investigations, at this time we do not believe it is possible to develop estimates of reasonably possible losses (or a range of possible losses) for this matter.

We may also face heightened regulatory or other public scrutiny as a result of going public via a transaction with a special purpose acquisition company. These sorts of lawsuits or proceedings can involve substantial costs, including the costs associated with investigation, litigation and possible settlement, judgment, penalty or fines. In addition, lawsuits and other legal proceedings may be time-consuming and may require a commitment of management and personnel resources that will be diverted from our normal business operations. Although we generally maintain insurance to mitigate certain costs, there can be no assurance that costs associated with lawsuits or other legal proceedings will not exceed the limits of insurance policies. Moreover, we may be unable to continue to maintain our existing insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all, or to secure additional coverage, which may result in costs associated with lawsuits and other legal proceedings being uninsured. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected if a judgment, penalty or fine is not fully covered by insurance.

Changes in subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters or changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, could significantly affect our financial condition and results of operations.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and related pronouncements, implementation guidelines, and interpretations apply to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including

TABLE OF CONTENTS

revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, and deferred commissions, as well as matters that pertain to our capital structure, such as the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants and the Convertible Notes issued in connection with the concurrent Private Placements. These matters are complex and involve subjective assumptions, estimates, and judgments by our management. Changes in GAAP, these accounting pronouncements or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates, or judgments by our management, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, the SEC, and others could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance, which could impact the market price for our common stock and warrants.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Under Section 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or income tax. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in a corporation’s equity ownership by certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period. We have experienced ownership changes in the past and may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (many of which are outside our control). If it is determined that we have in the past experienced an ownership change, or if we undergo one or more ownership changes as a result of future transactions in our stock then we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs prior to their expiration, even if we were to achieve profitability. To the extent we are not able to offset future taxable income with our NOLs, our net income and cash flows may be adversely affected.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business or our industry, the trading price and volume of our securities could decline.

The trading market for our securities will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, the trading price for our securities would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the trading price or volume of our securities to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to: an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, registration statements and proxy statements; and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, the JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We intend to take advantage of the exemptions discussed above. As a result, the information we provide will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies or that are not taking advantage of such exemptions.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) December 31, 2025, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue exceed $1.07 billion, (iii) the date on which we have, during the immediately preceding three-year period, issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities, and the market price of our securities may be more volatile.

Operating as a public company requires us to incur substantial costs and requires substantial management attention. In addition, our management team has limited experience managing a public company and the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain additional executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we have incurred and will continue to incur substantial legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC. The rules and regulations of NYSE also apply to us. As part of these requirements, we will need to establish and maintain effective disclosure and financial controls and to make changes to our corporate governance practices. Compliance with these requirements has increased and is expected to continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming or costly, and increases demand on our systems and resources.

Most of our management and other key personnel have little experience managing a public company and preparing public filings. In addition, as a public company, certain of our management and other key personnel will be required to divert attention from other business matters to devote substantial time to the reporting and other requirements of being a public company. In particular, we expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort to complying with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by stockholders and competitors. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.

In addition, as a result of our disclosure obligations as a public company, we have reduced flexibility and are under pressure to focus on short-term results, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term profitability.

THE COMMITTED CAPITAL ON DEMAND FACILITY

On May 9, 2022, we entered into the Purchase Agreement with the Holder establishing a committed capital on demand facility (the “CCOD Facility”). Pursuant to and subject to the conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement, beginning on the date of this prospectus (the “Commencement Date”), we have the right from time to time at our option to direct the Holder to purchase shares of Common Stock, up to a maximum aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million. Sales of our shares of Common Stock to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement, and the timing of any sales, will be determined by us from time to time in our sole discretion and will depend on a variety of factors, including, among other things, market conditions, the trading price of our Common Stock and determinations by us regarding the use of proceeds from any sale of such Common Stock. The net proceeds from any sales under the CCOD Facility will depend on the frequency with, and prices at, which the shares of Common Stock are sold to the Holder. To the extent we sell shares under the Purchase Agreement, we currently plan to use any proceeds therefrom for working capital and general corporate purposes.

In accordance with our obligations under the Purchase Agreement, we have filed the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in order to register the resale by the Holder of up to 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, consisting of (i) the Commitment Fee Shares, which are the 114,585 shares of Common Stock that we issued to the Holder in consideration of its irrevocable commitment to purchase shares of Common Stock at our election under the Purchase Agreement and (ii) up to 14,885,415

TABLE OF CONTENTS

shares of Common Stock that we may elect, in our sole discretion, to issue and sell to the Holder, from time to time from and after the Commencement Date under the Purchase Agreement. Unless earlier terminated, the Purchase Agreement will remain in effect until the first day of the month next following the 36-month period commencing on the date of this prospectus.

Under applicable NYSE rules, we may not issue to Holder more than 19.99% of the total number of share of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the execution of the Purchase Agreement without prior stockholder approval, unless certain stipulations are met (the “Exchange Cap”). In addition, the Holder is not obligated to buy any shares of Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement if such shares, when aggregated with all other shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned by the Holder and its affiliates (as calculated pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 promulgated thereunder), would result in the Holder beneficially owning Common Stock in excess of 4.99% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Beneficial Ownership Limitation”).

The Purchase Agreement contains customary registration rights, representations, warranties, conditions and indemnification obligations by each party. The representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Purchase Agreement were made only for purposes of the Purchase Agreement and as of specific dates, were solely for the benefit of the parties to such agreements and are subject to certain important limitations.

VWAP Purchase of Common Stock Under the Purchase Agreement

From and after the Commencement Date, we will have the right, but not the obligation, from time to time at our sole discretion, until the first day of the month next following the 36-month period from the Commencement Date, to direct the Holder to purchase up to a specified maximum amount of shares of Common Stock (each such purchase, a “VWAP Purchase”) by delivering written notice to the Holder (such notice, a “VWAP Purchase Notice”) on any trading day, so long as all shares of Common Stock subject to all prior VWAP Purchases by the Holder have previously been delivered to the Holder.

The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder is required to purchase in any single VWAP Purchase under the Purchase Agreement is equal to the least of:

•

a number of shares of Common Stock which, when aggregated with all other shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned by the Holder and its affiliates (as calculated pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 promulgated thereunder), would result in the Holder beneficially owning shares of Common Stock equal to (but not exceeding) the Beneficial Ownership Limitation;

•

(i) the total volume of shares of Common Stock as reported by Bloomberg through its “AQR” function during the applicable period (subject to adjustment in the case that the price of our Common Stock falls below a specified threshold price) multiplied by (ii) the lesser of (A) the percentage of the volume of the shares of Common Stock that we direct the Holder to purchase and (B) 20% of the volume of the shares of Common Stock (unless we and the Holder expressly agree that such percentage shall exceed 20%) (the amount set forth in this bullet, the “VWAP Purchase Share Request”);

•

an aggregate purchase price of $5.0 million; and

•

the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in any VWAP Purchase Notice, representing the Company’s good faith estimate of the number of shares of Common Stock equivalent to the VWAP Purchase Share Request during the applicable period on the date on which such shares of Common Stock are delivered to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement (the “VWAP Purchase Date”).

The per share purchase price for the shares of Common Stock that we elect to sell to the Holder in a VWAP Purchase pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, if any, will be equal to ninety-nine percent (97%) of the VWAP over the applicable period on such VWAP Purchase Date for such VWAP Purchase (such price, the “VWAP Purchase Price”).

We define “VWAP” as, for the Common Stock for a specified period, the dollar volume-weighted average price for the Common Stock, as reported by Bloomberg through its “VRQ” function, with all such determinations being appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction during such period. There is no upper limit on the price per

TABLE OF CONTENTS

share that the Holder could be obligated to pay for shares of Common Stock we elect to sell to the Holder in any VWAP Purchase under the Purchase Agreement.

At or prior to 7:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable VWAP Purchase Date, the Holder will provide us with a written confirmation for such VWAP Purchase setting forth the applicable VWAP Purchase Price per share to be paid by the Holder and the total aggregate VWAP Purchase Price to be paid by the Holder for the total number of shares of Common Stock purchased by the Holder in such VWAP Purchase.

The payment for, against delivery of, shares of Common Stock purchased by the Holder in a VWAP Purchase under the Purchase Agreement is required to be fully settled by 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the second trading day immediately following the applicable date of such VWAP Purchase Date, as set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

Conditions Precedent to Commencement and Each VWAP Purchase

The Holder’s obligation to accept VWAP Purchase Notices that are timely delivered by us under the Purchase Agreement and to purchase our shares of Common Stock in VWAP Purchases under the Purchase Agreement, are subject to (i) the initial satisfaction, at the Commencement Date, and (ii) the satisfaction, at each time we deliver a VWAP Purchase Notice on the applicable date of VWAP Purchase after the Commencement Date (the “VWAP Purchase Commencement Time”), of the conditions precedent thereto set forth in the Purchase Agreement, which conditions include, among others, the following:

•

the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Holder included in the Purchase Agreement;

•

the Company having performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Purchase Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company;

•

the registration statement that includes this prospectus (and any one or more additional registration statements filed with the SEC that includes the shares of Common Stock that may be issued and sold by the Company to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement) having been declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC and not being subject to any stop order, and the Holder being able to utilize this prospectus (and the prospectus included in any one or more additional registration statements filed with the SEC under the Purchase Agreement) to resell all of the shares of Common Stock included in this prospectus (and included in any such additional prospectuses);

•

the absence of any material misstatement or omission in the registration statement that includes this prospectus (or in any one or more additional registration statements filed with the SEC that include the shares of Common Stock that may be issued and sold by the Company to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement);

•

this prospectus and all reports, schedules, registrations, forms, statements, information and other documents required to have been filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act having been filed with the SEC;

•

all of the shares of Common Stock that have been registered with the SEC for resale having been approved for listing or quotation on the NYSE (or if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed on the NYSE, on any Eligible Market), subject only to notice of issuance;

•

no condition, occurrence, state of facts or event constituting a Material Adverse Effect (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing;

•

customary conditions related to injunctions, legal proceedings and bankruptcy; and

•

the receipt by the Holder of customary legal opinions, auditor comfort letters and bring-down legal opinions, and auditor comfort letters as required under the Purchase Agreement.

Termination of the Purchase Agreement

Unless earlier terminated as provided in the Purchase Agreement, the Purchase Agreement will terminate automatically on the earliest to occur of:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

the first day of the month next following the 36-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus;

•

the date on which the Holder shall have purchased shares of Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement for an aggregate gross purchase price equal to $100.0 million;

•

the date on which the Common Stock shall have failed to be listed or quoted on the NYSE or any other Eligible Market;

•

the 30th day following the date on which the Company commences a voluntary bankruptcy case or any third party commences a bankruptcy proceeding against the Company; and

•

the date on which a custodian is appointed for the Company in a bankruptcy proceeding for all or substantially all of its property, or the Company makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

We have the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement at any time after Commencement, at no cost or penalty, upon 10 trading days’ prior written notice to the Holder. We and the Holder may also terminate the Purchase Agreement at any time by mutual written consent. The Holder also has the right to terminate the Purchase Agreement upon 10 trading days’ prior written notice to us, but only upon the occurrence of certain customary events. No termination of the Purchase Agreement by us or by the Holder will become effective prior to the second trading day immediately following the date on which any pending (or not fully settled) VWAP Purchase has been fully settled in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, and will not affect any of our respective rights and obligations under the Purchase Agreement with respect to any pending (or not fully settled) VWAP Purchase, and both we and the Holder have agreed to complete our respective obligations with respect to any such pending (or not fully settled) VWAP Purchase under the Purchase Agreement. Furthermore, no termination of the Purchase Agreement will affect the registration rights provisions contained within the Purchase Agreement, which will survive any termination of the Purchase Agreement.

No Short-Selling or Hedging by the Holder

The Holder has agreed that neither it nor any of its officers, its sole member, nor any entity managed or controlled by it, will engage in or effect, directly or indirectly, for its own principal account or for the principal account of any of its officers or any entity managed or controlled by it, any (i) “short sale” (as such term is defined in Rule 200 of Regulation SHO of the Exchange Act) of the Common Stock or (ii) hedging transaction, which establishes a net short position with respect to the Common Stock, during the term of the Purchase Agreement.

Prohibition on Variable Rate Transactions

Subject to specified exceptions included in the Purchase Agreement, during the term of the Purchase Agreement, we are limited in our ability to enter into specified “Variable Rate Transactions” (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement). Such transactions include, among others, the issuance of convertible securities with a conversion or exercise price that is based upon or varies with the trading price of shares of our Common Stock after the date of issuance, or our entry into any agreement for an “equity line of credit” or “at the market offering” (other than with the Holder, whereby we may sell shares of Common Stock at a future determined price).

Effect of Sales of Our Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement on Our Shareholders

The Common Stock being registered for resale in this offering may be issued and sold by us to the Holder from time to time at our discretion over a period until the first day of the month next following the 36-month anniversary of the date of this prospectus. The resale by the Holder of a significant amount of shares registered for resale in this offering at any given time, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline and to be highly volatile. Sales of shares of our Common Stock, if any, to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement will be determined by us in our sole discretion and will depend upon market conditions and other factors. We may ultimately decide to sell to the Holder all, some or none of the shares of Common Stock that may be available for us to sell to the Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. If and when we elect to sell shares of Common Stock to the Holder

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, after the Holder has acquired such shares, the Holder may resell all, some or none of such Common Stock at any time or from time to time in its discretion and at different prices. As a result, investors who purchase shares of Common Stock from the Holder in this offering at different times will likely pay different prices for those shares of Common Stock, and so may experience different levels of dilution and in some cases substantial dilution and different outcomes in their investment results. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Capital Requirements and Capital Structure — It is not possible to predict the actual number of shares, if any, we will sell under the Purchase Agreement to the Holder, or the actual gross proceeds resulting from those sales.”

Investors may experience a decline in the value of the shares of Common Stock they purchase from the Holder in this offering as a result of future sales made by us to the Holder at prices lower than the prices such investors paid for their shares in this offering. In addition, if we sell a substantial number of shares of Common Stock to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement, or if investors expect that we will do so, the actual sales of Common Stock or the mere existence of our arrangement with the Holder may make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at a price that we might otherwise wish to effect such sales.

Because the purchase price per share to be paid by the Holder for the shares of Common Stock that we may elect to sell to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement, if any, will fluctuate based on the market prices of our Common Stock during the applicable period for each VWAP Purchase made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, if any, as of the date of this prospectus it is not possible for us to predict the number of shares of Common Stock that we will sell to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement, the actual purchase price per share to be paid by the Holder for those shares of Common Stock, or the actual gross proceeds to be raised by us from those sales, if any. As of May 6, 2022, there were 68,855,829 shares of Common Stock outstanding. Although the Purchase Agreement provides that we may sell up to an aggregate gross purchase price of $100.0 million shares of Common Stock to the Holder, only 15,000,000 of shares of Common Stock are being registered for resale under the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

If all of the 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered for resale by the Holder under this prospectus were issued and outstanding as of May 6, 2022, such shares of Common Stock would represent approximately 17.9% of the total number of our shares of Common Stock outstanding.

If we decide to issue and sell to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement more than the 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock that are being registered for resale under this prospectus, which we may elect to do, at our sole discretion, up to aggregate gross proceeds under the CCOD Facility of $100.0 million, in order to receive additional proceeds we must first file with the SEC one or more additional registration statements to register the resale under the Securities Act by the Holder of any such additional shares of Common Stock we wish to sell from time to time under the Purchase Agreement, which the SEC must declare effective, in each case before we may elect to sell any such additional shares of Common Stock to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement. The number of shares of Common Stock ultimately offered for sale by the Holder for resale under this prospectus in order to receive or under any future prospectus is dependent upon the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, we ultimately sell to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement. Further, if and when we elect to sell shares of Common Stock to the Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, after the Holder has acquired such shares, the Holder may resell all, some or none of such shares of Common Stock at any time or from time to time in its discretion and at different prices.

The issuance of our shares of Common Stock to the Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will not affect the rights or privileges of our existing stockholders, except that the economic and voting interests of each of our existing stockholders will be diluted. Although the number of shares of Common Stock that our existing stockholders own will not decrease, the Common Stock owned by our existing stockholders will represent a smaller percentage of our total outstanding shares of Common Stock after any such issuance.

The following table sets forth information at varying average purchase prices, for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to be estimates or predictions of the future performance of our Common Stock. The actual number of shares of Common Stock we sell to the Holder, and the prices at which we sell them, will vary and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement described above:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Assumed Trading Price of Shares of Common Stock	Number of Shares Sold Under the CCOD Facility(1)		Commitment Fee Shares(2)		Total Shares of Common Stock Issued to the Holder		Percentage of Outstanding Shares of Common Stock After Giving Effect to Issuances to the Holder(3)
$7.50		13,333,333		114,585		13,447,918		16.3%
$10.00		10,000,000		114,585		10,114,585		12.8%
$12.50		8,000,000		114,585		8,114,585		10.5%
$15.00		6,666,666		114,585		6,781,251		9.0%

(1)

The number of shares of Common Stock offered by this prospectus may not cover all the shares of Common Stock we ultimately may sell to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement, depending on the purchase price per share of such sales. We have included in this column only those shares of Common Stock being offered for resale by the Holder under this prospectus, without regard to the Beneficial Ownership Cap or the Exchange Cap. The assumed average purchase prices are solely for illustrative purposes and are not intended to be estimates or predictions of the future performance of our Common Stock.

(2)

Represents the Commitment Fee Shares, which are the 114,585 shares of Common Stock we agreed to issue to the Holder as consideration for its irrevocable commitment to purchase the shares of Common Stock at our election in our sole discretion, from time to time after the date of this prospectus, upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

(3)

The denominator used to calculate the percentages in this column is based on 68,855,829 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of May 6, 2022, adjusted to include the Common Stock (a) issued and sold to the Holder under the CCOD Facility and (b) issued to the Holder as Commitment Fee Shares.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth in the section of the prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Boxed is an e-commerce retailer and an e-commerce enabler. We operate an e-commerce Retail service that provides bulk pantry consumables to businesses and household customers. This service is powered by our own purpose-built storefront, marketplace, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. We further enable e-commerce through our Software & Services business, which offers customers in need of an enterprise-level e-commerce platform access to our end-to-end technology.

Founded in 2013 by an experienced group of tech pioneers, we have been a technology-first organization since our inception. The founders (including our Chief Executive Officer Chieh Huang and Chief Operating Officer Jared Yaman) had a simple idea: make shopping for bulk, household essentials easy, convenient and fun so customers can focus their time and energy on the things that really matter, instead of spending their weekends traveling to and shopping in traditional brick-&-mortar wholesale clubs with their families. From that initial concept, we grew into the e-commerce technology company that it is today, with our own purpose-built storefront, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. Now, in addition to offering B2C and B2B customers with bulk consumables, such as paper products, snacks, beverages, and cleaning supplies, we have also begun to drive high-margin revenue through our Software & Services business, helping the world to stock up through our technology.

Since our inception, we have been engaged in developing and expanding our Retail and Software & Services businesses. We have incurred net operating losses and have generated negative cash flows from operations in each year since our inception. For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and year ended December 31, 2021, we had a net loss of $(36.2) million and $(69.2) million, and negative cash flows from operations of $(36.4) million and $(53.5) million, respectively. Since our inception, beyond sales of our product and services, we have funded our operations primarily with proceeds from the issuance of stock and borrowings, including under our term loans and revolving credit facilities, as well as through the consummation of the Business Combination.

Business Combination and Public Company Costs

On December 8, 2021, we consummated our previously announced Business Combination, at which time (i) Old Boxed merged with a subsidiary of Seven Oaks and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seven Oaks and (ii) Seven Oaks changed its name from Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. to Boxed, Inc., and is referred to herein as “New Boxed” or “us” or “we”. In connection with the Closing, among other things:

•

We became an SEC-registrant and our common stock and warrants commenced trading on the NYSE on December 9, 2021 under the symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS,” respectively.

•

Immediately prior to Closing, each share of Old Boxed preferred stock was converted into Old Boxed common stock based on the conversion ratios of each respective series. Then upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock was converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

•

The 6,468,750 shares of Seven Oaks Class B common stock held by the Sponsor, JTCM Ventures and related parties were each automatically reclassified into one share of New Boxed common stock (of which 1,940,625 shares are subject to vesting under certain conditions).

•

PIPE Investors contributed a total of $120.0 million, comprised of $32.5 million for 3,250,000 shares of New Boxed common stock and an aggregate of $87.5 million in PIPE Convertible Notes.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

An aggregate of $181.0 million was paid from Seven Oaks’ trust account to holders that exercised their right to have initial shares redeemed. In addition, on December 9, 2021, one day following the Closing, we paid the Prepayment Amount of $65.1 million to ACM utilizing funds from Seven Oaks’ trust account, pursuant to the terms of a Forward Purchase Agreement entered into by Seven Oaks and ACM on November 28, 2021 for an OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction.

The Business Combination is accounted for as a reverse capitalization in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under the guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations, Seven Oaks is treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Refer to Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional detail about the Business Combination as well as Note 11 therein for further detail about the Forward Purchase Agreement.

As a result of becoming an NYSE-listed company, we are hiring and will need to continue to hire additional staff and implement processes and procedures to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional annual expenses for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting, legal and administrative resources and fees.

Factors Affecting our Performance

We believe that our performance and future success depend on many factors. While we believe that each of these factors present significant opportunities for our business, each factor also poses risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and continue to improve our results of operations.

COVID-19. During fiscal year 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic had a mixed impact on our results of operations. Throughout the pandemic our fulfillment centers have largely remained open as they were deemed as “essential businesses” in our locations. While we experienced increased demand from B2C customers, as many individuals adopted online shopping during the pandemic, that increase was offset by a decline of demand from our B2B customers, as many businesses reverted to work-from-home environments. The result of these two counteracting trends was slight growth in 2020 sales compared to fiscal year 2019. Further, during fiscal year 2020, we experienced a significant increase in organic new customer traffic to our web properties as a result of COVID-19. This rapid and variable surge in traffic put significant stress on our supply chain, with industry-wide inventory supply shortages limiting our ability to provide the products in demand from our customers. As such, during this period, we significantly reduced our growth-related investments (i.e. promotional spend and advertising expense) and temporarily shut down service to certain new customers in specific states. While industry-wide demand for e-commerce services remains elevated compared to pre-pandemic levels, the surge in organic new customer traffic we experienced in 2020 did not persist at the same levels in 2021, and we began to meaningfully increase our investments in advertising expense and promotional spend in order to drive additional demand. In addition, the wave of COVID-19 virus variants, including the proliferation of the Delta and Omicron variants, further delayed the return-to-office plans of many of our B2B customers in 2021, which yielded a slower recovery from our B2B customers than originally anticipated throughout 2021. While the recovery of the Company’s B2B offerings remains optimistic, the demand from our B2B customers may not fully recover to the levels that existed during 2019. These changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, the higher propensity for online shopping has led to increased demand for our technology, which we have begun to monetize in 2021, but could also reverse in the future as customer behavior changes. Overall, the COVID-19 pandemic is unprecedented and continuously evolving and the long-term impacts on our financial condition and results of operations are still uncertain. We are continuing to monitor the impact of the pandemic on the overall macro-economic environment, as well as the impact it has had on cost inflation in consumable products and transportation, which continues to drive up our operating costs.

The COVID-19 pandemic may impact many of the factors discussed in this section, including, among others, overall economic trends, consumer preferences and demand, product mix, competitive dynamics, and sourcing and distribution, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acquisition of new customers and retention of existing customers. The size of our customer base and our customers’ level of engagement and retention are critical to our success. Our ability to continue to attract and retain customers depends, in part, on our ability to consistently provide our customers with a convenient, high-quality experience with competitive pricing for consumer goods, groceries, household products, and other bulk or discounted products. If our customers preferences change or they do not perceive our service and the products we sell to be convenient, competitively priced, and of high quality, we may not be able to attract and retain customers, and as a result, our revenue may be adversely impacted.

Brand recognition and customer loyalty. Our ability to succeed in a crowded e-commerce marketplace will depend on our continued success at attracting and retaining a large number of high-value customers to the Boxed Sites who have traditionally purchased bulk consumer packaged goods from our larger competitors. We may be required to incur significantly higher advertising and promotional expenditures to differentiate Boxed Sites from that of our competitors. If our branding efforts are not successful, our operating results and our ability to attract and retain customers may be adversely impacted. In addition, we sell many products under the Prince & Spring private-label brand. Increasing the portfolio of private-label products offered is essential to developing and maintaining customer loyalty. Prince & Spring private-label products also generally carry higher margins than national brand products offered on the Boxed Sites, representing a growth portion of our overall sales. If the Prince & Spring brand experiences a loss of customer acceptance or confidence, our sales and gross margin results could decline.

Competition. We operate in a market that is rapidly evolving and in which we face competition, especially from larger and more well-established companies. These more well-established competitors may have longer operating histories, greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources, greater name and brand recognition, a larger base of vendors, or faster shipping times or lower-cost shipping. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater revenue and profits, acquire customers at lower costs, or respond more quickly to emerging technologies and evolving consumer trends. If we are unable to compete successfully, or if competing successfully requires us to expend greater resources, our financial condition and results of operating could be adversely affected.

Effective sourcing and distribution of products. Our net revenues and gross profit are affected by our ability to purchase our products in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. While we believe our vendors have adequate capacity to meet our current and anticipated demand, our level of net revenues could be adversely affected in the event of constraints in our supply chain, including our inability to procure and stock sufficient quantities of some merchandise in a manner that is able to match market demand from our customers, leading to lost sales.

Software & Services offerings. Our Software & Services business, encompassing the licensing of our software and technology assets, is expected to be an increasing part of our revenue and profitability as we expand. We began to successfully deliver and market these services to customers in the second half of 2021, but if we are not able to continue and expand such services, we would fail to achieve the anticipated benefits of our Software & Services offering. The success of our early operations of our Software & Services offering may significantly impact our future business, results of operations and financial condition. Our results of operations and future revenue prospects will be harmed if we are unable to increase the adoption of our offerings.

Seasonality. Our Retail business is moderately seasonal, with a meaningful portion of our sales and promotional campaigns dedicated to back-to-school and back-to-work time periods, typically resulting in higher customer demand in the first and third fiscal quarters. Due to the importance of our peak sales periods, which include the post-holiday winter and fall seasons, the first and third fiscal quarters have historically contributed, and are expected to continue to contribute, significantly to our operating results for the entire fiscal year. In anticipation of seasonal increases in sales activity during these periods, we incur additional expense prior to and during our peak seasonal periods. These expenses may include the acquisition of additional inventory, seasonal staffing needs and other similar items. As a result, any factors negatively affecting us during these periods, including adverse weather, spread of seasonal infectious diseases and unfavorable economic conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Performance Indicators

We measure our business using both financial and operating data and use the following metrics and measures to assess the near-term and long-term performance of our overall business, including identifying trends, formulating financial projections, making strategic decisions, assessing operational efficiencies and monitoring our business. Key performance indicators (“KPIs”) are typically operational in nature, are not measures of financial performance in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may exclude items that are significant in understanding and assessing the Company’s financial results. Therefore, these measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net revenue, cash flows from operations or other measures of growth, profitability, liquidity or performance under U.S. GAAP. You should be aware that our presentation of these measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

We present the following key performance indicators to assist investors in understanding our operating results: (i) Retail Active Customers; (ii) Retail Average Order Value (“Retail AOV”); (iii) Retail Net Revenue per Retail Active Customer (“RPAC”) and (iv) Gross Merchandise Value (“GMV”). We have elected to update our disclosures from presenting information on a Last Twelve Month (“LTM”) basis to a quarterly basis in order to provide shareholders and investors with further insight into our quarterly trends and seasonal variability. We believe this disclosure change supports increased interpretability of our operating results. Further, we have elected to update our disclosures to (i) not include Advertising Expenses within KPIs as it is discussed within Results of Operations, below and (ii) disclose RPAC for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 to show comparable periods for the addition of this metric in the first quarter of 2022.

This table sets forth our key performance indicators for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Figures disclosed for Active Customers and AOV reflect Retail segment metrics only, and do not aggregate metrics from Software & Services customers who are leveraging our software or technology for their own retail operations.

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Years Ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2021			2020			2019
Retail Active Customers (in thousands)			161			191			382			472			515
Retail AOV (in whole dollars)		$	130		$	112		$	122		$	108		$	94
RPAC (in whole dollars)		$	276		$	208		$	411		$	396		$	338
GMV (in millions)		$	53.4		$	44.8		$	180.1		$	207.3		$	194.3

Retail Active Customers

We define active customers as the distinct number of customers in our Retail segment who placed at least one order in the referenced respective time-period (“Retail Active Customers”). The change in Retail Active Customers in a reporting period captures both the inflow of new customers as well as the outflow of customers who have not made a purchase in the time period. We view the number of Retail Active Customers as a key indicator of our performance, which is influenced by the level of investment in Advertising Expenses, the number of new customers acquired during a given time period, as well as the churn of previously Retail Active Customers.

The decrease in our Retail Active Customers when comparing the three months ended March 31, 2022 to the three months ended March 31, 2021 was primarily due to a decrease in B2C customers during the more recent period compared to the prior period, as the latter included the temporary impact of increased customer traffic resulting from COVID-19 related demand. Although there was a year over year decline, we saw quarter over quarter sequential growth in our Retail Active Customers during the first quarter of 2022 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2021.

The decrease in our Retail Active Customers when comparing the year ended December 31, 2021 to the year ended December 30, 2020 was primarily due to a decrease in B2C customers during the more recent period compared to the prior period, as the latter included the temporary impact of increased customer traffic during the peak periods of COVID-19, which occurred late in the first quarter of 2020 and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

throughout the second quarter of 2020. Also contributing to this decrease is a decline in our B2B customer base as customers moved to work-from-home environments beginning in the second quarter of 2020, which drove the overall decline in Retail Active Customers during the more recent period.

The decrease in our Retail Active Customers when comparing the year ended December 31, 2020 to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by the 76% decrease in Advertising Expenses, which yielded a meaningful decrease in new customer acquisition. This was combined with a decrease in our B2B customer base as customers moved to work from-home environments beginning in the second quarter of 2020.

Retail AOV

We define Retail AOV as the GMV for the respective time-period divided by the total number of orders placed by customers during the same period. We believe Retail AOV is an important indicator of business performance as it is supported by our proprietary e-commerce technology, where our mobile app, website, and personalization engine provide a seamless shopping experience, enabling customers to easily discover new and relevant products and categories. This results in a trend where on average, Retail AOVs expand over the course of a customer’s lifecycle. Further, larger orders are on average more profitable, helping to drive margin improvement from shipping, packaging, and labor efficiencies.

Total Retail AOV increased when comparing the three months ended March 31, 2022 to the three months ended March 31, 2021 as the result of (i) an increasing percentage of orders from our B2B customers who have, on average, significantly higher Retail AOVs than our B2C customers, (ii) ongoing pricing optimizations, and (iii) adjustments to the user experience designed to help drive Retail AOV increases across both our new and repeat customers.

Total Retail AOV increased by $14 to $122 for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $108 for the year ended December 31, 2020, which had increased by $14 compared to $94 for the year ended December 31, 2019, as the result of (i) ongoing technology and personalization improvements (ii) adjustments to the user experience designed to help drive Retail AOV increases across both our new and repeat customers and (iii) price increases caused by inflationary pressures across our supply chain. We do not believe Retail AOV has been materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

We measure AOV on a gross basis, comparable to the way that we measure GMV. As a result, it does not account for any discounts, promotions, or rewards that are offered to or redeemed by our customers, and therefore it is not intended for use as an alternative to net revenue recorded in accordance with GAAP.

RPAC

We define Retail Net Revenue per Active Customer as total Retail net revenue for the respective time-period divided by the total number of Retail Active Customers during the same period. We believe RPAC is an important indicator of business performance as it demonstrates customer engagement within our Retail business, combining the impact of both our Retail AOV as well as the order frequency of customers shopping our Retail e-Commerce offerings.

RPAC increased meaningfully by $67, or 32.4%, when comparing the three months ended March 31, 2022 to the three months ended March 31, 2021 as the result of (i) increasing mix of orders from our B2B customers who have, on average, significantly higher spend per customer than our B2C customer bases (ii) higher Retail AOVs and (iii) higher order frequency within both our B2C and B2B customer bases.

RPAC increased by $15, or 3.7%, when comparing the year ended December 31, 2021 to the year ended December 31, 2020 as the result of a $14, or 12.7% increase in Total Retail AOV, which more than offset a slight decline in overall customer order frequency which was elevated in 2020 due to ongoing lock-downs related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

RPAC increased by $59, or 17.3%, when comparing the year ended December 31, 2020 to the year ended December 31, 2019 as the result of a $14, or 14.8% increase in Total Retail AOV, which was coupled with an increase in overall customer order frequency which was elevated in 2020 due to ongoing lock-downs related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gross Merchandise Value (GMV)

We define GMV as (i) the total value of Boxed goods sold, (ii) 3rd party goods sold on Boxed Sites, gross of any customer promotions, price discounts, credits, or rewards used, and (iii) goods sold on 3rd party (i.e. AEON) websites which are leveraging Boxed Software & Services technology, all of which are (iv) inclusive of shipping fees, service fees and taxes. We believe our ability to expand GMV is an indicator of the global scale of our technology services platform in any given period, and an indicator of end-customer engagement on our technology services platform worldwide. GMV is not intended for use as an alternative to net revenue recorded in accordance with GAAP.

GMV increased by $8.6 million, or 19.2%, in the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the three months period March 31, 2021. The increase was largely attributable to accelerating B2B customer demand, combined with increases in GMV from MaxDelivery and Software & Services customer base. We believe that the COVID-19 pandemic primarily impacted our GMV through the Retail Active Customer count, as discussed above.

GMV decreased by $27.2 million, or 15%, in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. This was a result of several factors which impacted GMV, including a reduction in Active Customers in the more recent period as discussed above. The reduction in Active Customers was somewhat offset by an increase in AOV of $14, or 11%, along with an increase in GMV related to our Software & Services business. We believe that the COVID-19 pandemic primarily impacted our GMV through the Retail Active Customer count, as discussed above.

GMV increased by $12.8 million, or 7%, when comparing the year ended December 31, 2020 to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily attributable to the growth in GMV from our B2C customers, partially offset by the decline in GMV from our B2B customers and a decrease in Retail Active Customers due to reduced advertising investments.

Components of our Results of Operations

We operate in two reportable segments: Retail and Software & Services, to reflect the way our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) reviews and assesses the performance of the business. Our Retail segment engages in the sale of consumer products and goods in bulk sizes to consumers and businesses in the continental United States. Our Retail segment includes net revenue from merchandising sales, subscription sales, and outbound delivery and marketing fees, as discussed below and within Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Until the first quarter of 2021, we had not generated revenue under our Software & Services segment, which primarily relates to our research, development, marketing, and production of our propriety software for sale to third parties. Both our Retail and Software & Services segments are recorded within net revenue in our Statements of Operations.

Net Revenue

We derive net revenue primarily from the sale of both third-party brand and private-label brand merchandise through our e-commerce platform on which we offer merchandise in the following core categories: groceries, snacks, beverages, and household and cleaning products. Revenue generated through our e-commerce platform is generally recognized upon delivery to the customer, net of promotional discounts and refund allowances. Outbound delivery fees (if applicable) are included in customer billing and are also recorded as revenue upon delivery. Taxes collected from customers are excluded from net revenue.

We earn additional Retail segment revenue through membership fees from customers who sign up for our Boxed Up subscription program. Membership fees allow customers to earn cash back on every purchase, gain access to exclusive discounts, and enjoy free shipping on all eligible orders. Because we have the obligation to provide access to our website for the duration of the membership term, we recognize membership fees on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership.

We also earn revenue through a mix of marketing services offered to merchants, including vendors, manufacturers, and other partners. We provide these merchants access to our e-commerce platform where merchants display and sell their products to users through our third-party marketplace offering. We also provide advertising services to help merchants promote their products within our platform. While these

TABLE OF CONTENTS

additional revenue streams have not historically been material, they generate higher margins and we believe there is substantial opportunity to expand these offerings to drive growth in both net revenue and profitability in the future.

In the first quarter of 2021, we began generating revenue through software license agreements with customers. A software license contract with multiple performance obligations typically includes the following elements: implementation services, software license, training services, and maintenance and support services.

Refer to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional definitions of our financial statement line items included within our Statements of Operations.

The following tables presents our results of operations for the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Years Ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2021			2020			2019
	(in thousands)
Net revenue:
Retail		$	44,396		$	39,876		$	156,989		$	187,174		$	173,993
Software & Services(1)			2,230			982			20,278			—			—
Total net revenue			46,626			40,858			177,267			187,174			173,993
Cost of sales:
Retail			(40,049)			(35,664)			(142,950)			(161,271)			(164,091)
Software & Services(1)			(482)			(265)			(2,439)			—			—
Total cost of sales			(40,531)			(35,929)			(145,389)			(161,271)			(164,091)
Gross profit			6,095			4,929			31,878			25,903			9,902
Advertising expense			(11,695)			(5,707)			(21,960)			(4,912)			(20,703)
Selling, general, and administrative expense			(23,410)			(12,514)			(58,961)			(49,678)			(54,892)
Loss from operations			(29,010)			(13,292)			(49,043)			(28,687)			(65,693)
Other income (expense), net			(7,201)			(913)			(20,180)			(5,750)			291
Loss before income taxes			(36,211)			(14,205)			(69,223)			(34,437)			(65,402)
Income taxes			—			—			—			—			—
Net loss		$	(36,211)		$	(14,205)		$	(69,223)		$	(34,437)		$	(65,402)

(1)

For information related to related party transactions, see Note 16 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 17 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

Net Revenue

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)	2022			2021			$ Change			% Change
Net revenue:
Retail		$	44,396			39,876		$	4,520		11.3%
Software & Services			2,230			982			1,248		127.1%
Total net revenue		$	46,626		$	40,859		$	5,768		14.1%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total net revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $5.8 million, or 14.1%, to $46.6 million as compared to $40.9 million for three months ended March 31, 2021. The total $5.8 million increase was attributable to increases of $4.5 million and $1.2 million in Retail revenue and Software & Services revenue, respectively.

The $4.5 million increase in Retail net revenue was primarily driven by a $5.8 million increase in merchandise sales generated through our e-commerce platform, partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in mark-downs (including refunds, promotions, and price discounts) during the period. This increase in merchandising sales primarily resulted from growth in demand from B2B customers in the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021; as businesses have begun to return to in-person office environments, there has been an increase in demand from our B2B customers, who have begun to order at a higher frequency and in larger order quantities. This trend compared favorably to lower demand experienced during the prior year period due to the impacts of COVID-19 and a corresponding increase in work-from-home environments.

The Software & Services net revenue increase of $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 was primarily the result of the completion of AEON implementation services.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)	2022			2021			$ Change			% Change
Cost of sales:
Retail		$	(40,049)		$	(35,664)		$	(4,385)		12.3%
Software & Services			(482)			(265)			(217)		81.7%
Total cost of sales		$	(40,531)		$	(35,930)		$	(4,601)		12.8%
Gross profit:
Retail		$	4,347		$	4,212		$	135		3.2%
Software & Services			1,748			717			1,032		143.9%
Total gross profit		$	6,095		$	4,929		$	1,166		23.7%
Gross margin:
Retail			9.8%			10.6%
Software & Services			78.4%			73.0%
Total gross margin			13.1%			12.1%

Cost of sales for our Retail segment increased by $4.4 million, or 12.3%, to $40.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 as compared to $35.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase in cost of sales is primarily driven by a combined $3.3 million increase in in product and outbound shipping costs as we experienced a higher volume of sales, and vendors passed on ongoing cost inflation. Retail gross profit as a percentage of Retail net revenue (Retail gross margin) decreased to 9.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2022 from 10.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The slight decrease in Retail gross margin was primarily a result of increased promotions and discounts, as we strategically tried to offset some of the inflationary pricing pressures for our customer base with on-site sales.

Cost of sales for our Software & Services segment increased by $0.2 million to $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 as compared to $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase in cost of sales is the result of a $0.2 million increase in wages incurred related to hours spent on implementation and maintenance services for our Software & Services segment.

Total gross profit increased by $1.2 million, or 23.7%, to $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to $4.9 million primarily due to higher Retail sales and additional Services & Services revenue earned in the current period, partially offset by an increase in Retail product costs and sales markdowns. Total gross margin increased slightly to 13.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2022

TABLE OF CONTENTS

compared to 12.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2021, primarily resulting from an increase mix of revenue from our higher margin Software & Services segment, which more than offset a slight decline in Retail gross margin.

Advertising Expense

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)	2022			2021			$ Change			% Change
Advertising expense		$	(11,695)		$	(5,707)		$	(5,988)		104.9%
Percentage of net revenue			26.3%			14.3%

Advertising expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $6.0 million to $11.7 million as compared to $5.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in advertising media costs used to acquire and retain customers, including costs for television and advertising commercial content.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)	2022			2021			$ Change			% Change
Selling, general and administrative expense		$	(23,410)		$	(12,514)		$	(10,896)		87.1%
Percentage of net revenue			52.7%			31.4%

Selling, general and administrative expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $10.9 million to $23.4 million as compared to $12.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in salary and compensation costs, a $4.8 million increase in stock-based compensation, and a combined $3.2 million increase in legal fees and third-party consulting and software costs. These increased costs are due to our overall growth and expansion initiatives as well as costs incurred as a newly public company.

Operating Income (Loss)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)	2022			2021			$ Change			% Change
Operating income (loss):
Retail		$	(30,304)		$	(13,533)		$	(16,771)		123.9%
Software & Services			1,294			241			1,053		436.3%
Total operating income (loss)		$	(29,010)		$	(13,292)		$	(15,718)		118.3%
Percentage of net revenue
Retail			(68.3)%			(33.9)%
Software & Services			58.0%			N/M

Total operating loss for the three months ended March 31, 2022 increased by $15.7 million to $29.0 million as compared to $13.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The total $15.7 million increase was attributable to an increase in operating income of $1.1 million in our Software & Services segment, more than offset by an increase in operating loss of $16.8 million in our Retail segment.

As discussed above, the increase in operating loss of $16.8 million in our Retail segment was primarily driven increases in advertising expenses and selling, general, and administrative costs, which were partially offset by a slight increase in Retail gross profit.

The increase in operating income of $1.1 million for our Software & Services segment was driven by period over period gross profit growth largely associated with implementation services provided during the first quarter of 2022.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Income (Expense), Net

	Three Months Ended March 31,
(in thousands)	2022			2021			$ Change			% Change
Other income (expense), net		$	(7,201)		$	(913)		$	(6,289)		688.4%
Percentage of net revenue			(16.2)%			(2.3)%

Other expense increased by $6.3 million to $7.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase of $6.3 million was primarily attributable to a $13.4 million increase in the fair value of the forward purchase option derivative, offset by a combined $9.2 million decrease in the fair value of our earnout liability and SPAC warrant liabilities. In addition, we incurred an increase in interest expense of $2.9 million related to our New Term Loan and our PIPE Convertible Notes.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Net Revenue

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Net revenue
Retail		$	156,989		$	187,174		$	(30,185)		−16.1%
Software & Services			20,278			—			20,278		N/M
Total net revenue		$	177,267		$	187,174		$	(9,907)		−5.3%

Total net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased by $9.9 million, or −5.3%, to $177.3 million as compared to $187.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The total $9.9 million decrease was attributable to a $20.3 million increase in Software & Services revenue, more than offset by a $30.2 million decrease in Retail revenue.

The $30.2 million decrease in Retail revenue was primarily driven by a $27.9 million decline in merchandise sales generated through our e-commerce platform, including related shipping revenue, combined with a $2.8 million increase in mark-downs (including refunds, promotions, and price discounts) during the period. This decrease in merchandising sales resulted from a decline in Active Customers in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. As discussed above, the Active Customer decline resulted from the temporary impact of unique customer acquisition trends occurring during the COVID-19 pandemic, which impacted the fiscal 2020 results. The decline in Active Customers was partially offset by a 4% increase in Retail revenue per Active Customer as we saw improved engagement from our customer base.

The Software & Services revenue increase of $20.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 was the result of the recognition of license fees related to our satisfaction of specific performance obligations for our software licensing agreement with AEON, which had its initial go-live date in the third quarter of 2021. The software licensing agreement with AEON, a related party, was signed in the first quarter of 2021 and is further discussed below under “— Application of Critical Accounting Policies.”

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Cost of sales:
Retail		$	(142,950)		$	(161,271)		$	18,321		−11.4%
Software & Services			(2,439)			—			(2,439)		N/M
Total cost of sales		$	(145,389)		$	(161,271)		$	15,882		−9.8%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Gross profit:
Retail		$	14,039		$	25,903		$	(11,864)		−45.8%
Software & Services			17,839			—			17,839		N/M
Total gross profit		$	31,878		$	25,903		$	5,975		23.1%
Gross margin:
Retail			8.9%			13.8%
Software & Services			88.0%			N/M
Total gross margin			18.0%			13.8%

Cost of sales for our Retail segment decreased by $18.3 million, or -11.4%, to $142.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $161.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in Retail cost of sales is primarily the result of a $18.1 million decrease in product costs as the result of lower Retail sales, as discussed above. Retail gross profit as a percentage of Retail net revenue (Retail gross margin) decreased to 8.9% for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 13.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The year-over-year decline in Retail gross margin was primarily a result of higher mark-downs, as well as increases in product and outbound shipping costs as vendors passed on cost inflation from their own supply chains, resulting from raw material and labor shortages. Retail gross margin has recovered to 11.3% as of the fourth quarter of 2021.

Cost of sales for our Software & Services segment increased by $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 due to integration and maintenance costs related to our licensing agreement with AEON which was signed in the first quarter of 2021, as discussed above. Software & Services gross profit as a percentage of Software & Services net revenue (Software & Services gross margin) increased to 88.0% due to our initial go-live date and related revenue recognition in second half of 2021 for our licensing agreement with AEON, as well as the nature of our higher-margin Software & Services segment. Our Software & Services gross margin was particularly favorable in this period due to the timing of revenue recognition for our AEON licensing fees.

Total gross profit increased to $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, resulting in a total gross margin of 18.0% as compared to the total gross profit and total gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2020 of $25.9 million and 13.8%, respectively. Total gross profit and total gross margin increased in fiscal 2021 primarily due to the increase in revenue mix from our higher-margin Software & Services segment.

Advertising Expense

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Advertising expense		$	(21,960)		$	(4,912)		$	(17,047)		347.0%
Percentage of net revenue			14.0%			2.6%

Advertising expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by $17.0 million to $22.0 million as compared to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in advertising media costs used to acquire and retain customers. In addition, our advertising spend was temporarily reduced during the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of capital constraints as well as a significant spike in COVID-19-related demand that stressed our inventory levels and supply chain, forcing us to pull back on growth-related investments, such as marketing.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Selling, general and administrative		$	(58,961)		$	(49,678)		$	(9,284)		18.7%
Percentage of net revenue			37.6%			26.5%

Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by $9.3 million, or 18.7%, to $59.0 million as compared to $49.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to one-time legal and third-party consulting fees of $4.8 million incurred related to our preparation for becoming a public company, increases in third-party software costs of $2.4 million primarily driven by our new subscription agreement with Palantir, and an increase in stock-based compensation expense of $2.0 million.

Operating Income (Loss)

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Operating income (loss)
Retail		$	(64,863)		$	(26,244)		$	(38,619)		147.2%
Software & Services			15,820			(2,443)			18,263		−747.7%
Total operating income (loss)		$	(49,043)		$	(28,687)		$	(20,356)		71.0%
Percentage of net revenue
Retail			−41.3%			−14.0%
Software & Services			78.0%			N/M

Total operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by $20.4 million to $49.0 million as compared to $28.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The total $20.4 million decrease was attributable to an increase in operating income of $18.3 million in our Software & Services segment, more than offset by an increase in operating loss of $38.6 million in our Retail segment.

The increase in operating loss of $38.6 million in our Retail segment was primarily driven by a decline in merchandising sales and related revenue, as discussed above, combined with increases in shipping and freight costs, advertising expense, and selling, general, and administrative costs.

The increase in operating income of $18.3 million for our Software & Services segment was primarily driven by the successful delivery and acceptance of our software technology to AEON in 2021, satisfying specific performance obligations from our software licensing agreement and resulting in the recognition of applicable license, maintenance, and implementation fee revenue. The operating loss of $2.4 million in our Software & Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2020 was attributable to research and development expense as we did not begin earning revenue in this segment until the first quarter of 2021.

Other Income (Expense), Net

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Other income (expense), net		$	(20,180)		$	(5,750)		$	(14,430)		251.0%
Percentage of net revenue			−12.9%			−3.1%

Other expense increased by $14.4 million to $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The expense of $20.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by mark-to-market adjustments for the (i) Earnout Shares (as defined below) of $5.5 million, (ii) forward purchase option derivative of $4.2 million, and (iii) SPAC Warrants of $4.8 million. Also included in other income (expense), net for fiscal 2021 are transaction costs allocated to derivatives of $4.5 million. Interest expense also increased for the year ended December 31, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due to interest expense incurred related to our term loan entered into in August 2021 as well as interest expense incurred related to our PIPE Convertible Notes. The expense of $5.7 million in the December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to the mark-to-market adjustments of a previously outstanding convertible note derivative, which fully converted into equity as of June 2020, as well as fair value adjustments to our then outstanding common stock warrants and preferred stock warrants.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Net Revenue

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2020			2019			$ Change			% Change
Net revenue		$	187,174		$	173,993		$	13,181		7.6%

Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $13.2 million, or 7.6%, to $187.2 million as compared to $174.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This growth was primarily due to a $10.5 million increase in merchandise and related sales revenue generated from our e-commerce platform, including shipping revenue. This increase in sales and shipping revenue during the year ended December 31, 2020 was directly attributable to the increase in demand of our goods and services from our B2C customers as a result of unique customer buying trends during the COVID-19 pandemic, especially during the first and second quarters of 2020. That increase in demand from our B2C customers was partially offset by a decline in demand from our B2B customers, many of whom moved to work-from-home environments during the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, net revenue was positively impacted year over year due to a $2.0 million reduction in promotional discounts, customer credits, and refund allowances.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, all revenue generated was derived from Retail revenue.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2020			2019			$ Change			% Change
Cost of sales		$	(161,271)		$	(164,091)		$	2,820		-1.7%
Gross profit			25,903			9,902			16,001		161.6%
Gross margin			13.8%			5.7%

Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased by $2.8 million, or 1.7%, to $161.3 million as compared to $164.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in cost of sales is primarily driven by a $3.2 million decrease in product costs and a $1.8 million decrease in shipping and packaging costs related to pricing optimizations and negotiations with vendors, offset by a $2.1 million decrease in vendor discounts and allowances.

Gross profit as a percentage of net revenue (gross margin) for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 13.8% as compared to 5.7% for the year ended December 31, 2019. This favorability in gross margin is due to a year-over-year improvements in the variable cost structure of the business, as discussed in the preceding paragraph.

Advertising Expense

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2020			2019			$ Change			% Change
Advertising expense		$	(4,912)		$	(20,703)		$	15,791		-76.3%
Percent of net revenue			2.6%			11.9%

Advertising expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased by $15.8 million, or 76.3%, to $4.9 million as compared to $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease is primarily

TABLE OF CONTENTS

attributable to a $15.1 million decrease in advertising media spend intended to drive new and repeat customer engagement. The decreased investment was a result in Company capital constraints, combined with increases in organic new customer traffic, and industry-wide inventory sourcing challenges that impacted our supply chain due to COVID-19.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2020			2019			$ Change			% Change
Selling, general and administrative expense		$	(49,678)		$	(54,892)		$	5,214		-9.5%
Percent of net revenue			26.5%			31.5%

Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased by $5.2 million, or 9.5%, to $49.7 million as compared to $54.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $3.6 million in salaries and compensation largely driven by a reorganization in the corporate office, as well as temporary reductions in salaries for most corporate staff and executive officers in response to COVID-19 related uncertainty.

Stock-based compensation for the year December 31, 2020 decreased by $0.3 million to $2.0 million as compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Other Income (Expense), Net

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2020			2019			$ Change			% Change
Other income (expense), net		$	(5,750)		$	291		$	(6,041)		-2073.7%
Percent of net revenue			3%			-0.2%

Other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2020 changed by $6.0 million to $5.8 million of expense as compared to $0.3 million of income for the year ended December 31, 2019. This change was primarily attributable to the mark-to-market fair value adjustments of our convertible note derivative as well as fair value adjustments of our outstanding common stock warrants and preferred stock warrants.

Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

We utilize Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to budget, make operating and strategic decisions and evaluate our performance, and believe it is useful to investors as it provides additional information to facilitate comparisons of historical operating results, identify trends in our underlying operating results and provide additional insight and transparency on how we evaluate our business. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as GAAP net loss adjusted for interest income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, one-time costs associated with the Business Combination, acquisition of MaxDelivery, and other debt financing transactions, gains (losses) attributable to the change in fair value of our warrants and derivatives, and other income (expense) outside of the fair value adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA is supplemental to our operating performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and has important limitations. For example, Adjusted EBITDA excludes the impact of certain costs required to be recorded under GAAP and could differ substantially from similarly titled measures presented by other companies in our industry or companies in other industries. Accordingly, this measure should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of our Adjusted EBITDA to our GAAP net loss, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Years Ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2021			2020			2019
	(in thousands)
Net loss		$	(36,211)		$	(14,205)		$	(69,223)		$	(34,437)		$	(65,402)
Adjusted to exclude the following:
Depreciation and amortization			1,016			1,230			4,497			4,786			4,378
Change in fair value of warrants and derivative instruments(2)(3)			4,194			786			12,747			5,320			496
Interest income (expense)			3,026			116			2,630			443			(188)
Other income (expense)			(19)			11			334			(13)			(599)
Stock-based compensation			5,180			375			4,005			1,956			2,286
One-time costs(1)			654			721			9,593			102			12
Adjusted EBITDA		$	(22,160)		$	(10,966)		$	(35,417)		$	(21,843)		$	(59,017)

(1)

One-time costs represent non-recurring consulting and advisory costs with respect to the Business Combination, acquisition of MaxDelivery, and other debt financing transactions.

(2)

Included in the change in fair value of warrants and derivative instruments for the three months ended March 31, 2022 is an increase to other expense of $13.4 million from the increase in fair value of the forward purchase option derivative, offset by a combined increase to other income of $9.2 million from the decrease in fair value of our earnout liability and SPAC warrant liabilities. Included in the change in fair value of warrants for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was the changes in fair values of our historical common and preferred stock warrants.

(3)

Included in the change in fair value and derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2021 is an increase to other expense of $14.5 million from the initial valuations and year end fair value adjustments of the forward purchase option derivative, earnout liability, and SPAC warrant liabilities, offset by changes in fair values of our historical common and preferred warrants of $1.8 million. Included in the change in fair value of warrants and derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2020 was the changes in fair values of our historical common and preferred stock warrants and convertible note derivative. The changes in fair values of our historical common and preferred stock warrants is also included in the change in fair value of warrants and derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2022 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021 was primarily due to an increase in net loss related to the increases in advertising expense and selling, general and administrative expense, offset by increases in (i) changes in fair value of our warrants and derivative instruments (ii) interest expense and (iii) stock-based compensation, all of which are part of the reconciling items.

The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily driven by an increase in net loss, as the increase in gross profit was more than offset by increases in advertising expense and selling, general, and administrative expense, described in more detail above. The change in Adjusted EBITDA was also impacted by the fair value adjustments related to our warrants, forward purchase option derivative, and earnout liability as well as increases to stock-based compensation, interest expense related to our term loan and PIPE Convertible Notes and transaction costs, primarily related to the Business Combination.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily the result of a decrease in net loss associated with an increase in gross profit combined with declines in advertising expense and selling, general, and administrative expenses, as described above. The change in Adjusted EBITDA was also impacted by the fair value adjustment of the convertible note derivative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview and Funding Requirements

As of March 31, 2022, we had a total cash balance of $72.7 million, including restricted cash of $2.8 million, and an accumulated deficit. In addition, we also had $58.2 million in receivables, gross of interest, remaining related to the Forward Purchase Agreement entered into in connection with the Business Combination. The timing and terms of any recoupment of the receivables (or some portion thereof) are influenced by our stock price performance over the remaining term of the Forward Purchase Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our net loss and net cash used in operating activities amounted to $36.2 million and $36.4 million, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2022. As an emerging growth company, we are dependent on outside capital to execute our strategy of investing in growth at the expense of short-term profits. As a result, we have incurred significant losses and net cash outflows from operating activities since our inception and expect to incur such losses and remain dependent on outside capital for the foreseeable future until such time that we can realize our growth strategy by generating profits and reducing our reliance on outside capital. Given the inherent uncertainties associated with executing our growth strategy, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient outside capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to fund our obligations as they become due over the next twelve months.

In addition, in August 2021 we entered into a new term loan agreement for principal of $45.0 million, as discussed below. The term loan contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires us to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15.0 million, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed quarterly targets, and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. In order to achieve these targets, we expect to invest in growth initiatives including substantially increasing our marketing spend, resulting in an increase in cash used in operating activities for the next twelve months.

As of March 31, 2022, we were in compliance with the financial covenants required by our new term loan agreement. However, the inherent uncertainties described above may impact our ability to remain in compliance with these covenants over the next twelve months. If we breach our financial covenants and fail to secure a waiver or forbearance from the third-party lender, such breach or failure could accelerate the repayment of the outstanding borrowings under the new term loan agreement or the exercise of other rights or remedies the third-party lender may have under applicable law. No assurance can be provided a waiver or forbearance will be granted or the outstanding borrowings under the new term loan agreement will be successfully refinanced on terms that are acceptable us.

Despite the substantial amount of capital that we have raised from outside investors and lenders, as well as our Business Combination, as of March 31, 2022, we had no additional capital available for borrowing and no firm commitment from current or prospective investors to provide us additional capital to fund operations in the foreseeable future. While management believes the that we will be able to obtain additional capital, no assurance can be provided that such capital will be obtained or on terms that are acceptable to us. These uncertainties raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unsuccessful in securing additional capital and/or executing our strategy of growth whereby we realize profits and generate sufficient cash inflows from operations to fund our obligations as they become due, we may be required to seek other strategic alternatives such as a further reduction in our current cost structure, or a recapitalization of our balance sheet, including related outstanding debt and equity securities.

Debt and Convertible Debt Financing

Term Loan

In June 2020, we amended and extended the loan and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), originally dated previously amended in December 2017, January 2018, and March 2020. The June 2020 amendment, which was the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement, granted us a term loan in the principal amount of $7.5 million, with a maturity date of December 22, 2022, of which $5.1 million was immediately drawn. In July 2020, the Company drew down on the remaining $2.4 million of principal in this most recent amendment, increasing the Company’s total borrowings to $7.5 million. The Seventh Amendment also reduced the available letters of credit from $11.0 million to $4.0 million. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had issued $2.6 million letters of credit, out of the $4.0 million available.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Credit Agreement provided the bank a first perfected security interest in all of our assets with a negative pledge on intellectual property. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, outstanding amounts drawn on the Credit Agreements accrued interest at a floating per annum rate equal to three and one-quarter of one percentage points (3.25%) above the Prime Rate for 2020 and 2019, respectively.

On August 4, 2021, we paid down the existing $5.0 million in remaining principal in the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement. In connection with the loan repayment, our letter of credit was modified we are now required to maintain cash collateral for the outstanding letters of credit. As a result, the cash collateral related to the outstanding letters of credit will now be segregated in restricted cash accounts as of September 30, 2021. Approximately $2.8 million of letters of credit were issued to us as of March 31, 2022.

New Term Loan

On August 4, 2021, we entered into a new term loan agreement (the “New Term Loan”). The New Term Loan provided us with $45.0 million at a floating per annum rate of LIBOR plus 8.5%, with a maturity date of August 4, 2025. The agreement provides the lender with a first priority security interest in all of our assets and contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires us to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15.0 million, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed upon quarterly targets, and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. These net Retail revenue and Retail gross margin targets are tested quarterly on a trailing twelve-month basis. The agreement also includes other affirmative and negative covenants, which, among other things, restricts our ability to pay dividends or make any distributions, incur indebtedness, make investments, incur liens, sell substantially all of its assets, and consummate fundamental changes. The agreement also subjects us to certain reporting covenants. We are required to provide monthly, quarterly, and annual financial statements, operating budget and metrics, and other financial information as requested. Also in connection with the term loan agreement, we issued 126,993 warrants to purchase preferred stock at an exercise price of $7.0871. These warrants were cashless exercised immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and are no longer outstanding. As of March 31, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants and reporting requirements under the New Term Loan. There was $45.0 million in principal remaining as of March 31, 2022.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On May 15, 2020, May 26, 2020 and May 29, 2020, we issued Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (each, a “2020 Note”) in an aggregate principal amount of $8.2 million pursuant to the respective Note Purchase Agreement. The maturity date of the 2020 Notes was the earlier of (a) two years from the 2020 Note issuance; (b) upon acceleration due to an Event of Default; and (c) upon conversion of the 2020 Notes in connection with us raising equity proceeds of $25.0 million or more inclusive of the principal amount of the 2020 Notes. The 2020 Notes accrued .25% simple interest per annum (the short-term AFR fixed on the respective Note issuance date). The 2020 Notes converted into Series E-2 preferred stock as a result of the Series E raised in June 2020.

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, all of the Old Boxed preferred stock, including the Series E-2 preferred stock, converted into shares of Old Boxed common stock. Then upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock.

PIPE Convertible Notes

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, we issued an aggregate of $87.5 million of principal amount of PIPE Convertible Notes. The PIPE Convertible Notes will mature five years after their initial issuance. The Convertible Notes will be convertible, at our election, for shares of common stock, cash or a combination of cash and such shares, based on a conversion price of $12.00 per share (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments) in accordance with the terms thereof. The PIPE Convertible Notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, paid-in-kind or in cash at our option and accruing semi-annually. We may redeem the PIPE Convertible Notes after the third anniversary of their issuance, subject to a holder’s right to convert prior to the redemption date, if (i) the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

trading price of the shares of common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price on at least twenty out of the preceding thirty consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before we issue a redemption notice, and (unless we elect to settle conversions in connection with such redemption in cash) if (ii) certain conditions related to the ability of the converting holders to resell the conversion shares without restrictions under the U.S. securities laws are satisfied. For further detail regarding the terms of the PIPE Convertible Notes, refer to Note 5 of the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Forward Purchase Agreement

As discussed above, prior to the Closing, on November 28, 2021, Seven Oaks entered into the Forward Purchase Agreement with ACM for an OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, ACM purchased approximately 6,504,768 shares of Seven Oaks’ Class A common stock (the “Forward Purchase shares”) and, one business day following the closing of the Business Combination, the Prepayment Amount of $65.1 million was paid out of the funds we received from Seven Oaks’ trust account, which will be held in a deposit account for the benefit of ACM until the “Valuation Date” (the second anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination, subject to certain acceleration provisions). At any time prior to the Valuation Date, ACM may elect an optional early termination to sell some or all of the Forward Purchase shares in the open market. If ACM sells any shares prior to the Valuation Date, the pro-rata portion of the Prepayment Amount will be released from the deposit account and paid to us. As of March 31, 2022, ACM has sold 734,702 shares, for which we received net proceeds of $6.9 million. Of the total net proceeds received to date, $1.9 million was received during the first quarter of 2022. Depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, we may never have access to the full Prepayment Amount.

Common Stock Purchase Agreement

On May 9, 2022, we entered into the Purchase Agreement with the Holder. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we will have the right from time to time at its option to sell to the Holder up to the lesser of (i) $100.0 million of the Company’s common stock and (ii) the Exchange Cap which, under the applicable rules of the NYSE, states that in no event may we issue more than 19.99% of the voting power or number of shares of common stock outstanding, unless certain stipulations are met.

Cash Flows

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods presented:

	The Three Months Ended March 31,						Years Ended December 31,
	2022			2021			2021			2020			2019
	(in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities		$	(36,352)		$	(6,258)		$	(53,469)		$	(24,096)		$	(45,881)
Net cash used in investing activities			1,267			(420)			(64,721)			(1,228)			(3,879)
Net cash provided by financing activities			(7)			(889)			195,942			42,478			6,053

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities consisted of net loss adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, the change in fair value of warrants and derivatives, and other non-cash items, as well as the effect of the changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities was $36.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022, primarily consisting of $36.2 million net loss, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which primarily included $5.2 million of stock-based compensation, $4.2 million in the change in fair value of warrants and derivative instruments, and $1.0 million in depreciation and amortization as well as a $11.8 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A significant driver for the net decrease in operating assets and liabilities was the $15.0 million payment for the Palantir software licenses, which per the terms of the related Master Subscription Agreement discussed below, was required to be paid 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination. The payment largely attributed to the decrease of $12.4 million in accounts payable. The payment also resulted in the reclassification of the associated asset from deferred contract costs to prepaid expenses, and as such, is the primary driver of the decrease in deferred contract costs of $19.4 million and increases in current and noncurrent prepaid expenses of $7.1 million and $10.7 million, respectively. Also contributing to the net decrease in operating assets and liabilities is an increase of $2.2 million in unbilled receivables related to our software licensing agreements, as well as other changes to our net operating assets and liabilities of $1.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $6.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021, primarily consisting of $14.2 million net loss, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which primarily included $1.2 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.8 million in the change in fair value of warrants, and $0.4 million in stock-based compensation, as well as a $5.6 million net increase in operating assets and liabilities. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily driven by the change in accounts payable and accrued expense of $6.3 million related to increased expenditures to support general business growth, as well as the timing of payments, and the change in deferred revenue of $5.0 million driven by the initial recognition of deferred revenue related to our software licensing agreement, as well as increase in accrued expenses. Also contributing to the net increase in operating assets and liabilities is the change in net receivables of $3.1 million related to our software licensing agreement as well as the change in prepaid and other current assets of $0.4 million driven by a ramp up in marketing and fundraise related services. These changes were offset by the other changes to our net operating assets and liabilities of $2.2 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $53.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily consisting of $69.2 million net loss, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which primarily included $4.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $13.0 million in the changes in fair value of the warrants, derivatives, and earnout liability, and $4.0 million in stock-based compensation, as well as a $6.3 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily driven by the change prepaid and other current assets of $2.8 million, primarily attributable to amounts prepaid for our subscription agreement with Palantir as well as legal and consulting fees related to the Business Combination. Also contributing to the net decrease in operating assets and liabilities is the addition of unbilled receivables, net of related deferred revenue of $8.9 million, primarily related to our AEON software licensing agreement as well as the addition of total deferred contract costs of $19.4 million, attributable to known obligations for software licenses and insurance premiums that have not yet been paid, mostly offset by the change in accounts payable of $19.3 million. Also contributing to the net decrease in net operating assets and liabilities is a $2.8 million change in inventory due to lower sales volume as well as other changes to our net operating assets and liabilities of $2.8 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily consisting of $34.4 million net loss, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which primarily included $4.8 million of depreciation and amortization, $5.2 million in the change in fair value of warrants and embedded derivatives, and $2.0 million in stock-based compensation, as well as a $1.9 million net decrease in operating assets and liabilities. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was driven by a net change in accounts payable and other current liabilities of $5.0 million related to the timing of payments as well as changes in our prepaid and other current assets of $1.0 million primarily due to lower upfront payments to advertising vendors, as well as other changes to working capital of $1.2 million, partially offset by a change in long-term liabilities of $0.8 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $45.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily consisting of $65.4 million net loss, adjusted for certain non-cash items, which primarily included $4.4 million of depreciation and amortization and $2.3 million in stock-based compensation, as well as a $12.9 million net increase in operating assets and liabilities. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was driven by a change in accounts payable and other current liabilities of $11.4 million related to increased expenditures to support general business growth, as well as the timing of payments and a change in prepaid and other current assets of $1.1 million, primarily driven by lower outstanding vendor funds.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investing Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash provided by investing activities was $1.3 million, primarily due to the receipt of $2.3 million in funds which were recollected from the Prepayment Amount of the Forward Purchase Transaction, as discussed above, as ACM sold additional shares during the first quarter of 2022. This net cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by $0.6 million spent in fixed assets capital expenditures.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million, due to the purchase of fixed assets.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $64.7 million, which largely resulted from a gross cash outflow of $65.1 million which is being held in a deposit account pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Transaction. The $65.1 million gross cash outflow is partially offset by a $5.0 million inflow from funds which were recollected from the forward purchase receivable deposit as ACM sold a portion of the respective shares it purchased as part of the Forward Purchase Transaction, as discussed above. Further, the Company paid $1.1 million for the purchase of fixed assets and $3.6 million in cash consideration for the acquisition of MaxDelivery.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million, primarily due to the purchase of fixed assets.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $3.9 million, primarily due to the purchase of fixed assets.

Financing Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net cash used in financing activities was relatively flat.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net cash used in financing activities was $0.9 million, primarily due to mandatory repayments of $0.9 million made related to a term loan debt facility which was outstanding during the period.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was $195.9 million, primarily due to $159.6 million in proceeds from the Business Combination, net of redemptions and transaction costs and $43.8 million in net proceeds after debt issuance costs related to our term loan signed in August 2021, offset by repayments of the prior term loan of $7.5 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $42.5 million, primarily due to proceeds from the sale of preferred stock of $30.0 million, proceeds from the convertible note issuance of $8.2 million, and proceeds from the term loan of $12.5 million, partially offset by repayments of the term loan of $7.5 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $6.0 million primarily due to proceeds from proceeds from the sale of preferred stock of $10.0 million, partially offset by principal payments on finance lease obligations of $3.0 million and repayments of the term loan of $1.0 million.

Other Commitments

We maintain our principal offices in New York City, New York and maintain fulfillment centers and office space in various locations throughout the United States. Our future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases was $15.5 million as of December 31, 2021.

In June 2021, we entered into a Master Subscription Agreement with Palantir Technologies Inc. (“Palantir”) under which we are contracted to pay $20.0 million over five years for access to Palantir’s Foundry platform, $15.0 million of which was due thirty days after the closing of the Business Combination, or on January 8, 2022. As of March 31, 2022, the initial $15.0 million was fully paid to Palantir.

In December 2021, we signed an addendum to a prior service agreement with Google LLC for access to the Google Cloud Platform. Under the addendum, we are required to pay $2.0 million, $4.5 million, and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$8.5 million for the first, second, and third commitment periods, respectively. The first commitment period started on the implementation date of December 1, 2021 and will last 12 months. The next two commitment periods begin at the end of the preceding period and each last 12 months. As of March 31, 2022, the total remaining commitment, gross of discounts, was approximately $14.4 million, with a minimum of $2.8 million due within the next 12 months.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a discussion of new accounting standards.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes. Our estimates are based on (i) currently known facts and circumstances, (ii) prior experience, (iii) assessments of probability, (iv) forecasted financial formation, and (v) assumptions that management believes to be reasonable but that are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. We use our best judgment when measuring these estimates, and if warranted, use external advice. On an ongoing basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our Consolidated Financial Statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. In times of economic disruption when uncertainty regarding future economic conditions is heightened, these estimates and assumptions are subject to greater variability.

For a discussion of all of our significant accounting policies, including our critical accounting policies, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that the accounting estimates and assumptions described below involve significant subjectivity and judgment, and changes to such estimates or assumptions could have a material impact on our financial condition or operating results. Therefore, we consider an understanding of the variability and judgment required in making these estimates and assumptions to be critical in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

We believe the following critical accounting estimates reflect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

Software & Services revenue

In the first quarter of 2021, we entered into an agreement with AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEON, a related party, to license our e-commerce platform through an software licensing arrangement, in which AEON will take possession of the software for usage of our IP, and host that software in an on-premise, or cloud-based infrastructure environment, at AEON’s election. The objective of the agreement is for us to design, develop and support the e-commerce platform customized for the digital marketplace operations of AEON and AEON affiliates. The services provided include implementation services, license of the e-commerce software platform, training, and maintenance and support. Our software license agreement requires the analysis of multiple performance obligations, through the application of ASC 606.

We recognize revenue through the application of the following five-step model:

•

Identification of the contract(s) with customers;

•

Identification of the performance obligation(s) in the contract;

•

Determination of the transaction price;

•

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations(s) in the contract; and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Recognition of revenue when or as the performance obligation(s) are satisfied.

In line with the model, we recognize revenue as we satisfy each performance obligation. Specifically, implementation revenue is recognized over time using the input method based on percentage of completion, which requires management’s judgement in accessing the scope and estimating progress towards a completed product. License revenue is recognized at the point in time at the go-live date of the software; training revenue is recognized when the training is delivered to the customer without regard to a detailed evaluation of the point in time criteria due to the short-term nature of the training services (completed within the same quarterly reporting period); and maintenance and support revenue is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the contract period. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the contract price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling prices using a cost plus a margin approach.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and record the expense related to stock-based awards based upon the fair value at the date of grant. We estimate the grant date fair value of each common stock option using the Black-Scholes Merton model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions and management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and management’s judgement. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation could be materially different in the future.

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

•

Fair value of the underlying common stock — Prior to our common stock being publicly traded, we estimated the fair value of common stock using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting & Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Our Board considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each meeting in which awards were approved. Since becoming a publicly traded company, the fair value of common stock is determined by taking the closing price per share of common stock as reported on the NYSE.

•

Expected volatility — We estimate volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the options’ expected term.

•

Expected term — Derived from the life of the options granted under the option plan and is based on the simplified method which is essentially the weighted average of the vesting period and contractual term.

•

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that is equal to the options’ expected term at the grant date.

•

Dividend yield — We have not declared or paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

We estimate expected forfeitures of stock-based awards at the grant date and recognize compensation cost only for those awards expected to vest. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant based on historical experience and revise the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Historical Common Stock Valuations

Prior to our Business Combination, the fair value of our common stock prior to the Business Combination was determined by our Board, with input from management, taking into account our most recent valuations from an independent third-party valuation specialist. Our Board intended all stock options granted to have an exercise price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock on the date of grant, with limited unique exceptions. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accounting & Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment, and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

•

relevant precedent transactions involving our capital stock;

•

contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by unrelated third-party specialists;

•

the liquidation preferences, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to our common stock;

•

our actual operating and financial performance;

•

current business conditions and projections;

•

our stage of development;

•

the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the stock options, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions;

•

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability of the common stock underlying the granted options;

•

recent secondary stock sales and tender offers;

•

the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and

•

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock at various dates, our Board determined the equity value of our business using various valuation methods including combinations of income and market approaches with input from management.

Application of these approaches involved the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

Since a public trading market for our common stock has been established after the Business Combination, it is no longer necessary for our Board to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in market conditions.

Incentive Award Plan

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, we adopted our Incentive Award Plan, under which we grant restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to certain executives that vest upon the achievement of certain service conditions and upon the achievement of certain share-price and gross profit targets. With respect to the share-price target RSUs, we estimated the grant date fair value of these units using a model based on multiple stock price paths developed through the use of a Monte-Carlo Simulation that incorporates into the valuation the possibility that the stock price may not be satisfied. Provided the executives continue their employment with us, we recognize stock-based compensation expense for the share-price target RSUs over the derived service period produced by the model, regardless of it the targets are achieved. If the stock price goals are met sooner than the derived service period, we will adjust our stock-based compensation expense to reflect the cumulative expense associated with the vested award.

The probability of achievement of gross profit target stock awards and related compensation may vary based on market conditions and overall company performance. Fluctuations in such conditions or company

TABLE OF CONTENTS

performance could yield variation in our expectation of target performance and in turn impact our stock-based compensation expense. We have not yet granted gross profit target stock awards.

Derivative Instruments

We evaluate our financial instruments to determine if there are individual instruments or embedded components to be separately accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging: Embedded Derivatives. Our identified derivative instruments have been determined to be liability-classified and the fair values of these derivatives are marked-to-market each balance sheet date with the changes in the fair values of these instruments recorded as income or expense in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For instruments that may be convertible to shares, upon conversion or exercise of the derivative instrument, the instrument is marked to fair value at the conversion date and then that fair value is reclassified to equity. Our derivative instruments consist of our forward purchase option derivative, Earnout Shares, and SPAC warrant liabilities.

The fair value of our derivative instruments are estimated using a Monte-Carlo Simulation, which involves key assumptions that require significant management judgment, summarized as follows:

(i)

Forward purchase option derivative — the Forward Purchase Transaction can be settled in a variety of ways over the course of 24 months (as described in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) and as such, the valuation for the associated liability requires significant management judgment. The key inputs and assumptions management used in the Monte-Carlo Simulation, including volatility, expected term, expected future stock price, and various simulated paths, were utilized to estimate the fair value of the associated liability. The value of the forward purchase option derivative was calculated as the average present value over 50,000 simulated paths. Management evaluated the liability as of Closing and as of December 31, 2021 and will continue to evaluate fair value adjustments at each reporting period.

(ii)

Earnout Shares — As part of the Business Combination, certain stockholders are entitled to receive additional shares of our common stock (the “Earnout Shares”) to be issued when our common stock’s price reaches certain market share price milestones within specified periods following the Business Combination. The terms and conditions of the right to receive Earnout Shares are described in Note 1 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In accordance with the guidance under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, the right to the Earnout Shares was classified as a Level 3 fair value measurement liability and the change in the fair value during the reporting period was recognized within other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. The fair value of the contingent Earnout Shares liability was estimated using a Monte-Carlo Simulation of the stock prices based on historical and implied market volatility of a peer group of public companies, as well as the expected term and expected future stock price. Management evaluated the liability at Closing and as of December 31, 2021, and will continue to evaluate fair value adjustments at each reporting period.

(iii)

SPAC warrant liabilities — As discussed in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we accounted for the warrants issued in connection with Seven Oaks’ IPO in accordance with ASC 815, under which the warrants do not meet the criteria for equity classification and must be recorded as liabilities. As the warrants meet the definition of a derivative as contemplated in ASC 815, the warrants were measured at fair value at issuance and at each reporting date in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, with changes in fair value recognized within other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period of change. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Acquisitions

Acquired Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and estimates, the most critical including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, discount rates and selection of comparable companies. Significant estimation was required in the acquisition of MaxDelivery to determine the fair value of customer relationships, trade names, and internally developed software as well as the contingent consideration included in the purchase price. The significant estimation is primarily due to the judgmental nature of the inputs to the valuation models used to measure the fair value of these intangible assets and the contingent consideration. In selecting the techniques and assumptions noted above, we generally engaged third-party, independent valuation professionals to assist us in developing the assumptions and applying the valuation techniques to a particular business combination transaction. In particular, the discount rates selected were compared to and evaluated with (i) the industry weighted-average cost of capital, (ii) the inherent risks associated with each type of asset and (iii) the level and timing if future cash flows appropriately reflecting market participant assumptions.

To the extent the purchase price of the acquired business exceeds the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, such excess was recognized as goodwill. The goodwill created by the MaxDelivery acquisition was not amortized but will be tested annually, or more often if impairment indicators are present. Due to the proximity of the acquisition to our fiscal year end date, we will begin our annual impairment testing in the following year.

Contingent Consideration

Further, as noted above and in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, a portion of the total purchase price for the acquisition of MaxDelivery is contingent consideration related to potential future earnout if certain financial metrics are met and as such, the valuation for the associated liability requires significant judgement from management. The key inputs and assumptions management used in the Monte-Carlo Simulation, including various target ranges, volatility, and projected financials, were utilized to estimate the fair value of the associated liability. Management evaluated the liability as of the date of the acquisition and as of December 31, 2021 and will continue to evaluate fair value adjustments at each reporting period.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” may take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Therefore, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

Boxed is an emerging growth company. Therefore, we have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of interest rate fluctuations and inflation risk.

Interest Rate Risk

We had a total cash balance of approximately $72.7 million, including $2.8 million of restricted cash, as of March 31, 2022 and a total cash balance of $107.8 million, including $2.8 million of restricted cash, as of December 31, 2021. We have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% increase in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

We are primarily exposed to changes in interest rates with respect to our cost of borrowing under our existing New Term Loan. We monitor our cost of borrowing under our New Term Loan, taking into account our funding requirements, and our expectations for short-term rates in the future. A hypothetical 10%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Who We Are

Boxed is an e-commerce retailer and an e-commerce enabler. Our mission is to help the world stock up through our technology. We operate an e-commerce Retail service that provides bulk pantry consumables to businesses and household customers. This service is powered by our own purpose-built storefront, marketplace, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. We further enable e-commerce through our newly developed Software & Services business, which offers customers in need of an enterprise-level e-commerce platform access to our end-to-end technology.

Founded in 2013 by an experienced group of technology pioneers, we have been a technology-first organization since our inception. The founders (including current Chief Executive Officer Chieh Huang and current Chief Operating Officer Jared Yaman) had a simple idea: make shopping for bulk, household essentials easy, convenient and fun so customers can focus their time and energy on the things that really matter, instead of spending their weekends traveling to and shopping in traditional brick and mortar wholesale clubs with their families. From that initial concept, we grew into the e-commerce technology company that we are today, with our own purpose-built storefront, analytics, fulfillment, advertising, and robotics technologies. Since our founding, we have prioritized building a flexible end-to-end e-commerce software, which allows us to fully control the experience for our end-customers, and to ultimately provide the technological foundation from which we can drive high margin revenue through our Software & Services business. Finally, we have consistently conducted our business through an Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) lens, committed to doing right by our customers, employees, and society — this commitment has become cemented with our brand. While we love being known for delivering household essentials such as toilet paper, snacks, and cleaning products, underneath the surface, we believe we are so much more.

What we offer to our customers, vendors, and other partners:

•

E-commerce shopping platform for bulk-sized consumables: Through our Retail segment, we offer our customers a highly curated assortment of household and office pantry items (e.g., paper products, snacks, beverages, cleaning supplies, etc.). We accept orders through our boxed.com web and app properties, operate fulfillment centers to pick and pack those orders, and partner with last-mile carriers to deliver our assortment directly to our customers’ doorsteps within one to three days, on average. Today, our assortment offering, excluding items from our third-party marketplace, is approximately 2,500 items and is focused on highly predictable, repeat, bulk consumables, which enables us to deliver a unique user experience. While we expect to continue to expand our assortment, we will maintain a highly curated selection, providing customers with an interface design that is not overly burdensome with an endless number of products, but rather, is easy to use, and is highly personalized to help guide them through the shopping experience. Because of the flexibility of our technology, our offering resonates with a diverse set of end-customers, including individuals and households (“B2C” customers), as well as enterprises and small to medium sized businesses (“B2B” customers).

•

E-commerce on-demand grocery delivery in select markets: Through our recent acquisition of MaxDelivery in December 2021, we now offer a one-hour on-demand grocery delivery service in select zip-codes within Manhattan. MaxDelivery’s assortment offering includes a broader set of approximately 10,000 SKUs across grocery categories, and provides customers with access to fresh fish, meats, produce, dairy, and other perishable categories which Boxed has not historically offered broadly. MaxDelivery provides its customers a one-stop-shop for kitchen needs, which also helps drive large average order values of approximately $100, differentiating it from other fast-delivery competitors. The acquisition has marked Boxed’s entry point into the rapidly growing fast-delivery space, and broadens its capabilities in micro dark-store fulfillment and fresh supply chain.

•

Vendor advertising and data offerings: Our vendors, manufacturers and other partners can purchase and deploy ads to their customers through the native advertisement function of our e-commerce platform. We further partner with vendors through our vendor portal Boxed IQ product offering, which provides insights into aggregated customer data, including sales, demographics, and purchasing

TABLE OF CONTENTS

behavior. Boxed IQ provides our vendors with useful data so that they can understand the return on investment of advertising campaigns in real-time. We believe this holistic offering makes us the preferred partner for many of our vendors across the landscape of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”).

•

Software licensing: We have created a unique end-to-end technology platform to operate our e-commerce Retail marketplace. We believe this technology offers high value to enterprise retailers seeking to improve their omnichannel capabilities. We now offer the ability to license this technology through our Software & Services business, providing customers with a full suite of white-labeled (removal of the Boxed name and logo to rebrand products for client use) e-commerce software technology solutions.

We view our two business segments, Boxed Retail and Boxed Software & Services as highly cohesive and complementary business lines. The same technology that powers our Retail marketplace is leveraged for our Software & Services segment, and the customer funnel from each segment provides opportunity for constant iteration and improvement across both lines of business.

Finally, while we remain vigilant in driving business performance, we are highly focused on initiatives that span beyond the bottom line. We pride ourselves in being committed to doing right by our customers, employees, and society, and this commitment has become cemented with our brand. We believe the success of this business strategy is best supported by our combined B2B and B2C average order value (“AOV”) of approximately $130 per order, and our Net Promoter Score of 75, based on a regularly-scheduled survey of approximately 5,000 Boxed users we conducted during the quarter ended March 31, 2022. The convenience of a curated, mobile-first, simple shopping experience promotes high AOVs. This, combined with the strength of our brand, our artificial intelligence and robotics-driven technology, and our B2B capabilities, helps set us apart from industry peers.

Our Industry and Opportunity

Industry

We currently operate in the rapidly growing market for online groceries, with an emphasis on a curated assortment of bulk household consumables. This emphasis provides a point of differentiation from competitors who are primarily focused on brick and mortar sales, or who sell an outsized assortment of retail products, including electronics, clothing, furniture, and other non-consumable categories. We serviced approximately 400,000 and 150,000 customers across our Retail segment, including B2B and B2C customer bases, in the year ended 2021 and three months ended March 31, 2022, respectively. Our B2C customers are the core of our business and we place a large focus on capturing households underserved by traditional bulk retailers, such as those located in rural areas and small towns. Our B2B customers are comprised of small and medium-sized business (“SMBs”) as well as large, blue-chip enterprises. Today, our B2B customers span a range of industry sectors, including hospitality/travel, technology and education, and we see an opportunity to further diversify into additional sectors to facilitate growth.

We believe that the growth in our B2C customer base has been aided by the shift to online household and grocery purchases that were accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Further, we believe that post-pandemic behavior will continue to reflect the steady growth of online household and grocery purchases as customers continue to place an increased emphasis on convenience and safety. However, concurrent with the bolstering of our B2C customer base, the pandemic resulted in a meaningful decline of our B2B customer base, as many of those customers shifted to work-from-home or remote environments when COVID-19 related restrictions took hold. We expect that as B2B customers return to work, we will see a recovery from our B2B customer base in 2022 and beyond.

Additionally, we are expanding our monetization opportunities by white-labeling (removing the Boxed name and logo to rebrand products for client use) and selling our e-commerce technology platform through our Software & Services business. We believe our end-to-end technology products and the components that power it can be leveraged by any retailer who is looking to improve its online or omnichannel service offering.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Overall, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of the shifts happening across the e-commerce landscape, as retailers, grocers, and CPG manufacturers alike, seek ways to modernize their omnichannel technology and operations. This need has only been accelerated further by the COVID-19 global pandemic. In February 2021, we signed our first enterprise software development and licensing contract with AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEON Co., Ltd. (“AEON”), a related party, a multinational retailer and mall operator based in Japan, to provide e-commerce storefront, marketplace, last-mile, inventory management, order management, and back-end business operations technologies to their Malaysian affiliate. We believe that there is a significant opportunity to expand our Software & Services business to other global retail clients, particularly in emerging markets throughout Southeast Asia and the Middle East and Africa regions.

Within our Software & Services business, our current sales efforts are primarily focused on other large enterprise retailers with complex omnichannel operations. However, we ultimately view our technology offering as flexible and modular, with an ability to service smaller enterprise and mid-sized businesses over time. Our platform is built by operators, for use by operators — the technology is designed to solve the problems that we have experienced first-hand, so that other companies don’t have to.

Our Platform

Our comprehensive proprietary e-commerce technology platform is the core of our operations. Our customer-facing website and apps, inventory management system, order management system and fulfillment robotics hardware are all built in-house.

Storefront:

Our e-commerce storefront’s user experience (“UX”) design and user interface (“UI”) design offer a guided, easy to use, customized experience with robust data-driven customer profiles driving engagement and conversion. Management believes conversion is also aided by a seamless browsing, discovery, and checkout experience, supporting a reduced shopping cart abandonment, and an outsized AOV compared to peers.

Our shopping experience captures evolving customer demand through data science-informed product presentation and assortment curation, enabling customers to shop conveniently and find the products they are looking for. Personalized user experiences and analytics provide actionable intelligence on who the customers are, what they are likely to purchase and how often they are likely to order, allowing us to guide each customer’s shopping experience. Not only does this allow us to guide the shoppers to the products they are most likely to purchase, it also enables us to make personalized product suggestions and provide free samples to encourage upsell and to facilitate the basket building process. This degree of UX personalization helps drive conversion and high AOV.

Business Operations:

Our business operations solutions leverage real-time data and robust tools to manage business operations, enabling efficient and profitable growth. With real-time insight into the fully burdened profitability of each individual order, we can tool our machine learning models with a layer of information and control that enables true operational optimizations, informed by the additional layer of financial performance implications.

Our built in-house marketing attribution features coupled with a personalized customer relationship management system provide customers with a unique, predictive experience, from the first time they shop until they become a customer for life. Overall, we are able to leverage robust data and insights to power smart business decisions.

Logistics and Fulfillment Centers:

We fulfill our first-party orders throughout the lower 48 states in the U.S. from three centralized fulfillment centers, deliberately located near major regional shipping corridors. As of March 31, 2022, approximately 90% of orders have delivery availability within two days or less. Through our December 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquisition of MaxDelivery, we also added a fourth micro dark-store facility in Manhattan which offers one-hour on-demand delivery in select zip codes, an offering we expect to scale to additional markets in 2022 and beyond.

We also utilize proprietary fulfillment technology, including our carton optimization algorithm and proprietary robotics, developed in-house. Fulfillment automation takes wasted inefficient movement out of the fulfillment process, making sure that we can get products to our customers as efficiently as possible. This, coupled with a longer tenured hourly workforce, drives meaningful fulfillment efficiencies. Our ability to deliver products to customers is based on a flexible, cohesive fulfillment and logistics platform. Our physical fulfillment and logistics platform works seamlessly with our front-end storefront and back-end analytics, creating a streamlined supply chain enabled by end-to-end data.

This holistic data system also enables an integrated and streamlined supply chain. It allows us to scale real-time inventory via machine learning. It also provides us with the ability to pre-receive and pre-sell inventory, which proved to be a beneficial capability during the COVID-19 pandemic. Finally, we can provide our customers with supply chain transparency by displaying information like product expiration dates to our customers on-site in real time. Overall, our platform allows us to operate at optimal inventory levels, increasing inventory efficiency, and to provide ultimate transparency to our end customer.

A key to maintaining our logistics efficiencies comes from our ability to continue to scale our distribution footprint as we grow. Due to our robotics technologies, management estimates that it can deploy new fulfillment centers with full fulfillment platform integration in approximately 30 days at a cost of approximately $1.0 million. Once operational, there is an approximately thirty to forty-five-day payback period for these new fulfillment centers, assuming they are operating at full capacity utilization and with gross margin profitability consistent with the fourth quarter of 2021.

Product and Services Overview

We have a diversified set of offerings marketed and sold to B2C and B2B customers, vendors, and enterprise retailers. Those offerings include the following:

Boxed Retail Marketplace Offerings:

•

Nationally Branded Products: The majority of our product assortment portfolio consists of nationally branded products which are purchased directly from CPG manufacturers such as Procter & Gamble, PepsiCo, Kraft Heinz, Kellogg’s and Coca-Cola, among others. Inventory is purchased from these manufacturers, warehoused in our fulfillment centers, and then resold to our customers through our e-commerce Retail marketplace. In 2021 on our boxed.com web and app properties, we sold a curated assortment of approximately 2,500 unique SKUs (excluding third-party merchandise), generally focused on wholesale channel or bulk-quantity goods (i.e., a 36 pack of paper towels vs. a 12 pack). We expect to expand our assortment category depth and breadth to help drive future growth, but we remain committed to delivering a curated and limited-SKU assortment experience for our customers.

•

Private Label Products: In addition to the nationally branded products sold through Boxed, we offer unique, loyalty-building private label products. Through our premium private brand “Prince & Spring”, we offer approximately 140 SKUs in a variety of product categories, from household cleaning and paper products, to fruit snacks and pet treats, with plans to further diversify and expand our offering. High quality products, combined with strong relative value, result in private brand loyalty from our customer base, with 56% of orders from repeat customers containing a Prince & Spring product during 2021. Net product sales of Prince & Spring represented 13% and 12% of total net product sales, but just 5% and 6% of total first party SKU count for the year ended December 31, 2021 and three months ended March 31, 2022, respectively. With a 680 basis point margin advantage over our nationally branded products for the year ending December 31, 2021, we believe our private label products will be long-term drivers of revenue, customer retention, and profitability.

•

On-Demand Grocery Delivery through MaxDelivery: In addition to the nationally branded and private label products sold through our boxed.com web and app properties, we are in the process of expanding our perishable and fresh assortment offering to our customers. Through our recent

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquisition of MaxDelivery in December 2021, customers within select zip-codes in Manhattan now have access to additional assortment of approximately 10,000 SKUs across a broad range of grocery categories, including fresh fish, meats, produce, dairy, and other perishable categories which Boxed has not historically offered broadly. The acquisition also expands our fulfillment capabilities, and fulfillment delivery options for our end-customers within serviceable markets. Customers ordering from MaxDelivery can receive their groceries scheduled on-demand, delivered directly to their doors through its one-hour delivery service. We plan to expand the MaxDelivery model into additional select markets over time.

•

Vendor Product Suite Offerings: In addition to the purchasing of their goods, we also offer our vendors, suppliers, and CPG manufacturers the ability to advertise their products to our customers and access customer data and feedback in real-time. We provide this service through our content management suite, programmatic “cost-per-click” ad-platform, and vendor portal data suite called Boxed IQ. Since 2018, our advertising suite provides vendors and partners with opportunities to drive a 3-6x return on ad spend (on average), with Boxed IQ supplementing that investment with aggregated customer data to help enable insights into sales trends, general customer demographics, and purchasing behavior, so that each future dollar invested can be more informed than the last. We believe this holistic offering makes us the preferred partner for many of our vendors across the CPG landscape.

•

Third-Party Marketplace: We are in the process of expanding our third-party marketplace offering, which will enable third-party sellers to sell to our customers through the Boxed marketplace, without the need for us to take on inventory overhang associated with first-party resale vendor relationships. We sold approximately 1,100 and 1,150 unique SKUs through inventory listed through our third-party sellers for the year ended December 31, 2021 and three months ended March 31, 2022, respectively, which we expect will continue to expand throughout the remainder of 2022 and beyond. We believe this offering will allow us to expand assortment, limit inventory risk, and drive higher conversion and a better experience for our customers.

Boxed Software & Services Offerings:

•

Software & Services: After years and millions of dollars of investment in developing our technology platform, we have begun to monetize our e-commerce expertise. We believe we have created one of the few omnichannel technology platforms that is vertically integrated from our front-end storefront software to the inventory and order management systems and all the way to the fulfillment center automation and robotics. We have begun marketing and offering portions of our software technology externally through licensing agreements to other retailers, DTC manufacturers, and marketplace operators, either as a full suite of products or as individual components. In February 2021 we signed our first enterprise software development and licensing contract with AEON, an $80 billion multinational retailer and mall operator based in Japan. Yuki Habu, a member of our Board, is affiliated with AEON. In addition to our licensing agreement with AEON, we have executed non-binding term sheets with two additional potential customers and are in active discussions with a pipeline of other potential customers.

Who We Serve

Boxed provides our customers with a seamless shopping experience for both nationally branded products as well as products from our private label brand, “Prince & Spring”. Our customers are seeking a high-value, convenient and reliable source for everyday consumables and we have designed both our assortment and user experience to suit their needs.

B2C Customers

B2C customers represent the large majority of customers in our Retail business base. They visit Boxed because we offer a simple, efficient and cost-effective way to stock up on everyday bulk household essentials. These customers are often highly engaged, repeat customers. Our B2C customers purchase on average eight items in a typical basket, have an AOV of $102, and during fiscal year 2021, made up 87% of our combined B2C and B2B customer Gross Merchandise Value (“GMV”). GMV is defined as the total basket

TABLE OF CONTENTS

value of goods sold on our platform, gross of any promotions, discounts, credits or rewards used but inclusive of service fees and taxes.

Boxed Up:

Our B2C service is complemented by our paid loyalty program called Boxed Up. For $49.00 a year, Boxed Up members receive exclusive vendor-funded discounts and samples, free shipping on all eligible orders, and cash back credited for future purchases. As of March 31, 2022, there were approximately 33,000 Boxed Up paid members. During the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to an average B2C customer, Boxed Up members ordered 2.2x as frequently and spent approximately 215% more. Furthermore, during this same period, 20% of our GMV was generated by Boxed Up customers and we plan to grow membership significantly, helping to further bolster engagement and retention from our B2C customers.

B2B Customers

Our B2B customers, which include corporations and SMBs, enjoy procuring the high-quality bulk goods needed to run their businesses through an easy to navigate and convenient marketplace UI/UX. We offer our B2B customers a seamless buying experience powered by digital capabilities like multi-user accounts, flexible payment and invoicing, reporting and analytics, fast customer service and sales support response times, custom enterprise portals and rapid e-procurement integration. We supplement this experience with tech integration and higher agility relative to big-box B2B retailers, providing customization to individual customer needs. We use our proprietary logistics technology to round out our B2B experience, delivering products to B2B customers quickly and cost effectively. Most products are shipped within one to three business days at competitive rates.

Prior to 2020, GMV from our B2B customer base was the fastest growing component of our Retail business and a high-performing line relative to B2C. While the COVID-19 global pandemic temporarily impacted our positive B2B channel trends, with fewer people working in offices and lower levels of domestic and global travel, we began to see a rebound in the second half of 2021, and expect this trend upward to continue as employees return to work, and the travel and hospitality industries return to full operations post COVID-19. For the year ended December 31, 2021, and three months ended March 31, 2022, our B2B customers had an AOV of $214 and $242, respectively, which is higher than the AOV for our B2B customers for year ended December 31, 2020 and three months ended March 31, 2021, respectively.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe future growth will be driven by investment into several core areas of our business:

B2C Expansion

•

We believe our B2C customer channel is poised for dynamic growth. We see an opportunity to expand our product assortment into the areas most requested by our customers, including healthy/organic, pet and home. We expect expanding our assortment will allow us to increase the wallet share (the amount of customer total spend on grocery and consumable products spent on the Boxed platform) we capture from our customers. We believe the Boxed third-party marketplace technology will further facilitate our product expansion in a capital-efficient manner. Further, as we expand the operations of MaxDelivery and the on-demand grocery delivery service to more markets, we will be able to further complement our product offering through delivery of fresh assortment to a larger percentage of our customer base, something that has historically yielded increased order frequency and customer loyalty.

•

We also believe there are multiple methods to drive increased customer loyalty, such as expanding the Boxed Up loyalty program, as well as expanded private label SKU count. We believe that there is an opportunity to not just improve existing customer loyalty, but also to expand wallet share with new customers soon after they start using our platform. Finally, we are also testing further expansion of our auto-ship subscription business, which provides regular automated replenishment opportunities with additional discounts for Boxed customers, in the same efficient model that we perfected with our basket-building technology.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Finally, we will look to expand investment into advertising campaigns to drive new customer traffic and brand awareness. This investment will help drive accelerated growth through customer additions.

B2B Expansion

•

We believe the rebound from the COVID-19 global pandemic will provide meaningful organic tailwinds for B2B customers, and that we can take additional steps to further capitalize on this momentum. Traditionally, we have largely relied on organic word of mouth growth for our B2B customer offering. We believe that we can accelerate growth within our B2B customer base by expanding our sales force and by targeting new attractive sectors such as education/non-profit, technology, and hospitality. We also want to provide the best experience for those customers coming to the platform. To accomplish this, we plan to optimize our assortment on the B2B platform by tailoring the product mix to what our SMB and enterprise customers need.

Monetization of Proprietary Technology

Native Ad Platform:

Our ad technology platform empowers sellers and vendors to speak to the right customers at the right time. We currently offer in-house, scalable, programmatic advertising software designed to unlock a high-margin revenue stream, while providing our vendors with access to the most highly sought after customers. We believe our ad platform provides differentiated access to customers at the point of conversion, providing real-time transparent reporting, which is all offered through a streamlined self-service vendor portal. We offer seamless implementation and a dedicated team to guide our advertising customers through the process. While ad technology revenue as a percentage of our total net revenue was less than 1% in fiscal year 2021, our vendors experienced return on ad spend of 3-6x in the same time period.

Software Licensing:

At Boxed, we have created one of the few omnichannel technology platforms that is vertically integrated from our front-end storefront software to the inventory and order management systems and all the way to the fulfillment center automation and robotics. We have the ability to offer these modularized e-commerce and fulfillment technologies through licensing agreements to other retailers, direct-to-customer manufacturers, and marketplace operators, either as a full suite of products or as individual product solutions; the technology can also be white-labeled and localized for foreign deployment. These offerings can range from inventory management software, our proprietary advertising technology systems, or other back-end operational support. Management believes we are differentiated from our competition, whose systems are typically fractured, more expensive, and have slower implementation times. Our competition is also generally focused solely on building the software, rather than also leveraging it to run their own businesses. Boxed offers a single, cohesive, cost-effective platform, built by operators, and we prioritize speed to market.

Growing AOVs

From fiscal year 2017 through December 31, 2021, our customers on average increased their AOV by greater than 25% from their initial order to their tenth order with Boxed. We believe this trend of growing AOVs is an important customer lifecycle dynamic because it helps illustrate further customer engagement with new categories and products as they age with us, and illustrates that our personalization and simple user experience help enable shopper discovery.

As we expand assortment through both new categories and SKUs, we anticipate that both our AOV and order frequency will also continue to expand, as customers find more products they know and love on the Boxed platform.

Customer Satisfaction

The experience of our customers is core to our decision making at Boxed, and a large part of our success can be tied to the high level of recorded customer satisfaction. Our customers’ satisfaction is

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reflected in our net promoter score of 75 or the quarter ended March 31, 2022. Our higher level of customer satisfaction can, in part, be attributed to a unique user experience that drives customer loyalty.

We believe a better experience, with efficient fulfillment and award-winning customer service, yields highly satisfied customers.

Culture, People and Human Capital

Boxed is a brand known for doing right for our customers, employees and society, with policies that go beyond the bottom line. Our ESG principles are embedded in the core of our business model and are front and center in the way we run our business. We value all members of our team and provide them with strong benefits and workplace offerings, boosting loyalty and efficiency. These benefits include providing our full-time fulfillment center hourly staff with an option for fully subsidized medical insurance coverage and a benefits program designed to provide financial relief in times of unforeseen hardship or significant life events. We believe this approach is not only the right thing to do, but it also drives efficiency and team loyalty; our hourly team members staffing Boxed fulfillment centers have an average tenure of over two years.

We view ourselves as champions of diversity. Over half of our corporate office team nationwide identifies as an ethnic minority, yielding diverse thought within the Boxed family. Our team embodies a diverse mix of backgrounds, industries, and levels of experience. As of March 31, 2022, we employed approximately 264 full-time employees across our New York headquarters and San Mateo, California office, as well as our fulfillment centers in New Jersey, Texas and Nevada. In addition to full-time employees, our workforce is supplemented by temporary staff in the fulfillment centers, as well as a Professional Employer Organization (“PEO”) which supports staffing for the operations of BoxedMax LLC (d/b/a MaxDelivery). None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be positive. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees.

Competition

We operate in the competitive and rapidly growing online consumables market, an evolving sub-group of the greater consumables retail sector, which we believe historically has been highly fragmented. Certain of our potential competitors have substantially greater capital resources, lower costs, larger product portfolios, larger user bases, larger sales forces and a greater geographic presence, and have built relationships with retailers and distributors that may be more effective than ours.

We believe that we have developed a full, powerful suite of proprietary, integrated technology that drives brand differentiation and cost efficiencies. We expect several industries to operate in competition with the capabilities that our comprehensive technology platform offers, which can cater to both enterprise and small business clients. Companies providing on-demand networks, third-party logistics and warehouse management systems, order management system middleware, storefront and e-commerce capabilities, and marketing, data analytics, and advertising services represent potential competitors to the Boxed technology platform.

We believe that the primary competitive factors in our market are:

•

service quality and performance;

•

customer purchasing experience;

•

sales and distribution capabilities;

•

pricing;

•

customer support and service;

•

effective marketing;

•

brand recognition;

•

breadth and depth of offerings;

•

greater market penetration; and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

technological innovation, product enhancements and speed of innovation.

We believe our ability to continue to compete effectively in our industry will also depend in part on our ability to respond more quickly and effectively than our peers to new or changing opportunities, technologies, regulatory standards or customer requirements. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and distribution strategies. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenue, revenue growth rate, margins and market share.

Our ability to remain competitive depends on our continued ability to provide efficient and profitable delivery of the nationally branded and private-label products that our B2C and B2B customers have come to expect from us, while continuing to grow our customer base. It will also depend on our continued and accelerating ability to monetize our technological proficiencies via our advertising technology, marketplace and software licenses, hosted in either on-premise or cloud-based infrastructure environments.

Manufacturing

We purchase all of our merchandise directly or indirectly from third-party manufacturers. Some vendors operate their own manufacturing facilities and others subcontract the manufacturing to other parties. Our manufacturers generally agree to terms that are substantially similar to our standard manufacturer terms, which govern our business relationships.

Although we do not have long-term agreements with our vendors, we have longstanding relationships with a diverse base of vendors that we believe are mutually satisfactory. We believe the nature and number of these vendors helps mitigate our supply chain risk.

All of our private-label products under the label “Prince & Spring” are required to be produced according to our specifications, and our manufacturers warrant that such products will perform in accordance with these specifications. Our manufacturing and supplier contracts are generally on year-to-year terms and generally provide us the additional right to terminate such agreements for uncured material breaches within 30 days. We require that all of our manufacturers comply with applicable law and we generally have the right to audit the suppliers’ facilities. We believe that third-party facilities will be adequate to meet our current and anticipated manufacturing needs, both for our private-label products and for our third-party merchandise.

Government Regulation

Our business is, among other things, subject to laws and regulations applicable to companies conducting business on the Internet. Jurisdictions vary as to how, or whether, existing laws governing areas such as personal privacy and data security, consumer protection or sales and other taxes, among other areas, apply to the Internet and e-commerce, and these laws are continually evolving. Related laws may govern the manner in which we store or transfer sensitive information, or impose obligations on us in the event of a security breach or an inadvertent disclosure of such information. Different jurisdictions impose differing, and sometimes more stringent, consumer and privacy protections. Additionally, tax regulations in jurisdictions where we do not currently collect state or local taxes may subject us to the obligation to collect and remit such taxes, or to additional taxes, or to requirements intended to assist jurisdictions with their tax collection efforts. New legislation or regulations, the application of laws from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to us, or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and e-commerce generally could result in significant additional taxes on our business. Further, we could be subject to fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Operations.” Changes in tax treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce may adversely affect the commercial use of our website and mobile applications and their financial results. The continued growth of and demand for e-commerce is likely to result in the creation of more laws and regulations that impose additional compliance burdens on e-commerce companies.

In addition, we are subject to a broad range of laws and regulations intended to protect public health, natural resources and the environment. Our operations, and those of our manufacturing outsourcing

TABLE OF CONTENTS

partners, are subject to regulation by OSHA, the FDA, the USDA, and by various other federal, state and local authorities regarding the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, labeling and import of our products, including food safety standards. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Operations — We are subject to governmental regulation and we may incur material liabilities under, or costs in order to comply with, existing or future laws and regulation, and our failure to comply may result in enforcements, recalls, and other adverse actions.”

Other Laws and Regulations

Data Privacy and Security

Numerous state, federal and foreign laws, including consumer protection laws and regulations, govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality and security of personal information. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws and federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations (e.g., Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners. In addition, certain state and non-US laws, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act’s (“CCPA”) and the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”) govern the privacy and security of personal information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. Privacy and security laws, regulations, and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to complicate compliance efforts, and can result in investigations, proceedings, or actions that lead to significant civil and/or criminal penalties and restrictions on data processing.

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws

Our business is also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.

Intellectual Property

We believe that our rights to our intellectual property, including trademarks, copyrights, and domain names, as well as contractual provisions and restrictions on access to our proprietary technology, are important to our marketing efforts to develop brand recognition and differentiate our brand from competitors. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. We own a number of trademarks that have been registered, or for which registration applications are pending, in the United States as well as in certain foreign jurisdictions. These registered or pending trademarks include, among others, “Boxed”, “Bulk is Beautiful” and “An endless supply of the things you love”. The current registrations of these trademarks are effective for varying periods of time and may be renewed periodically, provided that we, as the registered owner, or our licensees where applicable, comply with all applicable renewal requirements including, where necessary, the continued use of the trademarks in connection with similar goods and services. We expect to pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe they would be beneficial and cost-effective.

In addition to trademark protection, we own numerous domain names, including boxed.com and princespring.com.

We also enter into and rely on confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners to protect our trade secrets, proprietary technology and other confidential information. We further control the use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property through provisions in both our customer terms of use on our website and in our agreements with vendors.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Environmental Matters

Our operations and leased properties are subject to a variety of U.S. laws and regulations governing, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, management and disposal of hazardous and non- hazardous materials and waste and remediation of releases of hazardous materials. We believe, based on current information, that we are in material compliance with environmental laws and regulations applicable to us. However, our failure to comply with present and future requirements under these laws and regulations, or environmental contamination or releases of hazardous materials on our leased premises, as well as through disposal of our packaging, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including clean-up costs, personal injury and property damage claims, fines and penalties, costs to redesign our private-label products or packaging or upgrade our facilities and legal costs, or require us to curtail our operations, any of which could seriously harm our business.

Facilities

We lease fulfillment centers in New York, New York, Union, New Jersey, Las Vegas, Nevada and Dallas, Texas. Our leased corporate headquarters are located in New York, New York and we have a corporate office in San Mateo, California. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the near-term, and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Legal Proceedings

On February 8, 2022, a putative stockholder of the Company filed a complaint in the Delaware Chancery Court alleging that he is entitled to attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with a demand he made on the Company regarding the ability of Class A common stockholders to vote on certain charter amendments in connection with the Business Combination on December 8, 2021. Garfield v. Boxed, Inc., C.A. No. 2022-0132-VCZ (Del. Ch.). The stockholder did not specify in the complaint the amount of attorneys’ fees and expenses sought. Our response to the complaint was filed on May 2, 2022. Given the early stage of this matter and the uncertainty inherent in litigation and investigations, we do not believe it is possible to develop estimates of reasonably possible losses (or a range of possible losses) for this matter.

From time to time, we may become involved in actions, claims, suits and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, including assertions by third parties relating to personal injuries sustained using our services, intellectual property infringement, breaches of contract or warranties or employment-related matters. We continually assess the likelihood of adverse judgments or outcomes in such matters, as well as potential ranges of possible losses (taking into consideration any insurance recoveries), based on a careful analysis of each matter with the assistance of outside legal counsel and, if applicable, other experts. We are not currently a party to any actions, claims, suits or other legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, potential liabilities are subject to change due to new developments, changes in settlement strategy or the impact of evidentiary requirements. Any of these claims could subject us to costly litigation, and, while we generally believe that we have adequate insurance to cover many different types of liabilities, our insurance carriers may deny coverage, may be inadequately capitalized to pay on valid claims, or our policy limits may be inadequate to fully satisfy any damage awards or settlements. If this were to happen, the payment of any such awards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any such claims, whether or not successful, could damage our reputation and business.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors and Management

The following sets forth certain information, as of May 1, 2022, concerning the persons who serve as our executive officers and members of our Board.

Name	Age	Position
Executive Officers:
Chieh Huang	40	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Mark Zimowski	32	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
David Miller	48	Chief Technology Officer
Alison Weick	47	President, E-Commerce
Jared Yaman	41	Chief Operating Officer and Director
Veracelle Vega	51	Chief People Officer
Non-Employee Directors:
Gary Matthews	64	Chairman of the Board
Yuki Habu	54	Director
David Liu	56	Director
Emerson S. Moore II	50	Director
Andrew Pearson	50	Director
Eileen Serra	67	Director
Harshul Sanghi	59	Director

Executive Officers

Chieh Huang is our Chief Executive Officer, President and a member of the Board. Mr. Huang co-founded and has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Boxed since 2013. During his tenure as Chief Executive Officer of Boxed, Mr. Huang led the company’s growth from its inception and was instrumental in overseeing the expansion of Boxed’s delivery capabilities to the entire continental United States. Mr. Huang also managed Boxed’s investments in technology, allowing Boxed to run its own fulfillment centers and develop its proprietary automation robotics in-house. Prior to founding Boxed, Mr. Huang was the Chief Executive Officer of Astro Ape Studios (“Astro Ape”), one of the first mobile social-gaming studios. In 2011, Astro Ape was acquired by social gaming pioneer Zynga, and Mr. Huang later became the Director of Zynga Mobile NY. Mr. Huang serves as a board member of the Museum of Chinese in America and New York Cares, and serves as an advisory board member of McLaren Racing. Mr. Huang received his B.A. in economics at The Johns Hopkins University and holds a J.D. from Fordham University. We believe Mr. Huang is qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of his proven success building and overseeing Boxed’s growth and development.

Mark Zimowski is our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Mr. Zimowski joined Boxed in October 2016 as one of its initial finance hires. He has served as Boxed’s Chief Financial Officer since April 2021. Since joining the team, Mr. Zimowski has worked in a number of positions with Boxed’s Finance & Strategy team, including as Senior Analyst, Senior Manager, Senior Director and Vice President. He established the company’s financial planning and analysis function, helping to centralize its reporting and construct its performance management framework. In addition, he helped lead the development of its paid loyalty program, Boxed Up, and its Software & Services business, and played a pivotal role in the raise of more than $400.0 million in gross proceeds across seven rounds of equity and debt capital, which includes leading the Company through its Business Combination negotiations with Seven Oaks, and subsequent deSPAC. Prior to joining Boxed, Mr. Zimowski worked at Court Square Capital Partners, where he focused on majority investments and portfolio management across software and tech-enabled services companies. He began his career within the Technology, Media, and Telecom team at UBS Investment Bank, advising technology, media and telecommunications clients across a wide range of mergers and acquisitions and capital

TABLE OF CONTENTS

markets transactions. Mr. Zimowski graduated Cum Laude from Boston College, receiving a B.S. in Finance & Economics with Honors from the Carroll School of Management.

David Miller is our Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Miller joined Boxed in October 2021, bringing over 20 years of experience as a technology teams leader. From July 2014 until October 2021, Mr. Miller served as the Senior Vice President of Technology at OnDeck Capital. During his tenure at OnDeck Capital, Mr. Miller oversaw the technology team whose platform delivered over $14 billion in capital to small businesses domestically and abroad. Mr. Miller’s earlier experience includes engineering and leadership positions serving a broad scope of industries, such as hospitality, online advertising, education, and financial services. Mr. Miller holds a B.S. in Business from the University of Baltimore, and an MBA from the Sellinger School of Business at Loyola University, Maryland.

Alison Weick is our President, E-Commerce. Ms. Weick joined Boxed in January 2020 to run the marketing team. Under her leadership, the team successfully grew the paid loyalty program, improved customer acquisition and retention efforts, and spearheaded customer segmentation analysis. In December of 2020, she took on the additional role of managing the Retail businesses. In this role, she is focused on driving sales and profitability, and improving the overall customer experience. Prior to joining Boxed, Ms. Weick had a 20+ year career as a general manager and marketing executive at both public companies and start-ups. From July 2017 until December 2019, Ms. Weick was a marketing consultant to early stage start-ups. Before then, Ms. Weick was the VP, Marketing at WayBetter, a Series A funded health and wellness start-up, where she served from September 2011 until June 2017. Ms. Weick has also held previous leadership roles at Barnes & Noble, Weight Watchers, and Omnicom Group. Ms. Weick received her B.S. in Applied Economics from Cornell University and holds an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Jared Yaman is our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Yaman co-founded and has served as the Chief Operating Officer of Boxed and a member of its board of directors since 2013. During his tenure as Chief Operating Officer of Boxed, Mr. Yaman helped lead the company’s expansion to the entire continental United States and helped coordinate its investment in technology. Mr. Yaman received his B.S. in economics at the University of Michigan and holds a J.D. from the University of Michigan Law School. We believe Mr. Yaman is qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of his experience overseeing Boxed’s expansion and development across the United States.

Veracelle Vega is our Chief People Officer. Ms. Vega joined Boxed in March 2022, bringing over 20 years of talent management and human resources experience. Most recently, from July 2019 until March 2022, Ms. Vega served as the Chief People Officer at Resident, a direct-to-consumer mattress company where she led the company to be awarded and recognized as a “Best Place to Work” organization three years in a row by BuiltInNYC.com. Ms. Vega’s earlier experience includes leadership roles in human resources serving various industries, including technology and entertainment, and started her career as President Management Fellow during which she held assignments at the Social Security Administration and the Bureau of East Asian and Pacific Affairs at the U.S. Department of State. Ms. Vega received a M.S. in public administration from Villanova University, a B.S. in political science from Syracuse University, and is currently a part-time adjunct professor at Villanova University where she teaches Human Resources Management.

Non-Employee Directors

Gary S. Matthews was the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of Seven Oaks from September 2020 to December 2021 and he continues to serve as the Chairman of the Board. Mr. Matthews is Managing Partner at Tamarix Capital Partners, a private equity fund, and has over 30 years of experience as both an institutional investor and a senior executive of multiple businesses across a broad range of industries. From March 2019 to August 2020 Mr. Matthews served as Chief Executive Officer and a Director of IES Holdings (NASDAQ: IESC), over which time both EBITDA and the company’s stock price increased significantly. Prior to joining IES, Mr. Matthews served as Managing Director of Morgan Stanley Capital Partners from 2007 to 2019 where he co-led direct investments and oversaw the management and strategies for those businesses. He led several private equity-backed manufacturing companies in senior management positions. He served as President of Simmons Bedding Company, Chief Executive Officer of Sleep Innovations, Inc. and of Derby Cycle Corporation. Previously, Mr. Matthews served as President of Worldwide Consumer Medicines and Specialty Pharmaceuticals at Bristol-Myers Squibb. He also served as President of the Guinness Import Company and Managing Director of Guinness in Great

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Britain. Prior to joining Guinness, Mr. Matthews served as a Director at PepsiCo and as a Senior Engagement Manager at McKinsey & Company. He has previously served as Chairman of the board of directors of Pathway Partners Veterinary Holding LLC, Hojeij Branded Foods, Creative Circle, LLC and Tops Markets, LLC, and as a member of the board of directors of Manna Pro Products, LLC, Molson Coors Brewing Company (NYSE: TAP), Department 56 (NYSE: DFS), Learning Care Group, Inc., Van Wagner, Inc., Lagunitas Brewing Company, and Canyon Ranch. Mr. Matthews received a B.A., Cum Laude, from Princeton University and a Masters in Business Administration with distinction from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Matthews has been involved in several philanthropic social organizations. He is Vice Chairman of the Board of Let’s Get Ready, having previously served as its Chairman for four years. Let’s Get Ready works with underprivileged high school seniors to tutor them for the SATs, provides college application assistance, and mentors at the college level to encourage these students to stay in and graduate college. Previously, Mr. Matthews served for 10 years on the Board of the Greenwich Library and was on the Board and served as Board Chair for Junior Achievement of SW Connecticut. We believe Mr. Matthews is qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of his extensive experience as a business leader and board member of large public companies.

Yuki Habu has served on the Board since December 2021. Ms. Habu is currently the Executive Officer of Digital Business of the Company at AEON Co., Ltd. (“AEON”). Ms. Habu was the Chief Executive Officer of AEON CHINA Co., Ltd. (“AEON China”), AEON’s China business until May 2021, where she supervised GMS Operation and Digitalization, corporate governance and risk management since 2015. She has also led AEON China’s risk management committee, handling the decision-making process regarding responses to emergencies such as natural disasters and social risks. Ms. Habu currently serves as a member of the board of AEON Stores (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd., where she served on the remuneration committee, audit committee and nomination committee from April 2015 until May 2021. She also currently serves as the Executive Vice President and Executive Officer of AEON and has held and currently holds positions on the board of various other private entities affiliated with AEON. In 2018, Ms. Habu received the Golden Peony Award by the China Chain Store & Franchise Association, recognizing her as an outstanding woman in the Chinese chain store industry. Ms. Habu also participated in the planning of the “China-Japan Great Wall Afforestation Project” led by the AEON Environmental Foundation and the Beijing Municipal Government for more than ten years that planted more than one million trees from 2006 to 2013. Ms. Habu received her bachelor’s degree from Keio University. We believe Ms. Habu is qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of her extensive experience leading AEON China and overseeing various public and private AEON-affiliated entities, as well as her commitment to ESG principles.

David Liu has served on the Board since December 2021. Mr. Liu is an internet pioneer who co-founded XO Group, Inc. (NYSE: XOXO), formerly The Knot Inc., in 1996 with $1.6 million of seed financing from the AOL Greenhouse and grew the company from AOL keyword: weddings to a dominant multi-platform life-stage media company. Mr. Liu served as XO Group’s chief executive officer from 1996 to 2015, president from 1999 to 2014 and chairman of the board of directors from 1999 to May 2018, prior to XO Group’s private equity exit in December 2018 for $933 million. Mr. Liu believed to build a vibrant consumer brand one had to have a presence in all forms of media and engage the consumer directly. Therefore, for over two decades, Mr. Liu has championed both early technologies as well as traditional media extensions, launching an online streaming video channel, cultivating thriving online communities before the advent of today’s social media platforms, as well as publishing dozens of regional publications, a national magazine, a cable TV series and over a dozen books, all the while growing the company through two major recessions. As Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Liu oversaw the completion of over half a dozen acquisitions and took XO Group public in 1999. Under Mr. Liu’s leadership, XO Group raised cumulatively over $275 million in private and public offerings. In 2008, Ernst & Young named Mr. Liu Entrepreneur of the Year in Media, Entertainment, and Communications. Mr. Liu currently serves on the boards of Rebelle Media, Willapa Wild and Humanity Forward Foundation. Mr. Liu graduated with his BFA in Film from the Tisch School of the Arts at New York University in 1986 and received the NYU Tisch Big Apple Award for Alumni Achievements in 2008. We believe Mr. Liu is qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of his extensive experience leading XO Group and overseeing mergers and acquisitions and corporate legal matters.

Emerson S. Moore II has served on the Board since December 2021. Mr. Moore is currently the Chief People Officer and Executive Vice President of BSE Global where he oversees Human Resources for Barclays

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Center, the Brooklyn Nets, the Long Island Nets of the NBA G League, and NetsGC of the NBA 2K League. Prior to joining BSE Global in 2020, Mr. Moore served as General Counsel, Head of Human Resources and Executive Vice President of TMP Worldwide Advertising & Communications, LLC d/b/a Radancy (“Radancy”), a global leader in talent acquisition technologies. While overseeing the full scope of global Human Resource functions across Radancy’s 20 offices in 9 countries, Mr. Moore also provided strategic leadership and a forward-thinking approach to staffing, recruitment, employee relations, payroll, compensation and benefits. In his role as General Counsel, he was also responsible for all legal matters pertaining to the day-to-day operations of Radancy, as well as those of its global subsidiaries, and managed the legal aspects of mergers and acquisitions, governance and compliance, software services and license agreements, litigation and general corporate matters. Prior to joining Radancy in 2007, Mr. Moore was an Associate in the corporate department at Proskauer Rose, an international law firm, where he was engaged in a broad-ranging mergers and acquisitions practice, representing private equity firms and global financial institutions. Mr. Moore is a member of the Board of Trustees of his alma mater, New York Law School, where he serves on the executive committee. Mr. Moore received a B.S. in Actuarial Mathematics from the University of Michigan, and a J.D., Cum Laude, from New York Law School. We believe Mr. Moore is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in human resources, mergers and acquisitions, and corporate legal matters.

Andrew C. Pearson was the Chief Financial Officer of Seven Oaks from September 2020 to December 2021 and has served on the Board since December 2021. Mr. Pearson has 25 years’ experience in global private equity. In 2019, Mr. Pearson formed Soundview Advisors, where he consults with leading private equity firms in the areas of portfolio management, organizational design and LP management. Previously, Mr. Pearson served as Managing Director, Chairman of the Portfolio Committee and Global Head of Portfolio Management with General Atlantic, one of the world’s largest global growth equity firms with over $40.0 billion under management and 14 offices on four continents. His responsibilities at General Atlantic increased over a 22-year career which began as an Associate in 1996 before becoming a Managing Director in 2007 and Chairman of the Portfolio Committee in 2012. Mr. Pearson’s deal experience covered investments in the software and technology-enabled services markets. As Chairman of the Portfolio Committee, Mr. Pearson was charged with establishing and executing the firm’s global liquidity and value-creation targets as well as developing risk management parameters. Prior to joining General Atlantic, Mr. Pearson was a Business Analyst at McKinsey & Company, Inc. Mr. Pearson serves as Treasurer and Board Member of the Blossom Hill Foundation, a non-profit which provides fellowships to social entrepreneurs who develop ideas to help children affected by conflict. He received an M.A. and B.A. in Regional Science from The School of Arts and Sciences at the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Finance, Magna Cum Laude, from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Pearson is qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of his extensive experience leading General Atlantic’s portfolio management and advising technology companies.

Eileen Serra served on the board of directors of Seven Oaks from December 2020 to December 2021 and continues to serve as a member of the Board. During the course of her career, which has spanned over 20 years, Ms. Serra has served in various leadership roles in the financial services industry. Ms. Serra served in a number of senior executive roles at JPMorgan Chase, including as CEO of Chase Card Services from 2012 to 2016. Prior to joining JPMorgan Chase, Ms. Serra served as a Managing Director and Head of Private Client Banking Solutions at Merrill Lynch from 2002 to 2006. She also previously served as Senior Vice President at American Express where she led the Small Business Credit Card and Lending businesses. Before American Express, she served as a partner at McKinsey & Company for 12 years where she focused on strategy and organizational issues in the consumer goods and services sector. She currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Capital One (NYSE: COF), where she is a member of the Audit and Risk Committees, and as an independent director of Gartner, Inc. (NYSE: IT), where she is a member of the Compensation Committee. Ms. Serra also currently serves as Trustee of Family Promise, a non-profit focused on addressing family homelessness, and previously served as a member of the Board of the Women’s Refugee Commission. She received a B.S. from the University of California at Davis and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. We believe Ms. Serra is qualified to serve as a member of the Board because of her proven track record of success and her experience serving as a director and committee member for public companies.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Harshul Sanghi has served on the Board since December 2021. Mr. Sanghi is currently the Global Head of American Express Ventures, a department which he founded in 2011. During his time at Amex Ventures, Mr. Sanghi has led investments in a broad range of start-up companies, including Better.com, Boom Supersonic, Boxed.com, Instacart, FalconX, Finix, Next Insurance, Plaid, Stripe, and Turo. Additionally, Mr. Sanghi has participated in over 20 exits during his tenure, including BigCommerce (NASDAQ: BIGC), Bill.com (NYSE: BILL), iZettle, LearnVest, Warby Parker (NYSE: WRBY), and Toast (NYSE: TOST). Also, he currently sits on the boards of multiple portfolio private companies. Prior to Amex Ventures, Mr. Sanghi acted as a Managing Director at Motorola Ventures, Motorola’s (NYSE: MSI) venture capital division. Before Motorola Ventures, Mr. Sanghi led the US Set Top Box division at Philips (NYSE: PHG), which launched the first DirecTV-TiVo DVR. Throughout his 30-year career, Mr. Sanghi has been involved in numerous start-ups in a wide array of industries, including manufacturing, mobility, direct to home media, to financial services. Mr. Sanghi has a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from the University of Oregon and an MBA from the International Institute for Management Development in Switzerland. We believe that Mr. Sanghi is qualified to serve as a member of the Company’s board of directors because of his extensive experience leading Amex Ventures and advising various emerging companies, as well as his commitment to ESG principles.

There are no family relationships between or among any of Boxed’s directors or executive officers.

Corporate Governance

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner that we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of this corporate governance include:

•

we have independent director representation on our audit, compensation and nominating committees, and our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of its corporate officers or non-independent directors;

•

at least one of our directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC; and

•

we have begun to and will continue to implement a range of other corporate governance best practices, including placing limits on the number of directorships held by its directors to prevent “overboarding” and implementing a robust director education program.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

Our Board has extensive involvement in the oversight of risk management related to Boxed and our business and will accomplish this oversight through the regular reporting to the Board by the audit committee. The audit committee represents the Board by periodically reviewing Boxed’s accounting, reporting and financial practices, including the integrity of our financial statements, the surveillance of administrative and financial controls and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Through its regular meetings with management, including the finance, legal, internal audit and IT functions, the audit committee will review and discuss all significant areas of Boxed’s business and summarize for the Board all areas of risk and the appropriate mitigating factors. In addition, the Board will receive periodic detailed operating performance reviews from management.

Composition of Our Board

Our business and affairs is managed under the direction of our Board comprised of nine (9) members — Gary Matthews, Yuki Habu, Chieh Huang, David Liu, Emerson S. Moore II, Andrew Pearson, Harshul Sanghi, Eileen Serra and Jared Yaman, with Mr. Matthews appointed to serve as Chair of the Board. Our directors are classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Messrs. Pearson, Sanghi and Yaman serve as the initial Class I directors for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders; Ms. Habu, Mr. Moore and Ms. Serra serve as the initial Class II directors for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders; and Messrs. Huang, Liu and Matthews serve as the initial Class III directors for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders. At each annual meeting of the stockholders of Boxed beginning with the first annual meeting of the stockholders, subject to the special rights of the holders

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock to elect directors, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of the stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.

Board Committees

Our Board directs the management of our business and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its business through meetings of the Board and standing committees. We have a standing audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates under a written charter.

In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the Board when the Board deems it necessary or advisable to address specific issues. Current copies of Boxed’s committee charters are posted on our website, investors.boxed.com, as required by applicable SEC and the NYSE rules. The information on or available through any of such website is not deemed incorporated in this prospectus and does not form part of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Mr. Pearson, Mr. Sanghi and Ms. Serra, with Ms. Serra serving as the chair of the committee. Each of these individuals meets the independence requirements of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of the NYSE. Each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable NYSE rules. In arriving at this determination, the Board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their prior and/or current employment.

Ms. Serra qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NYSE rules. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically will meet privately with our audit committee.

The audit committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

•

appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;

•

discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management;

•

reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit;

•

pre-approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

•

overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC;

•

reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and

•

establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Liu, Moore and Pearson, with Mr. Liu serving as the chair of the committee. Messrs. Liu, Moore and Pearson are non-employee directors, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and each member is “independent” as defined under the applicable NYSE listing standards, including the standards specific to members of a compensation committee.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

•

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of these goals and objectives and setting or making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

•

reviewing and setting or making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of our other executive officers;

•

making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of our directors;

•

reviewing and approving or making recommendations to the Board regarding our incentive compensation and equity-based plans and arrangements; and

•

appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants. We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current the NYSE listing standards.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Liu, Matthews and Moore, with Mr. Matthews serving as the chair of the committee. Each member of the Boxed nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” as defined under the applicable listing standards of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations.

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

•

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board, consistent with criteria approved by the Board;

•

recommending to the Board the nominees for election to the Board at annual meetings of Boxed stockholders;

•

overseeing an evaluation of the Board and its committees; and

•

developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines. We believe that the composition and functioning of Boxed’s nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current the NYSE listing standards.

The Board may from time to time establish other committees.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics is available on our website, investors.boxed.com. We intend to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our Internet website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the Board or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our compensation committee. In addition, none of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee of the Board (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board.

Independence of the Board

NYSE rules generally require that independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. Based upon information requested from and provided by each proposed director

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our 2021 named executive officers who are named in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” below. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the Closing may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

Chieh Huang, Chief Executive Officer;

Alison Weick, President, E-Commerce; and

Mark Zimowski, Chief Financial Officer.

2021 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Stock Awards ($)(1)		Option Awards ($)(1)		Total ($)
Chieh Huang Chief Executive Officer		2021		297,549		6,122,750		—		6,420,299
Chieh Huang Chief Executive Officer		2020		316,750		—		—		316,750
Alison Weick President, E-Commerce		2021		283,832		3,235,535		—		3,519,367
Alison Weick President, E-Commerce		2020		219,935				343,780		563,715
Mark Zimowski Chief Financial Officer		2021		250,396		—		444,512		694,908
Mark Zimowski Chief Financial Officer

(1)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2021 computed in accordance with ASC 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to executive officers in Note 14 of our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Amounts also reflect the full-grant date fair value of time-based and price-target restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that will be granted to Mr. Huang and Ms. Weick in 2022. These awards were not issued until the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-8 filed on March 15, 2022, but they are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above given that the “grant date” for purposes of ASC 718 occurred in 2021.

2021 Salaries

The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. The actual base salaries paid to each named executive officer for 2021 are set forth in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” above in the column titled “Salary.”

2021 Cash Bonuses

We did not maintain an annual cash bonus program for our employees, including our named executive officers, in 2021. None of our named executive officers received any cash bonus payments with respect to their services in 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Equity Compensation

We previously maintained the Giddy Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to which we have granted stock options to certain service providers. Stock options granted pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan were converted into stock options in the Company and remain outstanding and eligible to vest in accordance with their terms following the consummation of the Business Combination. The description of awards below reflect such conversion.

In October 2021, we granted stock options to Mr. Zimowski covering 94,523 shares of our common stock. One-half of Mr. Zimowski’s stock option award vested on January 9, 2022, and the remaining stock option award vests in equal monthly installments, subject to Mr. Zimowski’s continued employment with the Company through each applicable date.

Following the Business Combination, no further awards have been or will be granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In connection with the Business Combination, we adopted the Incentive Award Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants in order to continue to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. No awards were granted to the named executive officers under the Incentive Award Plan in 2021. However, in 2021, for the purposes of ASC 718, we were deemed to have granted 900,000 and 380,000 RSUs to Mr. Huang and Ms. Weick, respectively, 300,000 and 210,000 of which are subject to time-based vesting, respectively, and 600,000 and 170,000 of which are subject to certain share price hurdles, respectively. While the 900,000 and 380,000 RSUs were not issued until the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-8, they are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above given that the “grant date” for purposes of ASC 718 occurred in 2021. The time-based vesting RSUs vest annually over the course of a three-year period, subject to each of the executive’s continuous employment. The performance-based RSUs will vest over a certain performance period based on stock price hurdles. In 2022, we expect to grant an additional 600,000 and 170,000 RSUs to Mr. Huang and Ms. Weick, respectively, that are subject to certain gross profit targets. See “Executive Compensation Arrangements — Chieh Huang” and see “Executive Compensation Arrangements — Alison Weick” for further details on these expected awards.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans. All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

•

medical, dental and vision benefits;

•

health savings account and flexible spending accounts;

•

short-term and long-term disability insurance;

•

life insurance;

•

commuter benefits; and

•

an employee life-event based assistance program.

We believe the benefits described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our employees, including our named executive officers. We do not provide any material perquisites to our named executive officers.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No Tax Gross-Ups

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or benefits paid or provided by our Company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2021 Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2021.

	Option Awards								Stock Awards
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable		Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date		Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)		Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (14)		Equity Incentive Awards: Number of Unearned Shares That Have Not Vested (#)		Equity Incentive Awards: Number of Unearned Shares That Have Not Vested ($)(14)
Chieh Huang		131,586(1)		34,628		3.37		8/7/2029
		—		—		—		—		300,000(10)		4,110,000		150,000(11)		2,055,000
Alison Weick		18,203(2)		19,788		3.00		7/28/2030
		71,235(3)		118,725		3.20		7/28/2030
		—		—		—				210,000(12)		2,877,000		42,500(13)		582,250
Mark Zimowski		23,745(4)		—		2.46		10/26/2026
		4,749(5)		—		3.21		11/8/2027
		6,232(6)		890		3.34		8/15/2028
		10,981(7)		3,265		3.34		11/7/2028
		5,045(8)		9,201		3.16		7/28/2030
		—(9)		94,523		1.57		3/15/2023

(1)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one year of service beginning on October 1, 2018, and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(2)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one year of service beginning on June 1, 2020, and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(3)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one year of service beginning on January 13, 2020, and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(4)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one year of service beginning on October 3, 2016 and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(5)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one year of service beginning on June 1, 2017 and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(6)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one year of service beginning on June 1, 2018 and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(7)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one

TABLE OF CONTENTS

year of service beginning on November 1, 2018 and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(8)

The option vests over a four-year period, with 25% of the shares vesting following completion of one year of service beginning on June 27, 2020 and 1/48th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(9)

The option vests over a 6-month period, with 50% of the shares vesting following completion of three months of service beginning on October 9, 2021 and 1/6th of the shares vesting upon the completion of each continuous month of service thereafter, subject to continued service through each vesting date.

(10)

This includes 300,000 time-based RSUs that vest annually over the course of a three-year LTIP period, subject to completion of continuous service through each anniversary date. Such RSUs were not granted by the Company until effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-8, but they are reflected in the table above given that the “grant date” for the purposes of ASC 718 occurred in 2021.

(11)

This represents the 150,000 price-target RSUs, which, upon grant, will vest over a derived service period based on certain stock price hurdles, subject to continued service through each vesting date, assuming an achievement of threshold performance. 600,000 is the number of shares that will be awarded if maximum performance is achieved. See “Executive Compensation Arrangements — Chieh Huang” for further details on such award. Such RSUs were not granted by the Company until effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-8, but they are reflected in the table above given that the “grant date” for the purposes of ASC 718 occurred in 2021.

(12)

This includes 210,000 time-based RSUs that vest annually over the course of a three-year LTIP period, subject to completion of continuous service through each anniversary date. Such RSUs were not granted by the Company until effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-8, but they are reflected in the table above given that the “grant date” for the purposes of ASC 718 occurred in 2021.

(13)

This represents the 42,500 price-target RSUs, which, upon grant, will vest over a derived service period based on certain stock price hurdles, subject to continued service through each vesting date, assuming an achievement of threshold performance. 170,000 is the number of shares that will be awarded if maximum performance is achieved. See “Executive Compensation Arrangements — Alison Weick” for further details on such award. Such RSUs were not granted by the Company until effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-8, but they are reflected in the table above given that the “grant date” for the purposes of ASC 718 occurred in 2021.

(14)

Represents the fair market value per share of our common stock of $13.70, as of December 31, 2021.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

Our named executive officers’ employment and non-compete agreements are described below. Additionally, in connection with the Business Combination, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Huang and Ms. Weick. We later entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Zimowski. The material terms of the employment agreements are described below.

Chieh Huang

Mr. Huang is currently subject to certain confidentiality and invention assignment obligations pursuant to a confidential information and invention assignment agreement, including a one-year post-termination non-solicit of employees and consultants. In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Huang, which includes certain material terms set forth below:

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Huang will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer for a term of two years, with automatic renewals for one-year periods thereafter absent notice of non- renewal from either party.

Mr. Huang has an initial annual base salary of $400,000, which shall not be subject to decreases generally except for any across-the-board reductions affecting all executives, and is eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus based 75% on Company performance objectives determined and approved

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by our Board and 25% on individual performance objectives determined by Mr. Huang and approved by our Board. Mr. Huang is initially eligible for minimum, target and maximum bonus opportunities of 50%, 75% and 150% of his annual base salary, respectively. Mr. Huang is also eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans that are offered to similarly situated employees.

Additionally, Mr. Huang is eligible for a three-year long-term incentive program (“LTIP”), under which he received a grant of 1,500,000 shares of RSUs eligible to vest over a three year period (the “LTIP Period”). 300,000 RSUs vest over time based on continued service over the LTIP Period, 600,000 RSUs will vest based on achievement of certain gross profit targets over the LTIP Period (“Profit Target RSUs”) and 600,000 RSUs will vest based on achievement of certain share price hurdles for our common stock during the LTIP Period (“Price Target RSUs”), each subject to Mr. Huang’s continuous employment through each vesting date. In the event Mr. Huang is terminated during the LTIP Period by us without Cause or Mr. Huang resigns for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the term sheet) (“Involuntary Termination”), any unvested RSUs subject to serviced-based vesting shall be forfeited and Mr. Huang shall remain eligible to vest in his unvested performance-based RSUs through the remainder of the LTIP Period as follows, in each case subject to the performance-based vesting milestone attributable to the RSUs being achieved by the end of the LTIP Period: (a) if such Involuntary Termination occurs during the first year of the LTIP Period, up to 150,000 Profit Target RSUs and 150,000 Price Target RSUs; (b) if such Involuntary Termination occurs during the second year of the LTIP Period, up to 325,000 Profit Target RSUs and 325,000 Price Target RSUs; and (c) if such Involuntary Termination occurs during the third year of the LTIP Period, all Profit Target RSUs and Price Target RSUs. Further, all or a portion of the RSUs are subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a change in control (to be defined in the LTIP) (or an Involuntary Termination within six (6) months prior thereto).

If Mr. Huang incurs an Involuntary Termination, in exchange for a release of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Huang shall receive (i) continued payment of his base salary in equal installments for 24 months, (ii) in the event that Mr. Huang is eligible for and timely elects continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), reimbursements for the monthly costs of the COBRA premiums for 18 months; (iii) any earned and unpaid annual bonus for the prior performance period; and (iv) a payment equal to Mr. Huang’s annual bonus target, pro-rated for the number of days Mr. Huang was employed in the year of termination. If Mr. Huang resigns for Good Reason following a change in control and his base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, and employee benefits are substantially similar following such change in control, then any severance payable to Mr. Huang shall be delayed until Mr. Huang completes up to 12 months of transition support, as determined by the Company.

Mr. Huang is bound by standard non-competition and non-solicitation obligations applicable during the term of employment and for up to 24 months thereafter (the “Restriction Period”), and non- disparagement and confidentiality obligations applicable during the term of employment and surviving indefinitely following the end of the term of employment. In the event Mr. Huang is terminated or resigns following a change in control, then the Restriction Period applicable to Mr. Huang’s post-termination non-competition obligations shall be reduced for any period of transition support Mr. Huang provides at the request of the Company, for a maximum reduction of up to 12 months.

In addition, to the extent any payments made to Mr. Huang under his employment agreement would at any point result, on their own, or in connection with any other payments owed to him, in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, such payments shall only be reduced to the extent a reduction would result in Mr. Huang being better off on an after-tax basis than simply receiving the payments subject to such excise tax.

Alison Weick

In connection with the Business Combination, we have entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Weick. Pursuant to her new employment agreement, Ms. Weick will serve as President, E-Commerce of the Company for a term of two years, with automatic renewals for one-year periods thereafter absent notice of non-renewal from either party.

Ms. Weick has an initial base salary of $330,000, which shall not be subject to decreases generally except for any across-the-board reductions affecting all executives, and is eligible to receive an annual cash

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

performance bonus based 75% on Company performance objectives determined and approved by the Board and 25% on individual performance objectives determined by Ms. Weick and approved by the Board. Ms. Weick is initially eligible for minimum, target and maximum bonus opportunities of 33%, 50% and 150% of her annual base salary, respectively. Ms. Weick is also eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans that are offered to similarly situated employees.

Additionally, Ms. Weick is eligible for a three-year long-term incentive program (“LTIP”), under which she received a grant of 550,000 shares of RSUs eligible to vest over a three-year period (the “LTIP Period”). 210,000 RSUs vest over time based on continued service over the LTIP Period (the “Time Vesting RSUs”), 170,000 RSUs will vest based on achievement of certain gross profit targets over the LTIP Period (“Profit Target RSUs”) and 170,000 RSUs will vest based on achievement of certain share price hurdles for Boxed during the LTIP Period (“Price Target RSUs”), each subject to Ms. Weick’s continuous employment through each vesting date. In the event of a change in control during the LTIP Period, subject to Ms. Weick’s continuous employment through the change in control and for a period of twelve months thereafter, the Profits Target RSUs and Price Target RSUs shall vest to the extent the share price hurdles for Boxed have been achieved. In the event Ms. Weick incurs an Involuntary Termination within six months prior to a change in control or within twelve months following a change in control, the RSUs shall be treated as follows: (a) 50% of all unvested Time Vesting RSUs shall vest and the Profit Target RSUs and Price Target RSUs shall remain outstanding and be eligible to vest to the extent the performance conditions have been achieved.

If Ms. Weick is terminated during the LTIP Period by us without Cause or Ms. Weick resigns for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the employment agreement) (“Involuntary Termination”), in exchange for a release of claims in favor of the Company, Ms. Weick shall receive (i) continued payment of her base salary in equal installments for 12 months and (ii) any earned and unpaid annual bonus for the prior performance period. If Ms. Weick resigns for Good Reason following a change in control and her base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, and employee benefits are substantially similar following such change in control, then any severance payable to Ms. Weick shall be delayed until Ms. Weick completes up to 12 months of transition support, as determined by the Company.

Ms. Weick will be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation obligations applicable during the term of employment and for up to 12 months thereafter (the “Restriction Period”), and non- disparagement and confidentiality obligations applicable during the term of employment and surviving indefinitely following the end of the term of employment. In the event Ms. Weick is terminated or resigns following a change in control, then the Restriction Period applicable to Ms. Weick’s post-termination non- competition obligations shall be reduced for any period of transition support Ms. Weick provides at the request of the Company, for a maximum reduction of up to 12 months.

In addition, to the extent any payments made to Ms. Weick under her employment agreement would at any point result, on their own, or in connection with any other payments owed to her, in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, such payments shall only be reduced to the extent a reduction would result in Ms. Weick after-tax basis than simply receiving the payments subject to such excise tax.

Mark Zimowski

On February 21, 2022, we have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Zimowski. Pursuant to his new employment agreement, Mr. Zimowski will continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company for a term of two years, with automatic renewals for one-year periods thereafter absent notice of non-renewal from either party.

Mr. Zimowski has an initial base salary of $330,000, which shall not be subject to decreases generally except for any across-the-board reductions affecting all executives, and is eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus based 75% on Company performance objectives, of which 50% will be based on a gross profit target and 50% to be based on Adjusted EBITDA target, both as determined and approved by the Board, and 25% on individual performance objectives determined by Mr. Zimowski and approved by the Board. Mr. Zimowski is initially eligible for minimum, target and maximum bonus opportunities of 40%, 60% and 120% of his annual base salary, respectively. Mr. Zimowski is also eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans that are offered to similarly situated employees.

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, Mr. Zimowski is eligible for a three-year long-term incentive program (“LTIP”), under which he will receive a grant of 800,000 shares of RSUs eligible to vest over a three-year period (the “LTIP Period”). 320,000 RSUs vest over time based on continued service over the LTIP Period (the “Time Vesting RSUs”), 240,000 RSUs will vest based on achievement of certain gross profit targets over the LTIP Period (“Profit Target RSUs”) and 240,000 RSUs will vest based on achievement of certain share price hurdles for Boxed during the LTIP Period (“Price Target RSUs”), each subject to Mr. Zimowski’s continuous employment through each vesting date. In the event of a change in control during the LTIP Period, subject to Mr. Zimowski’s continuous employment through the change in control and for a period of twelve months thereafter, the Profits Target RSUs and Price Target RSUs shall vest to the extent the share price hurdles for Boxed have been achieved. In the event Mr. Zimowski incurs an Involuntary Termination within six months prior to a change in control or within twelve months following a change in control, the RSUs shall be treated as follows: (a) 100% of all unvested Time Vesting RSUs shall vest and the Profit Target RSUs and Price Target RSUs shall vest to the extent certain net sale price performance conditions have been achieved.

If Mr. Zimowski is terminated during the LTIP Period by us without Cause or Mr. Zimowski resigns for Good Reason (as each term is defined in the employment agreement) (“Involuntary Termination”), in exchange for a release of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Zimowski shall receive (i) continued payment of his base salary in equal installments for 12 months and (ii) any earned and unpaid annual bonus for the prior performance period. If Mr. Zimowski resigns for Good Reason following a change in control and his base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, and employee benefits are substantially similar following such change in control, then any severance payable to Mr. Zimowski shall be delayed until Ms. Zimowski completes up to 12 months of transition support, as determined by the Company.

Mr. Zimowski will be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation obligations applicable during the term of employment and for up to 12 months thereafter (the “Restriction Period”), and non-disparagement obligations during the term of employment and surviving for five years thereafter and confidentiality obligations during the term of employment and surviving indefinitely thereafter. In the event Mr. Zimowski is terminated or resigns following a change in control, then the Restriction Period applicable to Mr. Zimowski’s post-termination non- competition obligations shall be reduced for any period of transition support Mr. Zimowski provides at the request of the Company, for a maximum reduction of up to 12 months.

In addition, to the extent any payments made to Mr. Zimowski under his employment agreement would at any point result, on their own, or in connection with any other payments owed to him, in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, such payments shall only be reduced to the extent a reduction would result in Mr. Zimowski after-tax basis than simply receiving the payments subject to such excise tax.

Equity Compensation Plans

Giddy Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

We previously maintained the Giddy Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Equity Incentive Plan”). The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides our employees (including the named executive officers), consultants, non-employee directors, and other service providers and those of our affiliates the opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of our business through the receipt of stock options to purchase shares of our Common Stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). We believe that such awards encourage a sense of proprietorship and stimulate interest in our development and financial success. The summary of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

From and after the effectiveness of the Incentive Award Plan, no new awards will be made under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. However, all outstanding awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan continue to be governed by their existing terms under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. There were 5,843,955 shares underlying outstanding awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan at the Closing. If any of such outstanding awards are forfeited, expire, cancel or otherwise terminate without some or all of the underlying shares being issued, then the shares not issued will be added to the Incentive Award Plan’s reserves.

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees and consultants were eligible to receive awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides that it will be administered by the Board, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of its directors (referred to collectively as the “plan administrator”), subject to the limitations imposed under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, stock exchange rules and other applicable laws. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan has been administered by the Board.

The plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, make fair market value determinations; approve forms of award agreement used under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan; grant awards and set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan; determine whether and when awards may be settled in cash; amend and approve addenda to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan; and interpret the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and award agreements.

Shares Available for Awards

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will not be used for awards granted after the Business Combination.

Any shares subject to awards previously granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited will not be available for further issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or the Incentive Award Plan.

Awards

The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including stock options which are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code (“ISOs”) and nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), the right to purchase or receive our Common Stock, including restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and SARs. Certain awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan may constitute or provide for payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be evidenced by award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of awards, including any applicable vesting, settlement and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations.

•

Stock Options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our Common Stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, in contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the grant date (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to NSOs that are in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and certain substitute awards granted in connection with a merger or other corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders).

•

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock are nontransferable shares of our Common Stock that are subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

•

RSUs. RSUs are contractual obligations to deliver shares of our Common Stock or cash in the future, which are subject to vesting and other restrictions. No shares of our Common Stock are issued at the time the RSU is granted, and holders of RSUs have no voting rights unless and until shares of Common Stock are delivered in settlement of the RSUs.

•

SARs. A SAR entitles the participant to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of our Common Stock on the exercise date and the exercise price of the SAR (which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the grant date), multiplied by the number of shares subject to the SAR.

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain Transactions

The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our Common Stock, such as stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, consolidations and reclassifications. In addition, in the event of certain non- reciprocal transactions, extraordinary dividends, recapitalizations, rights offerings, reorganizations, mergers, spin-offs, split-ups or similar changes in corporate structure, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and outstanding awards.

Plan Amendment and Termination

The Board terminated the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in connection with the Business Combination.

However, all outstanding awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and no change to such terms and conditions may materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant under an outstanding 2013 Equity Incentive Plan award without the consent of the affected participant.

Foreign Participants and Transferability

The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish addenda and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the limits imposed under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. Awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are generally non-transferrable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order, and are generally exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, permit participants to satisfy all or part of his or her tax, withholding or any other required deductions or payments by cashless exercise or by surrendering shares, as permitted by applicable law.

Awards Granted Under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

We have granted ISOs and NSOs under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 8, 2021, there were 5,843,955 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Any unvested stock options granted pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan were converted into stock options in the Company and remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms following the consummation of the Business Combination.

Boxed, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan

In connection with the Business Combination, we adopted the Boxed, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete.

This section summarizes certain principal features of the Incentive Award Plan. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Incentive Award Plan.

Eligibility and Administration

Boxed’s employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of any of Boxed’s subsidiaries, are eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Award Plan. The basis for participation in the Incentive Award Plan by eligible persons is the selection of such persons for participation by the plan administrator in its discretion. The Incentive Award Plan will be generally administered by the Board, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of the Board and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the Incentive Award Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, and adopt rules

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for the administration of, the Incentive Award Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the Incentive Award Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions. The plan administrator may also institute and determine the terms and conditions of an “exchange program,” which could provide for the surrender or cancellation, transfer, or reduction or increase of exercise price, of outstanding awards, subject to the limitations provided for in the Incentive Award Plan. The plan administrator’s determinations under the Incentive Award Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Incentive Award Plan or any award thereunder.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

A total of 10,024,848 shares of Common Stock were initially reserved for issuance under the Incentive Award Plan. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by the Board. No more than a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the 10,024,848 may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the Incentive Award Plan. Shares issued under the Incentive Award Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares. Following the effectiveness of the Incentive Award Plan, no further awards shall be granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

If an award under the Incentive Award Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered to an exchange program, repurchased, cancelled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, then any shares subject to such award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the Incentive Award Plan. Shares delivered to Boxed by a participant to satisfy the applicable exercise price or purchase price of an award and/or satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including shares retained by Boxed from the award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation), will become or again be available for award grants under the Incentive Award Plan. The payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not count against the number of shares available for issuance under the Incentive Award Plan. Awards granted under the Incentive Award Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which Boxed enters into a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the Incentive Award Plan. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, make adjustments to the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued under the Incentive Award Plan upon the occurrence of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Boxed, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of Boxed, change in control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company or similar corporate transaction or event.

Awards

The Incentive Award Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs; restricted stock; dividend equivalents; restricted stock units, or RSUs; stock appreciation rights, or SARs; and other stock or cash-based awards. Certain awards under the Incentive Award Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the Incentive Award Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of Common Stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and only with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction, the exercise price of a stock

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders). Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator in accordance with applicable laws, the term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions as the plan administrator may determine. ISOs may be granted only to Boxed’s U.S. employees and employees of Boxed’s present or future parent or subsidiaries, if any.

SARs. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from Boxed an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction), and unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator in accordance with applicable laws, the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Restricted stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of Common Stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are unfunded, unsecured rights to receive, on the applicable settlement date, Common Stock or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the plan administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions during the applicable restriction period or periods set forth in the award agreement. RSUs may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of Common Stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares, subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the RSUs with respect to which the dividend equivalents are granted. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral and in accordance with applicable law. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, performance and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

Other stock or cash-based awards. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants, including awards entitling participants to receive Common Stock to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified performance criteria or otherwise). Such awards may be paid in Common Stock, cash or other property, as the administrator determines. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including, but not limited to, gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on shareholders’ equity; total shareholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation,

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; marketing initiatives; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or its applicable committee, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to Boxed’s performance or the performance of its subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. When determining performance goals, the plan administrator may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the plan administrator determines should appropriately be excluded, including, without limitation, non-recurring charges or events, acquisitions or divestitures, changes in the corporate or capital structure, events not directly related to the business or outside of the reasonable control of management, foreign exchange gains or losses, and legal, regulatory, tax or accounting changes.

Provisions of the Incentive Award Plan Relating to Director Compensation

The Incentive Award Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non- employee directors from time to time subject to the Incentive Award Plan’s limitations. The plan administrator may establish the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee director compensation in its discretion and in the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the sum of any cash compensation or other compensation and the grant date fair value (as determined in accordance with ASC 718, or any successor thereto) of any equity awards granted as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any calendar year may not exceed $500,000. The plan administrator may make exceptions to this limits for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances, as the plan administrator may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other contemporaneous compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Certain Transactions

In connection with certain transactions and events affecting Common Stock, including, without limitation, any dividend or other distribution, reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Boxed, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of Boxed, a change in control, or issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of Boxed, or similar corporate transaction or event, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the Incentive Award Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate such transaction or event, or give effect to such change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards in exchange for either an amount in cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such award or realization of the participant’s rights under the vested portion of such award, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares available, replacing awards with other rights or property and/or terminating awards under the Incentive Award Plan.

For purposes of the Incentive Award Plan, a “change in control” means and includes each of the following:

•

a transaction or series of transactions whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than Boxed or its subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan maintained by Boxed or any of its subsidiaries or a “person”

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, us) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Boxed’s securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of Boxed’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

•

during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with Boxed to effect a change in control transaction) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by Boxed’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

•

the consummation by Boxed (whether directly or indirectly) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of Boxed’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

•

which results in Boxed’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into or exchanged for voting securities of the company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of Boxed’s assets or otherwise succeeds to Boxed’s business, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the successor entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

•

after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the successor entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the successor entity solely as a result of the voting power held in Boxed prior to the consummation of the transaction.

Foreign Participants, Claw-back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments

With respect to foreign participants, the plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by Boxed to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the Incentive Award Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the Incentive Award Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the Incentive Award Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion and subject to any applicable blackout or lock-up periods, accept cash, wire transfer, or check, shares of Common Stock that meet specified conditions (a market sell order) or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

Plan Amendment and Termination

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Incentive Award Plan at any time. However, no amendment, other than an increase in the number of shares available under the Incentive Award Plan, in excess of the initial pool and annual increase as described above, may materially and adversely affect any award outstanding at the time of such amendment in a manner disproportionate to other similarly-situated awards without the affected participant’s consent. The Board will obtain stockholder approval for any plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws. The plan administrator will have the authority, without the approval of Boxed’s shareholders, to amend any outstanding award, including by substituting another award of the same or different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, converting an ISO to an NSO and institute any such exchange program. No award may be granted pursuant to the Incentive Award Plan after the expiration of the Incentive Award Plan. The Incentive Award Plan is scheduled to remain in effect until the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date on which the board of

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors of SVOK adopted the Incentive Award Plan and (ii) the earliest date as of which all awards granted under the Incentive Award Plan have been satisfied in full or terminated and no shares approved for issuance under the Incentive Award Plan remain available to be granted under new awards.

Securities Laws

The Incentive Award Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Exchange Act Rule 16b-3. The Incentive Award Plan will be administered, and awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The material federal income tax consequences of the Incentive Award Plan under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general U.S. federal income tax principles applicable to the Incentive Award Plan. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

Stock options and SARs. An Incentive Award Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income and Boxed generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of a stock option or SAR. The tax consequences of exercising a stock option and the subsequent disposition of the shares received upon exercise will depend upon whether the option qualifies as an ISO or an NSO. Upon exercising an NSO when the fair market value of Common Stock is higher than the exercise price of the option, an Incentive Award Plan participant generally will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates equal to the excess of the fair market value of the stock on the date of exercise over the purchase price, and Boxed (or its subsidiaries, if any) generally will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price for the shares. Upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the option shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Upon exercising an ISO, an Incentive Award Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income, and Boxed will not be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense. However, upon exercise, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares purchased exceeds the purchase price will be an item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. The participant will recognize taxable income upon a sale or other taxable disposition of the option shares. For federal income tax purposes, dispositions are divided into two categories: qualifying and disqualifying. A qualifying disposition generally occurs if the sale or other disposition is made more than two years after the date the option was granted and more than one year after the date the shares are transferred upon exercise. If the sale or disposition occurs before these two periods are satisfied, then a disqualifying disposition generally will result.

Upon a qualifying disposition of ISO shares, the participant will recognize long-term capital gain in an amount equal to the excess of the amount realized upon the sale or other disposition of the shares over their purchase price. If there is a disqualifying disposition of the shares, then the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or, if less, the price at which the shares are sold) over their purchase price will be taxable as ordinary income to the participant. If there is a disqualifying disposition in the same year of exercise, it eliminates the item of adjustment for alternative minimum tax purposes. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon the disposition will be recognized as a capital gain or loss by the participant.

Boxed will not be entitled to any tax deduction if the participant makes a qualifying disposition of ISO shares. If the participant makes a disqualifying disposition of the shares, Boxed should be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of the ordinary income recognized by the participant.

Upon exercising or settling a SAR, an Incentive Award Plan participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and Boxed should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid or value of the shares issued upon exercise or settlement. Payments in shares

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment, and upon the subsequent disposition of the shares the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Restricted stock and RSUs. An Incentive Award Plan participant generally will not recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates and Boxed generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of restricted stock or RSUs. Upon the termination of restrictions on restricted stock or the payment of RSUs, the participant will recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, and Boxed should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense, in the amount paid to the participant or the amount by which the then fair market value of the shares received by the participant exceeds the amount, if any, paid for them. Upon the subsequent disposition of any shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

However, an Incentive Award Plan participant granted restricted stock that is subject to forfeiture or repurchase through a vesting schedule such that it is subject to a risk of forfeiture (as defined in Section 83 of the Code) may make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize taxable income at ordinary income tax rates, at the time of the grant, in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of grant, less the amount paid, if any, for the shares. Boxed will be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation, in the amount recognized as taxable income by the participant. If a timely Section 83(b) election is made, the participant will not recognize any additional ordinary income on the termination of restrictions on restricted stock, and Boxed will not be entitled to any additional tax deduction.

Other stock or cash-based awards. An Incentive Award Plan participant will not recognize taxable income and Boxed will not be entitled to a tax deduction upon the grant of other stock or cash-based awards until cash or shares are paid or distributed to the participant. At that time, any cash payments or the fair market value of shares that the participant receives will be taxable to the participant at ordinary income tax rates and Boxed should be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense. Payments in shares will be valued at the fair market value of the shares at the time of the payment. Upon the subsequent disposition of the shares, the participant will recognize a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss in the amount of the difference between the sales price of the shares and the participant’s tax basis in the shares.

Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) of the Code currently limits the deduction certain employers may take for otherwise deductible compensation payable to certain executive officers (and, in future years, potentially certain other employees) of the employer to the extent the compensation paid to such an officer for the year exceeds $1.0 million. Payment of awards under the Incentive Award Plan could result in an officer (and, in future years, potentially other employees) receiving compensation in excess of $1.0 million in a year and thus a loss of deductibility for the Company.

Section 280G of the Code. Section 280G of the Code limits the deduction that the employer may take for otherwise deductible compensation payable to certain individuals if the compensation constitutes an “excess parachute payment.” Excess parachute payments arise from payments made to disqualified individuals that are in the nature of compensation and are contingent on changes in ownership or control of the employer or certain affiliates. Accelerated vesting or payment of awards under the Incentive Award Plan upon a change in ownership or control of the employer or its affiliates could result in excess parachute payments. In addition to the deduction limitation applicable to the employer, a disqualified individual receiving an excess parachute payment is subject to a 20% excise tax on the amount thereof.

Section 409A of the Code. Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) imposes an additional 20% tax and interest on an individual receiving non-qualified deferred compensation under a plan that fails to satisfy certain requirements. For purposes of Section 409A, “non-qualified deferred compensation” could include equity-based incentive programs, including certain stock options, stock appreciation rights and RSU programs. Generally speaking, Section 409A does not apply to incentive stock options, non-discounted non-qualified stock options and stock appreciation rights if no deferral is provided beyond exercise, or restricted stock.

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The awards made pursuant to the Incentive Award Plan are expected to be designed in a manner intended to be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, if the Incentive Award Plan or any award thereunder fails to be maintained and administered in compliance with Section 409A, a participant could be subject to the additional taxes and interest. State, local and foreign tax consequences may in some cases differ from the United States federal income tax consequences described above. The foregoing summary of the United States federal income tax consequences in respect of the Incentive Award Plan is for general information only. Interested parties should consult their own advisors as to specific tax consequences of their awards.

The Incentive Award Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and is not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

Boxed, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with the Business Combination, we adopted the Boxed, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which will assist eligible employees to acquire a stock ownership interest in Boxed, to help eligible employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in Boxed’s employment.

The ESPP is comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant the right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP to U.S. and to non-U.S. employees. Specifically, the ESPP authorizes (1) the grant of the right to purchase shares of Common Stock by U.S. employees that are intended to qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (the “Section 423 Component”), and (2) the grant of the right to purchase shares of Common Stock that are not intended to qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code to facilitate participation for employees located outside of the U.S. to provide flexibility to comply with non-U.S. law and other considerations (the “Non-Section 423 Component”). Where permitted under local law and custom, we expect that the Non-Section 423 Component will generally be operated and administered on terms and conditions similar to the Section 423 Component.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of 2,004,969 shares of Common Stock were initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending on and including January 31, 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by the Board. The number of shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the Section 423 Component of the ESPP will not exceed 20,056,430 shares of Common Stock. The Board or a committee of the Board will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility

We expect that all of the Boxed employees will be eligible to participate in the ESPP, subject to certain exceptions. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock and other securities of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company. Directors who are not employees are not eligible to participate. Employees who choose not to participate, or are not eligible to participate at the start of an offering period but who become eligible thereafter, may enroll in any subsequent offering period. As of the Closing, we are expected to have approximately 245 employees who will be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Additionally, the plan administrator may provide that an employee will not be eligible to participate in an offering period under the Section 423 Component if (i) such employee is a highly compensated employee under Section 414(q) of the Code, (ii) such employee has not met a service requirement designated by the plan administrator, (iii) such employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours per week or less, (iv) such employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year and/or (v) such

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

employee is a citizen or resident of a non-U.S. jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the ESPP to such employee would be prohibited under the laws of such non-U.S. jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase such shares under the ESPP to such employee in compliance with the laws of such non-U.S. jurisdiction would cause the ESPP to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

Grant of Rights

Stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty-seven months long. The plan administrator will establish one or more purchase periods within each offering period. The number of purchase periods within, and purchase dates during each offering period, will be established by the plan administrator prior to the commencement of each offering period. The length of the purchase periods will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty-seven months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day of the purchase period or such other date as determined by the plan administrator. Payroll deductions for each offering periods under the ESPP will commence for a participant on the first regular payday following the applicable enrollment date of an offering period and will end on the last such payday in the offering period to which such participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated or suspended by the participant or plan administrator under the ESPP. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods. In non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the ESPP through payroll deductions is prohibited, the plan administrator may provide that an eligible employee may elect to participate through contributions to the participant’s account under the ESPP in a form acceptable to the plan administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase Common Stock through payroll deductions of a specified percentage or a fixed dollar amount of their eligible compensation, which, in either event, may not be less than 1% and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the plan administrator for the applicable offering period or purchase period. In the absence of a contrary designation, such maximum percentage will be 20%. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period or purchase period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the Section 423 Component at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of Common Stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will be granted the right to purchase shares of Common Stock. The right will expire on the earlier of, the end of the applicable offering period, the last purchase date of the offering period, and the date on which the participant withdraws from the ESPP, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions (or contributions) accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, with respect to the Section 423 Component will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Common Stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions (and contributions, if applicable) that have not yet been used to purchase shares of Common Stock. If a participant withdraws from the ESPP during an offering period, the participant cannot rejoin until the next offering period. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment. A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting Common Stock, including, without limitation, any dividend or other distribution, change in control, reorganization, merger, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or sale or exchange of our shares of Common Stock, or other similar corporate transaction or event, the plan

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of any events or transactions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or any unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment; Termination

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, in excess of the initial pool and annual increase as described above, or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP. The ESPP will continue until terminated by the Board.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The material federal income tax consequences of the ESPP under current federal income tax law are summarized in the following discussion, which deals with the general tax principles applicable to the ESPP. The following discussion is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change. Foreign, state and local tax laws, and employment, estate and gift tax considerations are not discussed due to the fact that they may vary depending on individual circumstances and from locality to locality.

The ESPP, and the right of participants to make purchases thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code. Under the applicable Code provisions, no income will be taxable to a participant until the sale or other disposition of the shares purchased under the ESPP. This means that an eligible employee will not recognize taxable income on the date the employee is granted a right under the ESPP (i.e., the first day of the offering period). In addition, the employee will not recognize taxable income upon the purchase of shares. Upon such sale or disposition, the participant will generally be subject to tax in an amount that depends upon the length of time such shares are held by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or disposed of more than two years from the first day of the offering period during which the shares were purchased and more than one year from the date of purchase, or if the participant dies while holding the shares, the participant (or his or her estate) will recognize ordinary income measured as the lesser of: (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such sale or disposition over the purchase price; or (2) an amount equal to 15% of the fair market value of the shares as of the first day of the offering period. Any additional gain will be treated as long-term capital gain. If the shares are held for the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, there is no ordinary income and the participating employee has a long-term capital loss for the difference between the sale price and the purchase price.

If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above, the participant will recognize ordinary income generally measured as the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date the shares are purchased over the purchase price and we will be entitled to a tax deduction for compensation expense in the amount of ordinary income recognized by the employee. Any additional gain or loss on such sale or disposition will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on how long the shares were held following the date they were purchased by the participant prior to disposing of them. If the shares are sold or otherwise disposed of before the expiration of the holding periods described above but are sold for a price that is less than the purchase price, the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase over the purchase price (and we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction), but the participant generally will be able to report a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price of the shares and the fair market value of the shares on the date of purchase.

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Director Compensation

None of our directors received any compensation for their services as a director for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. However, in connection with the Business Combination, we established a policy pursuant to which each independent non-employee director who did not otherwise serve as the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Boxed prior to the effectiveness of the Business Combination are expected to receive compensation for future fiscal years. Pursuant to such policy, eligible non-employee directors will receive an annual director fee of $62,500, as well as an additional fee of $20,000 for service as a chairperson of our audit committee, $10,000 for service on our audit committee, $10,000 for service as a chairperson of our nominating and governance committee, $5,000 for service on our nominating and governance committee, $15,000 for service as a chairperson of our compensation committee and $7,500 for service on our compensation committee, each earned on a quarterly basis. Each eligible non-employee director will receive an initial equity award with a grant date value of $62,500, which will vest in full on the date of our annual shareholder meeting immediately following the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director continuing in service through each vesting date. Each eligible non-employee director will also receive an annual equity award with a grant date value of $62,500, which will vest in full on the earlier of the date of our annual shareholder meeting immediately following the date of grant or the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director continuing in service through such meeting date and a start date equity award with a grant date value of $62,500, which will vest on the earlier of the date of our annual shareholder meeting immediately following the date of grant or the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director continuing in service through such meeting date, provided, that, the first annual equity award for each non-employee director shall be prorated based on such non-employee director’s board service start date. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Incentive Award Plan), all outstanding equity awards held by eligible non-employee directors will immediately vest in full.

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. Under the policy, our legal team is primarily responsible for developing and implementing processes and procedures to obtain information regarding related persons with respect to potential related person transactions and then determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether such potential related person transactions do, in fact, constitute related person transactions requiring compliance with the policy. If our legal team determines that a transaction or relationship is a related person transaction requiring compliance with the policy, our legal department is required to present to the Audit Committee all relevant facts and circumstances relating to the related person transaction. Our Audit Committee must review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction, take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and either approve or disapprove the related person transaction. If advance Audit Committee approval of a related person transaction requiring the Audit Committee’s approval is not feasible, then the transaction may be preliminarily entered into by management upon prior approval of the transaction by the chairperson of the Audit Committee subject to ratification of the transaction by the Audit Committee at the Audit Committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting; provided, that if ratification is not forthcoming, management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction. If a transaction was not initially recognized as a related person, then upon such recognition the transaction will be presented to the Audit Committee for ratification at the Audit Committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting; provided, that if ratification is not forthcoming, management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction. Our management will update the Audit Committee as to any material changes to any approved or ratified related person transaction and will provide a status report at least annually of all then current related person transactions. No director may participate in approval of a related person transaction for which he or she is a related person.

All transactions described below that were entered into following the Closing were undertaken in compliance with our Related Person Transaction Policy described above, including review and approval by our Audit Committee.

Relationships and Transactions with Directors, Executive Officers and Significant Stockholders

The following are certain transactions, arrangements and relationships with our directors, executive officers and stockholders owning 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, since January 1, 2019, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive Compensation.”

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Closing, we and certain stockholders of Old Boxed and Seven Oaks entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed to file a shelf registration statement with respect to the registrable securities under the Registration Rights Agreement within 30 days of the closing of the Business Combination. Certain Old Boxed stockholders and Seven Oaks stockholders may each request to sell all or any portion of their registrable securities in an underwritten offering not more than once in any 12-month period, so long as the total offering price is reasonably expected to exceed $50.0 million. We also agreed to provide “piggyback” registration rights, subject to certain requirements and customary conditions. The Registration Rights Agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the stockholders against certain liabilities.

Sponsor Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, we, Seven Oaks, the Sponsor, and Jones entered into a sponsor agreement (the “Sponsor Agreement”), pursuant to which

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1,940,625 Founder Shares (as defined below) are subject to the following time and performance-based vesting provisions: half of the Earnout Shares will become vested if, within the Earnout Period, our common stock trades at greater than $12.00 per share for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30) trading day period, and with the remainder of the Earnout Shares to be released if, within the Earnout Period, our common stock trades at greater than $14.00 per share for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30) trading day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Earnout Shares will vest in the event of a sale of Boxed at a price that is equal to or greater than the redemption price payable to our stockholders. Founder Shares subject to vesting pursuant to the above terms that do not vest in accordance with such terms shall be forfeited. With certain exceptions, the Sponsor and Jones agreed that it will not transfer any Founder Shares until 180 days after (and excluding) the Closing (the “Lock-up Period”), consistent with the provisions under Section 7.12 of our bylaws.

Seven Oaks Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

On October 13, 2020, our Sponsor and Jones, an affiliate of one of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering and an affiliate of the Holder, purchased the Founder Shares for a total purchase price of $25,000. On December 17, 2020, Seven Oaks effected a 1.125-for-1 stock split of its Class B common stock, resulting in an aggregate of 6,468,750 shares of Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) outstanding. Of the 6,468,750 Founder Shares outstanding, up to 843,750 shares were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the over-allotment option was not exercised in full by the underwriters, so that the Founder Shares would represent 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. The underwriters exercised their over-allotment option in full on December 22, 2020; thus, these 843,750 Founder Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. At the Closing, pursuant to the Convertible Note Subscription Agreements, the Sponsor transferred 102,075 Founder Shares to XYQ US, LLC and JTCM Ventures, an affiliate of Jones, transferred 22,925 Founder Shares to XYQ US, LLC. Upon consummation of the Closing, the aggregate 125,000 transferred Founder Shares automatically converted into 125,000 shares of common stock.

Seven Oaks’ office space was leased by an affiliate of the Sponsor. Commencing upon consummation of the Initial Public Offering, Seven Oaks reimbursed the affiliate of the Sponsor $20,000 per month for office space, secretarial and administrative services. Upon the Closing, it ceased paying these monthly fees.

Private Placements

Seven Oaks entered into common stock PIPE Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase immediately prior to the Closing an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, of which an aggregate of 100,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock were issued to certain members of Seven Oaks’ and Boxed’s management teams. In connection with the Closing, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock, including the shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock issued to the PIPE Investors, converted, on a one-for-one basis, into shares of common stock.

Seven Oaks also entered into the Convertible Note Subscription Agreements, each dated as of June 13, 2021, with certain institutional investors, pursuant to which, among other things, Seven Oaks agreed to issue and sell, in Private Placements to close immediately prior to the Closing, an aggregate of $87.5 million of principal amount of Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes will mature in five years. The Convertible Notes will be convertible, at our election, for shares of common stock, cash or a combination of cash and such shares, based on a conversion price of $12.00 per share (subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments) in accordance with the terms thereof. The Convertible Notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, paid-in-kind or in cash at our option and accruing semi-annually.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the private placement of 5,587,500 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant to the Sponsor, generating proceeds of approximately $5.6 million. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

whole share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The Sponsor agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants (except to permitted transferees) until 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination.

Related Party Loans

On October 13, 2020, the Sponsor, a related party of SVOK, agreed to loan an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note. This loan was non-interest bearing and payable upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. As of December 15, 2020, SVOK borrowed $105,000 from the related party under the promissory note and repaid the Note in full on December 22, 2020.

SVOK’s Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of its or their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities undertaken on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. SVOK’s audit committee reviewed on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to the Sponsor, SVOK’s officers and directors or any of its or their affiliates and determined which expenses and the amount of expenses that would be reimbursed. None of the Sponsor, SVOK’s directors and officers or any of their respective affiliates have incurred any out-of-pocket expenses.

Boxed Related Party Transactions

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Old Boxed was party to that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2020, which provided, among other things, that certain holders of its capital stock, including AEON, which holds more than 5% of our Common Stock, had the right to demand that Boxed file a registration statement or request that their shares of Old Boxed capital stock be covered by a registration statement that Old Boxed is otherwise filing. Yuki Habu, who serves on the Board, is affiliated with AEON. This agreement terminated upon the Closing.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to certain of Old Boxed’s equity compensation plans and certain agreements with its stockholders, including that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as June 30, 2020 (the “ROFR Agreement”), Old Boxed or its assignees had the right to purchase shares of Old Boxed capital stock which stockholders proposed to sell to other parties. Certain holders of Boxed capital stock, including AEON, which holds more than 5% of our Common Stock, had rights of first refusal and co-sale under the ROFR Agreement. Yuki Habu, who serves on the Board, is affiliated with AEON. This agreement terminated upon the Closing.

Voting Agreement

Old Boxed was a party to that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2020, pursuant to which certain holders of its capital stock, including AEON, which holds more than 5% of our Common Stock, agreed to vote their shares of Old Boxed capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Yuki Habu, who serves on the Board, is affiliated with AEON. This agreement terminated upon the Closing.

Services Agreement with AEON

In February 2021, we entered into a platform development and services agreement with AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEON, a related party, pursuant to which we licensed certain of our resources to AEON to support the development, deployment and maintenance of certain of AEON’s e-commerce and digital marketplace operations overseas.

This agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) ninety days from the date the last statement of work under this agreement expires or terminates or (ii) upon either party giving the other party written notice of breach or default, subject in certain instances to applicable cure periods.

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under the agreement, we have agreed to indemnify AEON against certain claims arising in connection with the agreement or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement. We are also entitled to indemnification from AEON against third-party claims arising from intellectual property infringement by AEON. This agreement involves a royalty fee structure with different royalty fees ranging from low single digits to low double digits, depending on volume. As of the year ended December 31, 2021, we received the full amount of $11.8 million in payments from AEON under the agreement.

Indemnification under Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; Indemnification Agreements

Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in our bylaws. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements provide the indemnitees with contractual rights to indemnification, and expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of May 15, 2022, by:

•

each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock;

•

each of our named executive officers and directors; and

•

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares. The beneficial ownership of our Common Stock is based on 68,921,846 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as of May 15, 2022.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)	Number of Shares		% of Ownership
5% Holders
Entities affiliated with Atalaya Capital Management LP(2)		6,164,370		9.0%
PepsiCo, Inc.(3)		4,586,075		6.7%
Entities affiliated with Hamilton Lane(4)		4,165,556		6.0%
AEON Co., Ltd.(5)		3,629,583		5.3%
Directors and Named Executive Officers
Chieh Huang(6)		2,458,307		3.6%
Yuki Habu		—		—%
David Liu		—		—%
Gary S. Matthews(7)		1,828,321		2.7%
Emerson S. Moore II		—		—
Andrew C. Pearson(8)		673,089		1.0%
Harshul Sanghi		—		—
Eileen M. Serra(9)		39,382		*
Alison Weick(10)		122,682		*
Jared Yaman(11)		1,775,937		2.6%
Mark Zimowski(12)		150,027		*
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 individuals)		7,047,745		10.2%

Less than one percent

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of those listed in the table above is 451 Broadway, New York, New York 10013.

(2)

Based on information included in a Schedule 13D filed on December 15, 2021 by ACM ARRT VII D LLC, Atalaya Special Purpose Investment Fund LP and Atalaya Capital Management LP. The address of each of the entities listed above is One Rockefeller Plaza, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10020.

(3)

Based on information included in a Schedule 13G filed on December 17, 2021 by PepsiCo, Inc. The address of the entity listed above is 700 Anderson Hill Road, Purchase, New York 10577.

(4)

Based on information included in a Schedule 13D filed on December 20, 2021 by HLSF V Holdings LP, Hamilton Lane Secondary Fund V GP LLC, HL Private Assets Holdings LP, HL GPA GP LLC and

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hamilton Lane Advisors, L.L.C. The address of the entities listed above is 110 Washington St., Suite 1300, Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428.

(5)

Based on information included in a Schedule 13D filed on February 18, 2022 by AEON Co., Ltd. The address of the entity listed above is 5-1, 1-Chome, Nakase, Mihama-ku, Chiba-shi, Chiba, 261-8515.

(6)

Consists of (i) 2,302,481 shares of common stock held of record by Mr. Huang and (ii) 155,826 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of May 15, 2022.

(7)

Consists of (i) 1,416,321 shares of common stock held of record by Mr. Matthews, (ii) 330,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable as of or within 60 days of March 10, 2022 and (iii) 82,000 shares of common stock held of record by Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”). Each of Mr. Matthews and Mark Hauser is a member and the manager of the Sponsor and has voting and investment discretion with respect to the common stock held of record by the Sponsor. Of the shares of common stock held by Mr. Matthews and the Sponsor, 427,116 and 25,083 shares of common stock, respectively, are outstanding but remain subject to performance vesting terms. The address of each of Mr. Matthews and the Sponsor is 445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(8)

Consists of (i) 415,589 shares of common stock held of record by Mr. Pearson, (ii) 257,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable as of or within 60 days of March 10, 2022. Of the shares of common stock held by Mr. Pearson, 121,005 shares of common stock are outstanding but remain subject to performance vesting terms. The address of Mr. Pearson is 445 Park Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(9)

Consists of 39,382 shares of common stock held of record by Ms. Serra. Of the shares of common stock held by Ms. Serra, 12,046 shares of common stock are outstanding but remain subject to performance vesting terms.

(10)

Consists of 122,682 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of May 15, 2022.

(11)

Consists of (i) 1,608,980 shares of common stock held of record by Mr. Yaman and (ii) 166,957 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of May 15, 2022.

(12)

Consists of 150,027 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable as of or within 60 days of May 15, 2022.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

This prospectus relates to the offer and sale by The Jones Group Ventures LLC of up to $100.0 million shares of common stock that have been or may be issued by us to The Jones Group Ventures LLC under the Purchase Agreement. For additional information regarding the shares of common stock included in this prospectus, see the section titled “The Committed Capital on Demand Facility” above. We are registering the shares of common stock included in this prospectus pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement we entered into with The Jones Group Ventures LLC on May 9, 2022 in order to permit the Holder to offer the shares included in this prospectus for resale from time to time. As used in this prospectus, the term “Holder” means The Jones Group Ventures LLC.

The table below presents information regarding the Holder and the shares of common stock that may be resold by the Holder from time to time under this prospectus. This table is prepared based on information supplied to us by the Holder, and reflects holdings as of May 15, 2022. The number of shares in the column “Maximum Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Offered Pursuant to this Prospectus” represents all of the shares of common stock being offered for resale by the Holder under this prospectus. The Holder may sell some, all or none of the shares being offered for resale in this offering. We do not know how long the Holder will hold the shares before selling them, and we are not aware of any existing arrangements between the Holder and any other stockholder, broker, dealer, underwriter or agent relating to the sale or distribution of the shares of our common stock being offered for resale by this prospectus.

The percentage of shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Holder prior to the offering shown in the table below is based on an aggregate of 68,921,846 shares of our common stock outstanding on May 15, 2022. Because the purchase price to be paid by the Holder for shares of common stock, if any, that we may elect to sell to the Holder in one or more VWAP Purchases from time to time under the Purchase Agreement will be determined on the applicable VWAP Purchase Dates for such VWAP Purchases, the actual number of shares of common stock that we may sell to the Holder under the Purchase Agreement may be fewer than the number of shares being offered for resale under this prospectus. The fourth column assumes the resale by the Holder of all of the shares of common stock being offered for resale pursuant to this prospectus.

Name of Holder

Number of Shares of
Common Stock Owned
Prior to Offering

Maximum
Number of Shares
of Common Stock
to be Offered
Pursuant to this Prospectus

Number of Shares of
Common Stock
Owned After Offering

Number(1)

Percent

Number(2)

The Jones Group Ventures LLC(3)

114,585

15,000,000

—

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1)

Represents the 114,585 shares of Common Stock that we intend to issue to The Jones Group Ventures LLC as Commitment Fee Shares following the filing of the registration statement containing this prospectus. In accordance with Rule 13d-3(d) under the Exchange Act, we have excluded from the number of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering all of the shares that The Jones Group Ventures LLC may be required to purchase under the Purchase Agreement, because the issuance of such shares is solely at our discretion and is subject to conditions contained in the Purchase Agreement, the satisfaction of which are entirely outside of The Jones Group Ventures LLC’s control, including the registration statement that includes this prospectus becoming and remaining effective. Furthermore, the VWAP Purchases of common stock under the Purchase Agreement are subject to certain agreed upon maximum amount limitations set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Also, the Purchase Agreement prohibits us from issuing and selling any shares of our common stock to The Jones Group Ventures LLC to the extent such shares, when aggregated with all other shares of our common stock then beneficially owned by The Jones Group Ventures LLC, would cause The Jones Group Ventures LLC’s beneficial ownership of our common stock to exceed the 4.99% Beneficial Ownership Cap. The Purchase Agreement also prohibits us from issuing or selling shares of our common stock under the Purchase Agreement in excess of the 19.99% Exchange Cap, unless we obtain stockholder approval to do so or if such sales are otherwise in accordance with applicable New York Stock Exchange rules. Neither the Beneficial Ownership Limitation nor the Exchange Cap (to the extent applicable under New York Stock Exchange rules) may be amended or waived under the Purchase Agreement.

(2)

Assumes the sale of all shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus.

(3)

The business address of The Jones Group Ventures LLC is 555 St. Charles Drive, Suite 200, Thousand Oaks, CA 91360..

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the DGCL. This description is summarized from, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each of which has been publicly filed with the SEC, as well as the relevant provisions of the DGCL.

General

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL. Our authorized capital stock consists of 600,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 60,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, no shares of preferred stock are issued or outstanding. Unless our Board determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of shares of Common Stock will be entitled to cast one vote per share held of record on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders, as provided by our certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws provide that the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person, by remote communication or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non- votes) is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law, our bylaws or our certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. Holders of Common Stock will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of holders of 662∕3% of the total voting power of all of the then outstanding voting stock will be required to take certain actions, including amending our bylaws and amending certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, such as the provisions relating to the classified board and director liability.

Dividend Rights

Holders of Common Stock will share ratably (based on the number of shares of Common Stock held) if and when any dividend is declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to restrictions, whether statutory or contractual (including with respect to any outstanding indebtedness), on the declaration and payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over, or the right to participate with, the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up

Upon our liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up, each holder of our Common Stock will be entitled, pro rata on a per share basis, to all of our assets of whatever kind available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock after payment of liabilities, subject to the designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights of any other class or series of our preferred stock then outstanding.

Other Matters

Holders of our shares of Common Stock do not have subscription, redemption or conversion rights. All the outstanding shares of Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Unless our Board determines otherwise, we will issue all of our capital stock in uncertificated form. Each holder of Common Stock is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our Board has the authority to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series, and the number of shares constituting any such class or series, including increasing or decreasing the number of shares of any series, and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and relative rights of each class or series of preferred stock, including, without limitation, dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, exchange rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, dissolution preferences, and treatment in the case of a merger, business combination transaction, or sale of our assets, which rights may be greater than the rights of the holders of Common Stock.

The purpose of authorizing our Board to issue preferred stock and determine the rights and preferences of any classes or series of preferred stock is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The simplified issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could delay or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of Common Stock by restricting dividends on the Common Stock, diluting the voting power of the Common Stock or subordinating or impairing the dividend or liquidation rights of the Common Stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of Common Stock.

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (i) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware) and any appellate court thereof will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (A) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on our behalf, (B) any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or our stockholders or owed to our stockholders, including, without limitation, a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (C) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation, bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (D) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; (ii) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (iii) any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions; and (iv) failure to enforce clauses (i) through (iii) would cause us irreparable harm, and we will be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce clauses (i) through (iii). Nothing in our certificate of incorporation or bylaws precludes stockholders that bring suit to enforce any liability or duty under Exchange Act from bringing such claims in federal court to the extent that the Exchange Act confers exclusive federal jurisdiction over such claims, subject to applicable law.

Although our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contains the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that these provisions are inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provisions are unenforceable. For example, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such forum selection provisions as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisals and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Company. Pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL, stockholders who properly demand and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Transfer and Vesting Restrictions

Our bylaws provide that Old Boxed’s stockholders are subject to certain restrictions on transfer with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to them as part of the merger consideration (the “Lock-Up Shares”). Such restrictions began at the Closing and end on the date that is the earlier of (A) 180 days after (and excluding) the Closing and (B) (i) for 33% of the Lock-Up Shares if the closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive-trading-day period commencing at least 30 days after the Closing and (ii) for an additional 50% of the Lock-up Shares if the closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $14.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive-trading-day period commencing at least 30 days following the Closing.

Pursuant to the Sponsor Agreement, certain holders of Founder Shares are subject to certain restrictions on transfer with respect to the Founder Shares owned prior to the Business Combination. Such restrictions began at Closing and end on the date that is the earlier of (A) 180 days after (and excluding) the Closing and (B) (i) for 33% of the Lock-Up Shares if the closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive-trading-day period commencing at least 30 days after the Closing and (ii) for an additional 50% of the Lock-up Shares if the closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $14.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive-trading- day period commencing at least 30 days following the Closing. Additionally, 1,940,625 Founder Shares are subject to the following time and performance-based vesting provisions: half of the Earnout Shares will become vested if, within the Earnout Period, our Common Stock trades at greater than $12.00 per share for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30) trading day period, and with the remainder of the Earnout Shares to be released if, within the Earnout Period, our Common Stock trades at greater than $14.00 per share for any twenty (20) trading days within any consecutive thirty (30) trading day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Earnout Shares will vest in the event of a sale of Boxed at a price that is equal to or greater than the redemption price payable to our stockholders. Founder Shares subject to vesting pursuant to the above terms that do not vest in accordance with such terms shall be forfeited. For more information on the Sponsor Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Sponsor Agreement.”

Election of Directors and Vacancies

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of our preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, the number of directors of the Board shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board is divided into three classes, designated Class I, II and III, with Class I consisting of three directors and first up for re-election in 2022, Class II consisting of three directors and first up for re-election in 2023, and Class III consisting of three directors and first up for re-election in 2024. Each class of directors will be elected by our stockholders upon the expiration of the applicable class’ three- year term.

Under our bylaws, at all meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes properly cast will be sufficient to elect such directors to the Board.

Except as the DGCL may otherwise require and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of our preferred stock, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or the removal of one or more directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies on the Board, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. All directors will hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

until their successors will have been elected and qualified. A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a director or a newly created directorship will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor will have been elected and qualified.

Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of our preferred stock, any director may be removed from office only with cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of our outstanding voting stock (as defined below) then entitled to vote at an election of directors. In case the Board or anyone or more directors should be so removed, new directors may be elected at the same time for the unexpired portion of the full term of the director or directors so removed.

In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors will be empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by us, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation and to any bylaws adopted and in effect from time to time; provided, however, that no bylaws so adopted will invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such bylaw had not been adopted.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any director elected pursuant to the right, if any, of the holders of our preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances will serve for such term or terms and pursuant to such other provisions as specified in the relevant certificate of designations related to our preferred stock.

Quorum

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise required by law or provided by the our certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum will not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy, will have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum will be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum will be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting will be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Applicable Law

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and laws of the State of Delaware, where we are incorporated, may delay, discourage or make more difficult a takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his, her or its best interest. These provisions may also adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure Boxed and outweigh the disadvantage of discouraging those proposals because negotiation of the proposals could result in an improvement of their terms. However, they also give the Board the power to discourage mergers that some stockholders may favor.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of NYSE, which would apply if and so long as the Common Stock (or Warrants) remains listed on NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of Common Stock and certain other issuances specified in the rules of NYSE. Additional shares that may be issued in the future may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital, or to facilitate acquisitions.

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock may be to enable the Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise and thereby protect the continuity of management and possibly deprive stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us.

Classified Board of Directors

As indicated above, our certificate of incorporation provides that the Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with each class of directors being elected by our stockholders every three years. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation provides that a special meeting of stockholders may be called by the chairperson of the Board, (b) the Board, (c) our Chief Executive Officer or (d) our President, provided that such special meeting may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board or other person calling the meeting.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board or a committee of the Board. In order to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. The bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Limitations on Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Amendment of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation provides that it may be amended by us in the manners provided therein or prescribed by statute. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the following provisions therein may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 and 2/3% in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

•

the provisions regarding our preferred stock;

•

the provisions regarding the size, classification, appointment, removal and authority of the Board;

•

the provisions prohibiting stockholder actions without a meeting;

•

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

•

the provisions eliminating the personal liability of any of our directors or our stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty;

•

the provisions whereby we expressly elect not to be governed by DGCL Section 203;

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

the provisions regarding the indemnification of our directors and officers;

•

the provisions regarding the selection of certain forums for certain specified legal proceedings between us and its stockholders; and

•

the provisions regarding the amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

Our bylaws may be amended or repealed (A) by the Board then in office or (B) without the approval of the Board, by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 and 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of Boxed entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Business Combinations

Under Section 203 of the DGCL, a corporation will not be permitted to engage in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such interested stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 and 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

Since we have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, it will not apply to us, and instead our certificate of incorporation is governed as summarized below:

•

We shall not engage in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

(1)

prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

(2)

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(3)

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the affirmative vote of at least 662∕3% of our outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

•

These restrictions shall not apply if:

(1)

a stockholder becomes an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an interested stockholder and (ii) would not, at any time, within the three-year period immediately prior to the business combination between us and such stockholder, have been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(2)

the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described below, (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of the Board and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of us (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of our stockholders is required), (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of us or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours (other than to any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ours) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent or more of either that aggregate value of all the assets of ours determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all our outstanding stock or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock. We shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all interested stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described above.

Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the charter specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting.

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors of corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law. We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the Board. Under our bylaws, we are required to indemnify each of our directors and officers if the basis of the indemnitee’s involvement was by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was a director or officer of ours or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent for another entity. We must indemnify our officers and directors against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Boxed, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Our bylaws also require us to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person undertakes to repay any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us. Any claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Corporate Opportunities

Our certificate of incorporation does not expressly renounce the doctrine of corporate opportunity.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our stock at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent for our capital stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Trading Symbol and Market

Our Common Stock is listed on NYSE under the symbol “BOXD”.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION (CONFLICT OF INTEREST)

The shares of Common Stock offered by this prospectus are being offered by the Holder, The Jones Group Ventures LLC. The shares may be sold or distributed from time to time by the Holder directly to one or more purchasers or through brokers, dealers, or underwriters who may act solely as agents at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices, at negotiated prices, or at fixed prices, which may be changed. The sale of the shares of Common Stock offered by this prospectus could be effected in one or more of the following methods:

•

ordinary brokers’ transactions;

•

transactions involving cross or block trades;

•

through brokers, dealers, or underwriters who may act solely as agents;

•

“at the market” into an existing market for our Common Stock;

•

in other ways not involving market makers or established business markets, including direct sales to purchasers or sales effected through agents;

•

in privately negotiated transactions; or

•

any combination of the foregoing.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, the shares may be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in certain states, the shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the state or an exemption from the state’s registration or qualification requirement is available and complied with.

The Jones Group Ventures LLC is an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

The Jones Group Ventures LLC has informed us that it intends to use one or more registered broker-dealers (one of which is an affiliate of The Jones Group Ventures LLC) to effectuate all sales, if any, of our Common Stock that it may acquire from us pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Such sales will be made at prices and at terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then current market price. Each such registered broker-dealer will be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act. The Jones Group Ventures LLC has informed us that each such broker-dealer may receive commissions from The Jones Group Ventures LLC and, if so, such commissions will not exceed customary brokerage commissions.

Brokers, dealers, underwriters or agents participating in the distribution of shares of Common Stock offered by this prospectus may receive compensation in the form of commissions, discounts, or concessions from the purchasers, for whom the broker-dealers may act as agent, of the shares sold by the Holder through this prospectus. The compensation paid to any such particular broker-dealer by any such purchasers of shares of our common stock sold by the Holder may be less than or in excess of customary commissions. Neither we nor the Holder can presently estimate the amount of compensation that any agent will receive from any purchasers of our Common Stock sold by the Holder.

We know of no existing arrangements between the Holder or any other securityholder, broker, dealer, underwriter or agent relating to the sale or distribution of Common Stock offered by this prospectus.

The Jones Group Ventures LLC is an affiliate of JonesTrading Institutional Services, LLC, (“JonesTrading”) a FINRA member which will act as an executing broker for the sale of Common Stock to the public in this offering. Because The Jones Group Ventures LLC will receive all the net proceeds from sales of Common Stock made to the public through JonesTrading, JonesTrading is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Consequently, this offering will be conducted in compliance with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. In accordance with Rule 5121 JonesTrading is not permitted to sell Common Stock in this offering to an account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior specific written approval of the account holder.

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may from time to time file with the SEC one or more supplements to this prospectus or amendments to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part to amend, supplement or update information contained in this prospectus, including, if and when required under the Securities Act, to disclose certain information relating to a particular sale of shares offered by this prospectus by the Selling Securityholder, including the names of any brokers, dealers, underwriters or agents participating in the distribution of such shares by the Selling Securityholder, any compensation paid by the Selling Securityholder to any such brokers, dealers, underwriters or agents, and any other required information.

We will pay the expenses incident to the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of the Common Stock covered by this prospectus by the Holder. As consideration for its irrevocable commitment to purchase shares of our Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement, we issued to The Jones Group Ventures LLC 114,585 shares of our Common Stock as Commitment Fee Shares, which equals 1% (or approximately $1.0 million) of The Jones Group Ventures LLC’s total dollar amount purchase commitment under the Purchase Agreement (assuming a purchase price of $8.7271 per share of the Commitment Fee Shares). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, the Commitment Fee Shares are deemed underwriting compensation in connection with sales of Common Stock by the Holder to the public. Further, we have also agreed to reimburse The Jones Group Ventures LLC up to $75,000 for the fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110 these reimbursed fees and expenses are deemed underwriting compensation in connection with sales of Common Stock by the Holder to the public. The total underwriting compensation to be received in connection with sales of Common Stock by the Holder to the public, as determined under FINRA Rule 5110, will not exceed 8% of the maximum $100.0 million of Common Stock to be sold to the public.

We also have agreed to indemnify The Jones Group Ventures LLC and certain other persons against certain liabilities in connection with the offering of our Common Stock offered hereby, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or, if such indemnity is unavailable, to contribute amounts required to be paid in respect of such liabilities. The Jones Group Ventures LLC has agreed to indemnify us against liabilities under the Securities Act that may arise from certain written information furnished to us by The Jones Group Ventures LLC specifically for use in this prospectus or, if such indemnity is unavailable, to contribute amounts required to be paid in respect of such liabilities. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore, unenforceable.

We estimate that the total expenses for the offering will be approximately $0.4 million.

At no time prior to the date of this Agreement has The Jones Group Ventures LLC engaged in or effected, in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, for its own principal account or that of any (i) “short sale” (as such term is defined in Rule 200 of Regulation SHO of the Exchange Act) of the Common Stock or (ii) hedging transaction, which establishes a net short position with respect to the Common Stock that remains in effect as of the date of this Agreement. The Jones Group Ventures LLC has agreed that during the term of the Purchase Agreement, none of The Jones Group Ventures LLC, any of its affiliates nor any entity managed or controlled by The Jones Group Ventures LLC will enter into or effect, directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing transactions for its own principal account or for the principal account of any other such entity.

We have advised the Holder that it is required to comply with Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act. With certain exceptions, Regulation M precludes the Holder, any affiliated purchasers, and any broker-dealer or other person who participates in the distribution from bidding for or purchasing, or attempting to induce any person to bid for or purchase any security which is the subject of the distribution until the entire distribution is complete. Regulation M also prohibits any bids or purchases made in order to stabilize the price of a security in connection with the distribution of that security. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the securities offered by this prospectus.

At the time a particular offer of shares is made, if required, a prospectus supplement will be distributed that will set forth the number of shares being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name of any underwriter, dealer or agent, the purchase price paid by any underwriter, any discount, commission and

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other item constituting compensation, any discount, commission or concession allowed or reallowed or paid to any dealer, and the proposed selling price to the public.

This offering will terminate on the date that all of the shares of our Common Stock offered by this prospectus have been sold by the Selling Securityholder.

Our Common Stock is currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

The Jones Group Ventures LLC and/or one or more of its affiliates has provided, currently provides and/or from time to time in the future may provide various investment banking and other financial services for us and/or one or more of our affiliates that are unrelated to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and the offering of shares for resale by The Jones Group Ventures LLC to which this prospectus relates, for which investment banking and other financial services they have received and may continue to receive customary fees, commissions and other compensation from us, aside from any discounts, fees and other compensation that The Jones Group Ventures LLC has received and may receive in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, including cash fees for its commitment to purchase our Common Stock from us under the Purchase Agreement and discounts to current market prices of our Common Stock reflected in the purchase prices payable by it for our Common Stock that we may require it to purchase from us from time to time under the Purchase Agreement.

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Costa Mesa, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Boxed, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock and Warrants offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the shares of Common Stock and Warrants offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of March 31, 2022 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2021

(in thousands except share and per share amounts)

	March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents		$	69,935		$	105,027
Restricted cash			2,768			2,768
Accounts receivable, net			3,194			3,122
Inventories			13,066			11,428
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			12,000			4,915
Deferred contract costs, current			—			7,580
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS			100,963			134,840
Property and equipment, net			6,602			7,019
Unbilled receivables			11,044			8,891
Forward purchase receivable			58,184			60,050
Operating lease right-of-use asset(1)			10,520			—
Goodwill			7,444			7,444
Prepaid expenses, noncurrent			10,702			—
Deferred contract costs, noncurrent			—			11,847
Other long-term assets			1,431			1,514
TOTAL ASSETS		$	206,890		$	231,605
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable		$	16,542		$	28,936
Accrued expenses			10,600			6,392
Deferred revenue			1,904			2,020
Operating lease liabilities, current(1)			3,270			—
Other current liabilities			18,031			21,899
SPAC warrant liabilities			19,820			22,045
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES			70,167			81,292
PIPE Convertible Notes, net of transaction costs			77,371			77,047
Long-term debt			43,386			43,287
Forward purchase option derivative			17,609			4,203
Earnout liability			20,145			27,134
Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent(1)			7,703			—
Other long-term liabilities			104			217
TOTAL LIABILITIES			236,485			233,180
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 600,000,000 shares authorized as of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; 66,915,204 and 66,647,242 shares issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively			7			7
Additional paid-in capital			391,257			383,066
Accumulated deficit			(420,859)			(384,648)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT			(29,595)			(1,575)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT		$	206,890		$	231,605

(1)

Figures as of March 31, 2022 reflect the Company’s January 1, 2022 adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases. For additional details, see Note 1.

See accompanying notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)

(in thousands except share and per share amounts)

	For the Three Months Ended March 31,
	2022			2021
Net revenue:
Retail		$	44,396		$	39,876
Software & Services(1)			2,230			982
Total net revenue			46,626			40,858
Cost of sales:
Retail			(40,049)			(35,664)
Software & Services(1)			(482)			(265)
Total cost of sales			(40,531)			(35,929)
Gross profit			6,095			4,929
Advertising expense			(11,695)			(5,707)
Selling, general, and administrative expense			(23,410)			(12,514)
Loss from operations			(29,010)			(13,292)
Other income (expense), net			(7,201)			(913)
Loss before income taxes			(36,211)			(14,205)
Income taxes			—			—
Net loss		$	(36,211)		$	(14,205)
Net loss per common share:
Basic net loss per common share		$	(0.54)		$	(1.55)
Diluted net loss per common share		$	(0.54)		$	(1.55)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic			66,861,005			9,419,197
Diluted			66,861,005			9,419,197

(1)

For information related to related party transactions, see Note 16.

See accompanying notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)

(in thousands except share and per share amounts)

	Total Convertible Preferred Stock					Common					Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
Balances at December 31, 2021		—		$	—		66,647,242		$	7		$	383,066		$	(384,648)		$	(1,575)
Stock-based compensation		—			—		—			—			5,180			—			5,180
Exercise of warrants		—			—		821			—			11			—			11
Issuance of awards related to acquisition		—			—		267,141			—			3,000			—			3,000
Net loss		—			—		—			—			—			(36,211)			(36,211)
Balances at March 31, 2022		—		$	—		66,915,204		$	7		$	391,257		$	(420,859)		$	(29,595)
Balances at December 31, 2020		42,383,516		$	325,201		9,888,776		$	—		$	6,983		$	(315,425)		$	(308,442)
Retroactive application of recapitalization		(2,127,590)			—		(496,415)			1			(1)			—			—
Adjusted beginning balance		40,255,926			325,201		9,392,361			1			6,982			(315,425)			(308,442)
Stock-based compensation		—			—		—			—			375			—			375
Exercises of common stock options		—			—		38,430			—			68			—			68
Retroactive application of recapitalization		—			—		(1,904)			—			—			—			—
Series C-3 preferred stock remeasurement		—			401		—			—			(401)			—			(401)
Other adjustments		—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Net loss		—			—		—			—			—			(14,205)			(14,205)
Balances at March 31, 2021		40,255,926		$	325,602		9,428,887		$	1		$	7,024		$	(329,630)		$	(322,605)

See accompanying notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)

(in thousands except share and per share amounts)

	For the Three Months Ended March 31,
	2022			2021
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss		$	(36,211)		$	(14,205)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:			—
Depreciation and amortization			1,016			1,230
Stock-based compensation			5,180			375
Bad debt expense/(change in reserve)			64			(43)
Change in fair value of warrants and derivative instruments			4,193			786
Amortization of debt discount			423			—
Noncash operating lease expense			779			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Receivables, net			(136)			(3,106)
Inventories			(1,638)			(460)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			(7,085)			(394)
Unbilled receivables			(2,153)			—
Operating lease liabilities			(768)			—
Prepaid expenses, noncurrent			(10,702)			—
Deferred contract costs			19,428			—
Other long-term assets			82			—
Accounts payable			(12,396)			4,072
Accrued expenses			4,208			2,274
Deferred Revenue			(116)			4,951
Other liabilities			(520)			(1,738)
Net cash used in operating activities			(36,352)			(6,258)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures			(599)			(420)
Forward purchase payments			(474)			—
Forward purchase receipts			2,340			—
Net cash used in investing activities			1,267			(420)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Principal payments on finance lease obligations			(18)			(19)
Proceeds from warrants exercise			11			68
Repayments from borrowings			—			(938)
Net cash provided by financing activities			(7)			(889)
Total change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash			(35,092)			(7,567)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH BEGINNING OF PERIOD			107,795			30,043
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AT END OF PERIOD		$	72,703		$	22,476
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for:
Cash paid for taxes		$	3		$	2
Cash paid for interest		$	1,093		$	117
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Shares issued related to equity consideration of acquisition		$	3,000		$	—
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$	69,935		$	22,476
Restricted cash at end of period			2,768			—
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period		$	72,703		$	22,476

See accompanying notes to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)
(in thousands except share and per share amounts)

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Description — Boxed, Inc. (the “Company”) is an e-commerce retailer and e-commerce enabler. The Company operates an e-commerce retail (“Retail”) service that provides bulk pantry consumables to businesses and household customers within the continental United States. The Company generates net revenue through direct retail sales of third-party and private-labeled goods, which includes all sales generated primarily through the Company’s website, mobile-optimized website, mobile applications, and software and services (“Software & Services”) offerings of its enterprise-level e-commerce platform (collectively, “Platforms”).

Business Combination — On December 8, 2021 (the “Closing”), the Company (formerly known as Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp. or Seven Oaks) completed the acquisition of Giddy Inc. (“Old Boxed”) pursuant to the definitive agreement dated June 13, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among, Seven Oaks, two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Blossom Merger Sub, Inc. and Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, and Old Boxed. Upon the Closing, Old Boxed merged with Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., with Old Boxed surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Immediately following this initial merger, Old Boxed merged with and into Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, with Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC surviving the merger and changing its name to “Boxed LLC.” Also upon Closing, the Company changed its name from “Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.” to “Boxed, Inc.” and is referred to herein as “New Boxed,” the “Company,” or the “Post Business Combination Company.” Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Seven Oaks” herein refer to the Company prior to Closing.

Under the Business Combination Agreement, the Company agreed to acquire all outstanding equity interest of Old Boxed for $550,000 in aggregate consideration, which Old Boxed’s stockholders would receive in the form of shares of common stock of the Company (the consummation of the business combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, collectively, the “Business Combination”).

The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization with Old Boxed as the accounting acquirer and as the acquired company for accounting purposes. Accordingly, all historical financial information presented in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements represents the accounts of Old Boxed and its wholly-owned subsidiaries as Old Boxed is the predecessor to the Company.

The Post Combination Company common stock and warrants commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS,” respectively, on December 9, 2021. See Note 2, “Business Combination,” for additional details.

MaxDelivery Acquisition — On December 9, 2021, the Company completed an acquisition of substantially all of the assets and operations of MaxDelivery, LLC (“MaxDelivery”), an on-demand grocery delivery business in New York City. Consideration for the acquisition consisted of $4,000 in cash consideration, $3,000 in equity consideration, and a future potential earnout, or contingent consideration, discussed below. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method in accordance with guidance found in ASC 805, Business Combinations, and the related fair value considerations and purchase price allocation are detailed within the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Operating results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations since the date of acquisition and are reflected within the Retail segment. For discussion on the accounting treatment of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, refer to the Intangible Assets and Goodwill discussion below.

The Company recorded a contingent consideration liability of $1,711 as of the acquisition date, representing the estimated fair value of the contingent payable to former shareholders. The fair value of the contingent consideration is remeasured at each reporting period, as discussed in Note 14, and is included within earnout liability in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Boxed, Inc. include its wholly owned subsidiaries, Boxed, LLC, BOXED MAX LLC, Jubilant LLC, and Ashbrook Commerce Solutions LLC. Any intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation — The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Boxed, Inc. are unaudited and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC. They do not include all information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for annual financial statements.

The unaudited results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of future results or results to be expected for the full fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.

These unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Company’s significant accounting policies, should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 and related notes thereto included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Considerations Related to COVID-19 — The ongoing spread of COVID-19 throughout the United States and internationally, as well as measures implemented by government authorities to minimize transmission of the virus have had, and continue to have, negative and positive implications for the Company’s business. Though many areas have begun relaxing such restrictions, varying levels of restrictions remain and may be increased, particularly in light of the proliferation of the Delta and Omicron variants.

In the preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures we have assessed the impact that COVID-19 has had on the Company’s estimates, assumptions, forecasts, and accounting policies and made additional disclosures, as necessary. As COVID-19 and its impacts are unprecedented and ever evolving, future events and effects related to the pandemic cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts.

Going Concern, Liquidity and Management’s Plan — As of March 31, 2022, the Company had total cash and cash equivalents of $69,935, restricted cash of $2,768, and an accumulated deficit. In addition, the Company’s net loss and net cash used in operating activities amounted to $(36,211) and $(36,352), respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2022. As an emerging growth company, the Company is dependent on outside capital to execute its strategy of investing in growth at the expense of short-term profits. As a result, the Company has incurred significant losses and net cash outflows from operating activities since its inception and expects to incur such losses and remain dependent on outside capital for the foreseeable future until such time that the Company can realize its growth strategy by generating profits and reducing its reliance on outside capital. Given the inherent uncertainties associated with executing the Company’s growth strategy, management can provide no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain sufficient outside capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to fund the Company’s obligations as they become due over the next twelve months from the date these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were issued.

In addition, as disclosed in Note 7, the Company entered into a term loan agreement (the “New Term Loan”) in August 2021 for principal of $45,000. The New Term Loan contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires the Company to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15,000, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed quarterly targets; and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. In order to achieve these targets, the Company expects to invest in growth initiatives including substantially increasing and maintaining higher levels of its marketing spend compared to historical periods. The Company expects these investments, among others, to result in an increase in cash used in operating activities over the next twelve months.

As of March 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants required by its New Term Loan. However, the inherent uncertainties described above may impact the Company’s ability to remain in compliance with these covenants over the next twelve months. If the Company breaches its financial covenants and fails to secure a waiver or forbearance from the third-party lender, such breach or failure could accelerate the repayment of the outstanding borrowings under the New Term Loan or the

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exercise of other rights or remedies the third-party lender may have under applicable law. No assurance can be provided a waiver or forbearance will be granted or the outstanding borrowings under the New Term Loan will be successfully refinanced on terms that are acceptable to the Company.

To date, the Company has raised a substantial amount of capital from outside investors and lenders through the issuance of stock and borrowings, including under our term loans and revolving credit facilities, as well as through the consummation of the Business Combination, and expects this reliance to continue for the foreseeable future. However, as of March 31, 2022, the Company had no additional capital available for borrowing and no firm commitment from current or prospective investors to provide the Company additional capital to fund operations in the foreseeable future. While management believes the Company will be able to obtain additional capital, no assurance can be provided that such capital will be obtained or on terms that are acceptable to the Company. These uncertainties raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If management is unsuccessful in securing additional capital and/or executing its strategy of growth whereby the Company realizes profits and generates sufficient cash inflows from operations to fund the Company’s obligations as they become due, management may be required to seek other strategic alternatives such as a further reduction in the Company’s current cost structure, or a recapitalization of the Company’s balance sheet, including related outstanding debt and equity securities.

The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates that the Company will be able to realize assets and settle liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Estimates — The preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include (i) revenue recognition and deferral in accordance with ASC 606 and (ii) the fair values of derivative instruments within the scope of ASC 815. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in fact and circumstances, historical experience, and reasonable assumptions. After such review, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Information — The Company manages and reports its operating results through two reportable segments defined by its products and services: Retail and Software & Services. See Note 17 for Segment Reporting for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity (at the date of purchase) of three months or less to be the equivalent of cash for the purpose of balance sheet presentation. Cash equivalents, which consist primarily of money market accounts, are carried at cost, which approximates market value.

Restricted Cash — The Company’s restricted cash is comprised of cash that is restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements. Restricted cash as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was $2,768 for both periods, respectively, and consists of collateral for letters of credit related to the Company’s relationships with certain product vendors, and letters of credit issued in lieu of deposits on certain real estate and facility leases.

Accounts Receivable, Net — Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company estimates that the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical losses, existing economic conditions, and other information available at the balance sheet date. Uncollectable accounts are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted.

Accounts receivable includes $2,177 and $2,318 of trade receivables at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The Company has recorded an allowance of $157 and $96 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — Assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, which is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full-term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of the asset of liability.

The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

Concentrations of Risk — Certain financial instruments potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk. Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash balances are primarily on deposit at high credit quality financial institutions. The cash balances in all accounts held at financial institutions are insured up to $250 thousand by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) through March 31, 2022. At times, cash balances may exceed federally insured amounts and potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk. Management believes that no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to these cash balances because of its assessment of the creditworthiness and financial viability of the respective financial institutions.

The risk with respect to accounts receivable is managed by the Company through its policy of monitoring the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, one third-party seller accounted for approximately 31.6% and 40.9% of the Company’s outstanding receivables, respectively.

Leases — The Company determines whether an arrangement is a lease at inception and classifies the leases as either operating or finance leases. Operating leases are recorded within right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities, both current and noncurrent, on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Finance leases are recorded within property and equipment, net and other liabilities, both current and noncurrent, on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. ROU assets are also adjusted for prepaid rent, initial indirect costs, and lease incentives. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise or not exercise that option, respectively. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company elected to exclude from its balance sheets the recognition of leases having a term of 12 months or less (short-term leases) and elected to not separate lease components and non-lease components for its long-term real-estate leases.

Inventories — Inventories consisting of finished goods are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory costs are determined using the first in, first out method. Inventory costs include price reductions and allowances offered by vendors.

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

future realization. These reviews require the Company to assess customer and market demand. There were no material write-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2022 or 2021.

Property and Equipment, Net — Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3-7 years (see table below). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the respective leases. Improvements are capitalized while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

			Estimated Useful Lives
Leasehold improvements			7 years
Warehouse equipment			5 years
Computers and small tools			3 years
Furniture and fixtures			7 years
Finance lease assets			7 years
Software development			4 years

Software Development Costs — The Company classifies software development costs as either internal-use software or external-use software. The Company accounts for costs incurred to develop internal-use software in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software. Consequently, the Company capitalizes certain external costs and internal labor-related costs associated with the development of its platforms and internal-use software products after the preliminary project stage is complete and until the software is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development, after the software is ready for its intended use and for maintenance of internal-use software are expensed as incurred. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized to the extent they will result in added functionality. Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment, net within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and are amortized over the remaining useful life of four years.

In accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed, the software development costs incurred in the research and development of software products or the software component of products to be sold, leased, or marketed to external users are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. Technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. Software development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and until the product is available for general release are capitalized, provided recoverability is reasonably assured. Software development costs are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value for each software product is assessed based on anticipated profitability applicable to revenues of the related product in future periods. Amortization of capitalized software costs begins when the related product is available for general release to customers and is provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated life of the respective product. Technological feasibility is typically reached shortly before the release of such products and as a result, development costs that meet the criteria for capitalization were not material for the periods presented in this report.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company periodically evaluates the need to recognize impairment losses relating to long-lived assets in accordance ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. Long-lived assets are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or circumstances indicate that an asset may have been impaired. In evaluating an asset for recoverability, the Company estimates the future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, expected to result from the use of the asset and eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company would write the asset down to fair value and record an impairment charge accordingly. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no such events or circumstances that indicate a need for such evaluation.

Deferred Contract Costs — The Company defers contract costs when there is a known current obligation that is not yet paid. In these instances, the Company records deferred contract costs to recognize the asset in its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets to offset the Company’s related liability. Deferred contract costs as of December 31, 2021 related to the asset associated with the Company’s contract with Palantir as described in Note 11 as well as insurance premiums related to becoming a public company. There

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

were no longer deferred contract costs as of March 31, 2022 as these obligations were paid in the first quarter of 2022 and the related assets have been reclassified to prepaid expenses, both current and noncurrent, on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Forward Purchase Receivable and Forward Purchase Option Derivative — On December 8, 2021, upon the closing of the Forward Purchase Agreement, as discussed in Note 2, the Company recorded a Forward Purchase Receivable on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets of $65,062 to account for the Prepayment Amount. The Prepayment Amount will be held in a deposit account until the Valuation Date (the second anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination, subject to certain acceleration provisions). On the Valuation Date, the Company will receive a pro rata portion of the then remaining Prepayment Amount. As of March 31, 2022, there was $58,184 remaining, gross of interest, as ACM sold 734,702 shares after Closing and through March 31, 2022. Also in connection with the Forward Purchase Agreement, the Company recognized a liability for a freestanding derivative, referred to herein as the “forward purchase option derivative,” on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 2 for further detail.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill — As part of the acquisition of MaxDelivery, as discussed above, the Company recorded intangible assets and goodwill on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The intangible assets acquired relate to MaxDelivery’s customer relationships, trademarks, and internally developed technology which were valued via (i) the multi-period excess-earnings method (ii) relief-from-royalty method and (iii) cost replacement method, respectively, all of which are under the income approach in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Also in accordance with ASC 805, the Company allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired, including intangibles and liabilities assumed, was recognized as goodwill. As the Company views MaxDelivery as part of its Retail segment, the goodwill recorded is included within its Retail business unit. The Company’s goodwill will be subject to annual impairment testing. Further discussion on the purchase price allocation is detailed within the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Debt — The Company defers costs directly associated with acquiring third-party financing. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s long-term debt, including its PIPE Convertible Notes and New Term Loan (as defined in Note 6 and Note 7, respectively), are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt. Amortization of debt issuance costs was $423 for the three months ended March 31, 2022. There were no corresponding costs for the prior year period. Interest expense for total long-term debt was $3,023 and $112 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Equity — Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, the Company’s equity structure consisted of common stock, Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, and Series E preferred stock. The Company analyzed the relevant provisions of ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and determined the preferred shares should be recognized as temporary equity.

Immediately prior to Closing, all Series of Old Boxed preferred stock was converted into Old Boxed common stock based on the applicable conversion rate for each security and then upon Closing converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the Company no longer had temporary equity on its Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Employee Benefit Plan — The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan covering eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. There were no employer contributions under this plan for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

Stock-Based Compensation — The Company measures and records the expense related to stock-based awards based upon the fair value at the date of grant.

Employee stock-based compensation awards are recorded in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees to be recognized as expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations based on their grant date

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fair values. The Company has granted stock options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards. Restricted stock units and awards are determined based on the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant.

The use of the Black-Scholes Merton model requires management to make the following assumptions:

Expected Volatility — The Company estimates volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the options’ expected term.

Expected Term — Derived from the life of the options granted under the option plan and is based on the simplified method which is essentially the weighted average of the vesting period and contractual term.

Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues, with a term that is equal to the options’ expected term at the grant date.

Dividend Yield — The Company has not declared or paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

Prior to becoming a public company, the Company estimated the fair value of common stock. The Board of Directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at each meeting in which awards are approved. The factors considered included, but was not limited to: (i) the results of contemporaneous independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock; (ii) the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s convertible preferred stock relative to those of its common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock; (iv) actual operating and financial results; (v) current business conditions and projections; (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions; and (vii) precedent transactions involving the Company’s shares.

Since the Company’s common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the Company utilizes the closing share trade price of the Company’s shares as the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

Net Loss Per Share — Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common stock and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, the SPAC Warrants, PIPE Convertible Notes, restricted stock units, and common stock options outstanding are considered to be potentially dilutive securities for the current period presented, and as a result, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per share for the current period. Similarly, for the prior period presented, the convertible preferred stock, common stock warrants, preferred stock warrants, and common stock options outstanding are considered to be potentially dilutive securities, and as a result, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per share for the prior period.

Historically, basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities as the convertible preferred stock was considered to be participating securities. The two-class method determines net income (loss) per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to share in undistributed earnings as if all income (loss) for the period had been distributed. The Company’s participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses. Accordingly, the Company’s net loss was attributed entirely to common stockholders. As all of the Company’s convertible preferred stock converted to common stock immediately prior to the Closing, the Company is no longer required to present its net loss per share in conformity with the two-class method as it no longer has participating securities.

Income Taxes — In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company applies the guidance accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

attribute for the balance sheet recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination be taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the ultimate settlement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

Revenue Recognition — In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09 and its related amendments (collectively, known as ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers) effective January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach to all contracts not completed at the date of initial application. Adoption of ASC 606 did not have an impact on the timing of revenue recognition in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company elects to apply the practical expedient to exclude form this disclosure revenue related to performance obligations that are part of a contract whose original expected duration is less than one year. Refer to Note 8 for details about the Company’s revenue streams and respective revenue recognition policies, including remaining performance obligations.

Other Income (Expense), Net — Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of gains (losses) resulting from fair value valuations and adjustments of the Public and Private Warrants and the Company’s derivative instruments, including the Sponsor Earnout Shares, forward purchase option derivative, and contingent consideration related to the MaxDelivery acquisition. Also included in other income (expense), net is interest incurred from the Company’s PIPE Convertible Notes and New Term Loan.

Customer Incentives — The Company offers its customers various sales incentives including sales discounts, loyalty rewards, and free items with purchases. The Company records a reduction of net revenue at the time the discount is taken and at the time loyalty rewards are earned. Historically loyalty rewards have been immaterial to the Company.

Vendor Rebates — The Company has agreements with its suppliers to receive funds for promotions, volume rebates, and marketing. Amounts earned and due from suppliers under these agreements are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. Vendor rebates received by the Company reduce the carrying cost of inventory and are recognized in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statements of operations when the related inventory is sold.

Cost of Sales — Cost of sales consists of the costs of merchandise, expenses for shipping to and from clients and inbound freight, inventory write-offs and changes in the Company’s inventory reserve, payment processing fees, and packaging materials costs, offset by vendor funded promotions and various vendor allowances. Also included in cost of sales are wages of employees who provide promised services directly to the customer, including wages attributable to implementation and maintenance services for the Company’s Software & Services customers as well as wages attributable to delivery fulfillment services provided to the Company’s MaxDelivery customers.

Delivery Costs — Outbound shipping and handling costs incurred to deliver merchandise to customers amounted to $7,272 and $6,633 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The delivery costs are included in cost of sales in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense — Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and benefits for warehouse employees as well as all regional and home office employees, including buying personnel. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include substantially all building and equipment depreciation, research and development expense, bank service charges, utilities, as well as other operating costs incurred to support e-commerce website operations. In accordance with ASC 730-10-25, Research and Development, research and development costs are charged to expense as and

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

when incurred in the development of software products to be sold, leased, or marketed to external parties. Research and development expense incurred was $476 and $476 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Advertising Expense — The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising expense was $11,695 and $5,707 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These costs are included in advertising expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are prepayments for future advertising expenses of approximately $1,390 and $78, respectively. In addition, beginning in the first quarter of 2022, the Company started to incur advertising costs related to a television commercial production. In accordance with ASC 720-35, Advertising Costs, the Company has elected to defer production advertising costs for its commercial production activities until first-time the advertisement takes place, while the costs of communicating advertising are expensed as services are received. As the commercial production first aired in March 2022, the costs were both deferred and recognized within the first quarter.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), as subsequently amended, which requires a lessee to recognize in its balance sheet an asset and liability for most leases with a term greater than 12 months. These assets, or ROU assets, represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and the lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. In June 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2020-5 which deferred the effective date of ASC 842 for privately-held companies. According to the update, the standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted. In accordance with guidance in Topic 10 of the SEC Division of Corporate Finance’s Financial Reporting Manual, an EGC may elect to comply with new or revised accounting standards as of the effective date for a private company; thus, the Company elected to use the extended transition period for private companies to adopt the standard effective January 1, 2022 using the “modified retrospective transition effective date method” which resulted in a cumulative-effect adjustment to the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 1, 2022.

Upon adoption of ASC 842 the Company recognized operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities related to its office leases and fulfillment centers of $11,298 and $11,742, respectively. The difference in the initial operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities balances is $444 related to the de-recognition of existing deferred rent and incentive balances.

The Company elected the “package of practical expedients,” which permitted the Company to not reassess prior conclusions about whether any expired or existing arrangements are or contain a lease, lease classification and the treatment of initial direct costs under the new guidance. The Company did not elect the use-of-hindsight practical expedient.

The Company’s accounting for lessee finance leases remains substantially unchanged from legacy guidance. All prior periods are presented in accordance with legacy guidance for both operating and finance leases. The standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations or Statements of Cash Flows.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740). This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in ASC 740 related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The standard also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 as of December 31, 2021 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This new guidance will change how entities account for credit impairment for trade and other receivables, as well as for certain financial assets and other instruments. ASU 2016-13 will replace the current “incurred loss” model with an “expected loss” model. Under the “incurred loss” model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized only when an event has occurred (such as a payment delinquency) that causes the entity to believe that a loss is probable (i.e., that it has been “incurred”). Under the “expected loss” model, an entity will recognize a loss (or allowance) upon initial recognition of the asset that reflects all future events that will lead to a loss being realized, regardless of whether it is probable that the future event will occur. The “incurred loss” model considers past events and current conditions, while the “expected loss” model includes expectations for the future which have yet to occur. ASU 2016-13 is effective for private companies beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of the new standard on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

BUSINESS COMBINATION

On December 8, 2021, the Company consummated its Business Combination pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, by and among the Company, Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, and Old Boxed.

Upon consummation of the Business Combination and other transactions, the following occurred:

•

The Company changed its name from “Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.” to “Boxed, Inc.” and is referred to herein as “New Boxed,” the “Company,” or the “Post Business Combination Company”. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Seven Oaks” herein refer to the Company prior to Closing.

•

Holders of 18,098,335 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock sold in its initial public offering exercised their right to have such shares redeemed (the “Redemptions”) for a full pro rata portion of the trust account holding the proceeds from Seven Oak’s initial public offering. The remaining 7,776,665 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock were each automatically reclassified into one share of New Boxed common stock.

•

The 6,468,750 shares of Seven Oaks Class B common stock held by Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) were each automatically reclassified into one share of New Boxed common stock, of which 1,940,625 are subject to vesting under certain conditions (the “Sponsor Earnout Shares”). The Sponsor Earnout Shares will be considered outstanding for legal purposes prior to the achievement of the vesting conditions but will not be considered outstanding for accounting purposes until such vesting conditions are achieved. Refer to Note 14 for detail on the Company’s valuation of these shares.

•

Pursuant to subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination Agreement (the “Subscription Agreements”), certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) subscribed to purchase an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of Class A common stock at $10.00 per share and an aggregate of 87,500 in principal amount of convertible notes (the “PIPE Convertible Notes” or “Convertible Notes”) upon consummation of the Business Combination (collectively, the “PIPE Investment”). At Closing, the Company consummated the PIPE Investment and 3,250,000 shares of New Boxed common stock were issued. Refer to Note 6 for terms and details of the PIPE Convertible Notes.

•

After giving effect to the transactions described above, including the Redemptions and the consummation of the PIPE Investment, there were 15,554,790 shares of New Boxed common stock issued and outstanding (excluding the Sponsor Earnout Shares).

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Forward Purchase shares”) and, one business day following the closing of the Business Combination, the Company paid out to ACM an amount (such amount, as adjusted under the Forward Purchase Agreement, the “Prepayment Amount”) equal to the redemption price per share multiplied by the number of subject shares on the date of prepayment. The Prepayment Amount of $65,062 was paid out of the funds received by the Company from Seven Oaks’ trust account and will be held in deposit account for the benefit of ACM until the “Valuation Date” (the second anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination, subject to certain acceleration provisions). At any time prior to the Valuation Date, ACM may elect an optional early termination to sell some or all of the Forward Purchase shares in the open market. If ACM sells any shares prior to the Valuation Date, a pro-rata portion of the Prepayment Amount will be released from the deposit account and paid to the Company. As of March 31, 2022, ACM has sold 734,702 shares, for which the Company received net proceeds of $6,878. Depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, the Company may never have access to the full remaining Prepayment Amount of $58,184. Refer to Note 12 for further detail on the Forward Purchase Agreement and the related settlement scenarios.

As discussed above, a total of 18,098,335 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock were presented for redemption in connection with the Business Combination (the “Redemptions”). As a result, there was approximately $77,784 remaining in Seven Oaks’ trust account, following Redemptions. Combined with the total PIPE Investment of $120,000, comprised of $32,500 in equity and $87,500 in Convertible Notes, and after deducting combined company transaction fees of $47,667, there was approximately $150,117 of cash proceeds received by the Company from the transaction. After paying the Prepayment Amount of $65,062 on December 9, 2021, the day after the Closing, the Company had $85,054 in net proceeds remaining. As discussed above, as of March 31, 2022, $6,878 of the amount initially subject to settlement under the Forward Purchase Transaction, has already been recovered by the Company.

Public and Private Warrants — In December 2021, in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, the Company assumed a total of 18,525,000 outstanding warrants to purchase one share of Boxed common stock with an exercise price of $11.50. Of these warrants, 12,937,500 warrants (the “Public Warrants”) were originally issued in the initial public offering (“IPO”) of Seven Oaks and 5,587,500 warrants (the “Private Warrants”) were originally issued in a private placement in connection with the IPO. The Private Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants, except the Private Warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Warrants were not transferable, assignable or salable until after the completion of the Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and are non-redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchases or their transferees, the Private Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

The Company evaluated its warrants under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging, and concluded that they do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. Therefore, the Company recorded these warrants as current liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value upon Closing, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values to be recognized in other income (expense), net in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations during future reporting periods. See further disclosure on the change in fair value of Public and Private Warrant liabilities within Note 14.

During the three months ended March 31, 2022, 821 warrants were exercised, leaving 18,524,179 outstanding.

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consist of the following at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

	March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Leasehold improvements		$	8,758		$	8,716
Warehouse equipment			3,105			3,056
Computers and small tools			1,417			1,337
Furniture and fixtures			85			85
Software development			14,146			14,091
Work in progress			378			7
			27,889			27,292
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization			(21,287)			(20,273)
Property and equipment, net		$	6,602		$	7,019

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $1,016 and $1,230 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, of which $305 and $499 related to software development costs, respectively.

PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the major components of prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Prepaid insurance		$	3,946		$	476
Prepaid services(1)			4,195			1,918
Vendor funds receivable			1,099			1,058
Other prepaid expenses			2,459			806
Other receivables			301			657
Total		$	12,000		$	4,915

(1)

Prepaid services represents the current portion paid to Palantir in the first quarter of 2022 in accordance with the Company’s Master Service Agreement, as discussed and defined in Note 11. The noncurrent portion of $10,702 is recorded as prepaid expenses, noncurrent on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the major components of other current liabilities consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Credit card payable		$	13,347		$	13,738
Accrued sales tax payable			1,920			1,708
Deferred rent – short term			—			451
Credits liability			648			641
Obligation for equity consideration(1)			—			3,000
Other accrued liabilities			2,116			2,362
Total		$	18,031		$	21,899

(1)

For further detail on the equity consideration, refer to Note 1 within the discussion on the MaxDelivery Acquisition. The equity consideration was issued in March 2022.

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONVERTIBLE NOTES

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination and for the purposes of raising the cash portion of the consideration for the Business Combination, Seven Oaks entered into Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors. Pursuant to these agreements, upon the Closing on December 8, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of $87,500 in principal amount of PIPE Convertible Notes. The PIPE Convertible Notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2022. The PIPE Convertible Notes will mature on December 15, 2026, unless earlier repurchased by the Company or converted at the option of the holders. Upon conversion, the Company will settle conversions of PIPE Convertible Notes through payment or delivery, as the case may be, of cash, shares of its common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at the Company’s election.

The initial conversion rate for the PIPE Convertible Notes is 83.333 shares of common stock per $1 thousand principal amount of the PIPE Convertible Notes (which represents an initial conversion of approximately $12.00 per share). The conversion rate for the PIPE Convertible Notes will be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events but will not be adjusted for accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the PIPE Convertible Notes) or a redemption with respect to the PIPE Convertible Notes occurs prior to the maturity date, under certain circumstances as specified in the relevant indenture, the Company will increase the conversion rate for the PIPE Convertible Notes by a number of additional shares of the Company’s common stock for a holder that elects to convert its notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change or redemption.

The Company is required to repurchase the PIPE Convertible Notes upon a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the PIPE Convertible Notes) at a fundamental repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest. On or after December 20, 2024, respectively, the Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the PIPE Convertible Notes, at the Company’s option if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30-consecutive trading-day period.

To the extent that the Company is unable to pay cash interest on the PIPE Convertible Notes on each interest payment date because of restrictions in the Company’s new term loan agreement (as discussed in Note 6), or at the election of the Company to defer interest payments, an amount equal to the unpaid interest then due will be added to the principal amount, without any action by the Company or the lender of the new term loan. The interest that is capitalized with, or added to, the principal amount is known as “PIK Interest.” As of March 31, 2022, the Company accrued for $1,531 of interest. Prior to each interest period, at its election, the Company will determine whether to pay cash interest or defer to PIK Interest.

Of the total transaction costs incurred as part of the Business Combination, $10,534 was allocated to the PIPE Convertible Notes and treated as debt issuance costs. As of March 31, 2022, the remaining period over which the debt issuance costs will be amortized was 4.71 years.

The indenture related to the Subscription Agreements includes customary affirmative and negative covenants including, among other things, compliance with applicable law, payment terms, events of default, and the terms surrounding the ability to repurchase the PIPE Convertible Notes.

DEBT

On August 4, 2021, the Company entered into a new term loan agreement (“the New Term Loan”). The New Term Loan will provide the Company with $45,000 at a floating per annum rate of LIBOR plus 8.5%, with a maturity date of August 4, 2025. Should LIBOR no longer be published, the agreement provides for an alternative rate of interest based on the per annum rate equal to the greatest of the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1% in effect on such day. The agreement provides the lender with a first priority security interest in all of the Company’s assets and contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires us to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15,000, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed upon quarterly targets, and (iii) maintain a Retail gross

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

margin percentage of at least 8%. These net Retail revenue and Retail gross margin targets are tested quarterly on a trailing twelve-month basis. The agreement also includes other affirmative and negative covenants, which, among other things, restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make any distributions, incur indebtedness, incur liens, and sell substantially all of its assets. The agreement also subjects the Company to certain reporting covenants. The Company is required to provide monthly, quarterly and annual financial statements, operating budget and metrics, and other financial information as requested. Also in connection with the New Term Loan, the Company issued 126,993 warrants to purchase price stock at an exercise price of $7.0871, which were cashless exercised immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

Further, on August 4, 2021, the Company repaid the outstanding principal balance of the Seventh Amendment of its existing term loan and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) of $5,000 and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $203. In connection with the loan repayment, the Company’s letter of credit was modified and the Company is now required to maintain cash collateral for the outstanding letters of credit. As a result, the cash collateral related to the outstanding letters of credit are segregated in restricted cash accounts as of March 31, 2022. Refer to the Notes to the Annual Report for further detail on the Seventh Amendment and corresponding Credit Agreement.

As of both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $2,768 of letters of credit issued, respectively, of which none were drawn.

Amounts outstanding under long-term debt, including the PIPE Convertible Notes (discussed in Note 6), consisted of the following as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is approximated at its carrying value as of these reporting dates.

	March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Term Loan, matures August 2025		$	43,386		$	43,287
PIPE Convertible Notes(1)			77,371			77,047
Total debt			120,757			120,334
Less: current portion			—			—
Long-term debt		$	120,757		$	120,334

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of March 31, 2022 are as follows:

	March 31, 2022
2022 (remaining nine months)		$	—
2023			—
2024			—
2025			43,386
2026			77,371
Total		$	120,757

(1)

As discussed in Note 6, the PIPE Convertible Notes will mature in 2026, unless earlier repurchased by the Company or converted at the option of the holders.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted ASC 606 as of January 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. The Company elects to apply the practical expedient to forego the disclosure of revenue related to performance obligations that are part of a contract whose original expected duration is less than one year. This practical expedient applies to all revenue streams except revenue generated from the Company’s software license revenue, as the term of software is greater than one year. The related remaining performance obligations for software license revenue are discussed below.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Retail Revenue — The Company’s Retail revenue is generated from the following revenue streams:

Merchandise Sales — The Company offers merchandise in the following core merchandise categories: grocery, snacks, beverages, and household and cleaning products. Revenue generated through the Company’s e-commerce platform is recognized when control of the goods ordered are transferred to the customer, which generally occurs upon delivery to the customer. Deferred revenue consists of payments received from customers for goods not yet shipped by the end of the period. As the shipments in-transit represent unsatisfied performance obligations, the revenue is deferred until delivery to the customer is complete.

Subscription Sales — The Company charges a membership fee to customers who sign up for the Company’s Boxed Up program. That fee allows customers to earn cash back on every purchase, access to exclusive discounts, and free shipping over a minimum order amount. The duration of the membership is generally 12 months. Because the Company has the obligation to provide access to its website for the duration of the membership term, the Company recognizes membership fees on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership. The Company’s deferred revenue related to membership fees was $671 and $752 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Outbound delivery fees — Outbound delivery fees are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as control of the product is transferred to customers upon delivery. Delivery charges to customers were $319 and $472 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Outbound delivery fees are included in net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Marketing fees — The Company provides a mix of marketing services to merchants. The Company provides merchants access to its e-commerce platform where merchants display and sell their products to users. The Company also provides advertising services to help merchants promote their products within the Company’s platform. The Company recognizes revenue when a user’s order is processed, and the related order information has been made available to the merchant. Revenue from marketing fees charged to vendors and partners was $371 and $359 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Marketing fees are included in net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Returns and Refunds — The Company’s contracts with customers are generally sold with a right of return. Historically the returns have been immaterial and recognized in the period which the products are returned.

Tax Collected — In the ordinary course of business, we collect sales tax on items purchased by our customers that are taxable in the jurisdictions when the purchases take place. These taxes are then remitted to the appropriate taxing authority. We exclude these taxes collected from net revenue in our financial statements.

Software & Services Revenue — The Company’s Software & Services revenue is generated from its software licensing agreements.

Software License Revenue — The Company generates revenue through software license agreements, which allow the customers the Company engages with to take possession of the software for usage of the Company’s IP, and host that software in an on-premise, or cloud-based infrastructure environment, at the customer’s election. A software license contract with multiple performance obligations typically includes the following elements: implementation services, software license, training services, and maintenance and support services. The total transaction price of a software license contract includes a fixed fee and may include forms of variable consideration, such as platform usage fees. Revenue is recognized as the performance obligations are satisfied. Specifically, implementation revenue is recognized over time utilizing the input method, based on a cost-to-cost analysis; software license revenue is recognized at the point in time at the go-live date of the software and upon settlement of variable fees, accounted using the sales-based royalty exception; training revenue is recognized when the training is delivered to the customer without regard to a detailed evaluation of the point in time criteria due to the short-term nature of the training services (completed within the same quarterly reporting period); and maintenance and support revenue is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the contract period. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the contract price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

generally determine standalone selling prices using a cost plus a margin approach. The total transaction price for the Company’s current contract related to software license revenue includes fixed and variable consideration.

For software license, revenue allocated to remaining performance obligations, which includes unearned revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods, was $1,043 as of March 31, 2022 for maintenance fees for the remainder of the initial contract term of five years. The Company recognized $1,668 and $60 in implementation and maintenance fees during the first quarter of 2022, respectively, and expects to recognize approximately $240 in maintenance fees, respectively, over the next 12 months.

Contract Assets and Liabilities

The difference in the opening and closing balances of the Company’s contract assets (unbilled receivables) and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) results from the timing differences between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment. The Company fulfills its obligations under contracts with customers by transferring goods and services in exchange for consideration from the customer. The Company recognizes a contract asset when it transfers products or services to a customer for which the billings occur in a future period. As of March 31, 2022, the Company recognized contract assets (unbilled receivables) related to its software licensing agreement under its Software & Services segment. The Company recognizes a contract liability when consideration is received from customers in advance of revenue recognition as described within the revenue streams above.

	March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Contract assets (unbilled receivables)		$	11,044		$	8,891
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)		$	1,904		$	2,020

The unbilled receivables and deferred revenue for the Company’s Software & Services segment are presented net at the contract level. The remaining deferred revenue that is presented separately on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2022 is related to the Company’s Retail segment.

The increase in unbilled receivables as of March 31, 2022 is driven by the recognition of the remaining deferred revenue related to AEON’s implementation, which previously offset a portion of the unbilled receivables. The unbilled receivables balance is attributable to the satisfaction of certain performance obligations for which billings were not yet invoiced as of March 31, 2022, partially offset by an increase in new billings for other certain performance obligations that were not yet satisfied.

Revenue Disaggregation

The Company had total revenue of $46,626 and $40,858 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company manages and reports operating results through two reportable segments defined by our products and services: Retail and Software & Services. The Company’s Retail operations represent the majority of its consolidated total revenues.

The following table summarizes the Company’s net revenue disaggregated by sales channel:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2022			2021
Direct Sales(1)		$	39,823		$	36,273
Channel Sales(2)		$	4,573		$	3,602
Software & Services(3)		$	2,250		$	982

(1)

Direct Sales includes retail direct to consumer sales on the Company’s e-commerce platform.

(2)

Channel Sales includes retail sales on other third-party platforms.

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3)

Software & Services includes revenue generated from software licensing agreements.

INCOME TAXES

The Company has an effective tax rate of 0.00% and 0.00% for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Company has evaluated the available evidence supporting the realization of its deferred tax assets, including the amount and timing of future taxable income, and has determined that it is more likely than not that its net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to uncertainties surrounding the realization of the deferred tax assets, the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against substantially all of its net deferred tax assets. When the Company determines that it will be able to realize some portion or all of its deferred tax assets, an adjustment to its valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets would have the effect of increasing net income in the period such determination is made.

The Company has applied ASC 740, Income Taxes, and has determined that it has an uncertain position that resulted in a tax reserve of $1,399 and $1,349 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company is subject to U.S. federal and state authority examinations.

10.

LEASES

The Company leases its principal offices in New York, New York and maintains fulfillment centers and office space in various locations throughout the United States under operating leases which expire on various dates through January 2030. Certain of these arrangements have escalating rent payment provisions or optional renewal clauses. The table below only considers lease obligations through the committed term as the Company is not reasonably certain to elect the option to extend its leases beyond the option date.

The Company also entered into various finance lease arrangements for fulfillment center equipment. These agreements range from three years to approximately six years.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating and finance leases as of March 31, 2022 was as follows:

Leases	Balance Sheet Classification	March 31, 2022
Assets
Operating lease assets	Operating right-of-use assets		$	10,520
Finance lease assets	Property and equipment, net			157
Total lease assets			$	10,677
Liabilities
Current:
Operating lease liabilities	Operating lease liabilities, current		$	3,270
Finance	Other current liabilities			74
Noncurrent:
Operating lease liabilities	Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent			7,703
Finance	Other long-term liabilities			85
Total lease liabilities			$	11,132

As of March 31, 2022, for operating leases, the weighted-average remaining lease term is 5.1 years and the weighted-average discount rate is 11.16%. As of March 31, 2022, for finance leases, the weighted-average remaining lease term is 2.1 years, and the weighted-average discount rate is 8.84%.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The components of lease cost for the three months ended March 31, 2022 were as follows:

Lease Cost	Statements of Operations Classification	March 31, 2022
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets	General and administrative expense		$	25
Interest on lease liabilities	General and administrative expense			4
Total finance lease cost			$	29
Operating lease cost	General and administrative expense			1,088
Variable lease cost	General and administrative expense			35
Total lease cost			$	1,152

For office and fulfillment center leases and leased equipment, the variable lease cost primarily represents variable payments such as common area maintenance, utilities and equipment maintenance.

The following represents a schedule of maturing lease commitments for operating and finance leases as of March 31, 2022:

	March 31, 2022
	Operating			Finance
Maturity of lease liabilities
2022 (remaining nine months)		$	3,398		$	64
2023			2,922			77
2024			1,742			34
2025			1,771			—
2026			1,707			—
thereafter			2,926			—
Total future minimum lease payments		$	14,466		$	175
Less: interest			(3,492)			(16)
Present value of lease liabilities		$	10,974		$	159

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2021 under ASC 840 were as follows:

	December 31, 2021
2022		$	4,478
2023			2,920
2024			1,742
2025			1,769
2026			1,711
thereafter			2,921
Total future minimum lease payments		$	15,541

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other supplemental cash flow information for the three months ended March 31, 2022 was as follows:

	March 31, 2022
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash used for operating leases		$	1,078
Operating cash used for finance leases			23
Financing cash used for finance leases			18
Total		$	1,119

There were no right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease or new operating lease liabilities during the period.

11.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Sales or Other Similar Taxes — Based on the location of the Company’s current operations, sales tax is collected and remitted. To date, the Company has had no actual or threatened sales and use tax claims from any state where it does not already claim nexus or any state where it sold products prior to claiming nexus. However, the Company believes that the likelihood of incurring a liability as a result of sales tax nexus being asserted by certain states where it sold products prior to claiming nexus is reasonably possible. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company estimates that the potential liability is approximately $1,399. All periods have been recorded as an accrued liability. Although it is reasonably possible that a change in this estimate will occur in the near term, the Company believes this is the best estimate of an amount due to taxing agencies, given that such a potential loss is an unasserted liability that would be contested and subject to negotiation between the Company and the respective state, or decided by a court.

Legal Proceedings — The Company is not currently subject to any legal proceedings or currently aware of any claims that it believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

On February 8, 2022, a putative stockholder of the Company filed a complaint in the Delaware Chancery Court alleging that he is entitled to attorney’s fees and expenses in connection with a demand he made on the Company regarding the ability of Seven Oaks Class A common stockholders to vote on certain charter amendments in connection with the Business Combination, which closed on December 8, 2021. The stockholder has not specified the amount of attorneys’ fees and expenses sought. The Company’s response to the complaint was filed on May 2, 2022. As of March 31, 2022, no estimate of reasonably possible losses was available due to the early stage of this matter and the uncertainty inherent in litigation and investigations.

Service Agreements — The Company is currently engaged in the below service agreements under which it has certain long-term commitments in exchange for the described services:

On June 13, 2021, the Company executed a Master Subscription Agreement with Palantir Technologies Inc. (“Palantir”) under which it will pay $20,000 over five years for access to Palantir’s Foundry software platform and related services for advanced data management and analytics to be used for the Company’s strategic initiatives. In exchange for this agreement, Palantir agreed to purchase, and the Company agreed to sell to Palantir, an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock, for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $20,000, in connection with the PIPE Investment. On December 8, 2021, upon the Closing (as discussed in Notes 1 and 2), $15,000 of the $20,000 was due to Palantir, pursuant to the terms of the Master Subscription Agreement, thirty days after Closing. As of March 31, 2022, the initial $15,000 was fully paid to Palantir. Also upon the Closing, each share of Seven Oaks Class A common stock was reclassified into one share of New Boxed common stock.

The Company received access to Palantir’s Foundry software platform on June 25, 2021; however; no software expense was recognized until after the consummation of the Business Combination as the Company could cancel the agreement if the Business Combination was not consummated.

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On December 1, 2021, the Company entered into an addendum to a prior service agreement with Google LLC for access to the Google Cloud Platform. The addendum includes three commitment periods, with the first commitment period beginning on the implementation date and lasting 12 months and the next two commitment periods beginning at the end of the preceding period and lasting 12 months each. The minimum commitments for the first, second, and third commitment periods are $2,000, $4,500, and $8,500, respectively. Any fees the Company incurs in a single commitment period (other than the final commitment period) that in total exceed the minimum commitment for such period will apply towards the Company’s minimum commitment for the following commitment period. As of March 31, 2022, the total remaining commitment, gross of discounts, was approximately $14,360, with a minimum of approximately $2,800 due within the next 12 months.

12.

FORWARD PURCHASE TRANSACTION

As discussed in Note 2, prior to the Closing, on November 28, 2021, Seven Oaks entered into a Forward Purchase Agreement with ACM for a Forward Purchase Transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, ACM purchased approximately 6,504,768 shares of Seven Oaks’ Class A common stock in exchange for the Prepayment Amount of $65,062, which was paid out of the funds received by the Company from Seven Oaks’ trust account and will be held in a deposit account for the benefit of ACM until the Valuation Date. There are a few scenarios in which the Forward Purchase Agreement can be settled either before or on the Valuation Date:

i. At any time prior to the Valuation Date, ACM may elect an optional early termination to sell some or all of the Forward Purchase shares in the open market. If ACM sells any shares prior to the Valuation Date, a pro-rata portion of the Prepayment Amount will be released from the deposit account and paid to the Company. ACM shall retain any proceeds from the sale of such shares in excess of such pro-rata portion paid to the Company. For example, if ACM chooses to exercise its right to an optional early termination and sells the common stock for $7.00 per share, it will be required to return $10.00 per share, plus accrued interest, back to the Company in cash from the deposit account. Similarly, if ACM sells its shares at $12.00 per share, it will be required to return $10.00 per share, plus accrued interest, back to the Company.

ii. On the Valuation Date, if any shares subject to the Forward Purchase Agreement remain unsold and there is a remaining balance in the deposit account corresponding to the unsold shares, the settlement amount of the remaining funds in the deposit account will be allocated based on the difference between ACM’s purchase price of $10.00 and the trading price of the shares over a specified valuation period, the length of which is based on the daily trading volume of the shares. Assuming the shares are trading above $10.00, the Company will receive the entire remaining Prepayment Amount held in the deposit account, less any applicable fees. To the extent there is any shortfall between ACM’s purchase price of approximately $10.00 (adjusted for accrued interest) and the trading price, there will be a proportionate reduction in the cash from the deposit account that the Company will receive.

iii. If the volume weighted average share price (“VWAP”) of the shares falls below $5.00 per share for 20 out of any 30 consecutive trading days (a “VWAP Trigger Event”), then ACM may elect to accelerate the Valuation Date to the date of such VWAP Trigger Event. If ACM elects to accelerate the Valuation Date, the settlement amount returned to the Company would be approximately equal to the VWAP of the shares on such date of the Trigger Event, net of $0.20 per share in fees.

As of March 31, 2022, ACM has sold 734,702 shares, for which the Company received net proceeds of $6,878. Of this amount, 233,593 was sold during the three months ended March 31, 2022 for net proceeds of $1,866. Depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, the Company may never have access to all of the remaining Prepayment Amount.

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

measurements for this derivative as of Closing and as of December 31, 2021, which is described in Note 14. The Company remeasures the fair value of the forward purchase option derivative each reporting period.

13.

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Common Stock and Preferred Stock

Common Stock — As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company was authorized to issue 600,000,000 shares of common stock at $0.0001 par value per share, respectively. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there was 66,915,204 and 66,647,242 common shares outstanding, respectively. Each share of common stock has the right to one vote per share.

Preferred Stock — As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company was authorized to issue 60,000,000 shares of preferred stock at $0.0001 par value per share, respectively. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Equity Award Plans

Equity Incentive Plan — The Company historically had one Equity Incentive Plan, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”), under which the Company had issued equity awards to the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and consultants. The option exercise price was determined by the Board of Directors based on the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock.

Incentive Award Plan — In December 2021, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”), upon consummation of the Business Combination. No new awards will be issued under the 2013 Plan following the approval of the 2021 Plan.

Under the 2021 Plan, the Company has the ability to issue incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units to selected employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company as an incentive to such persons. The Company has initially reserved 10,024,848 shares of common stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees, and consultants of the Company pursuant to the 2021 Plan. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by the Board. For fiscal year 2022, the Board elected not to increase the initial reserve under the 2021 Plan as it was only adopted in December of 2021.

Of such reserved shares of common stock, as of March 31, 2022, 2,588,500 options and restricted stock units have been granted and are currently outstanding, leaving 7,198,848 shares of common stock remain available for issuance pursuant to the 2021 Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan — In connection with the Business Combination, the Company adopted the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which will allow eligible employees to acquire a stock ownership in the Company. A total of 2,004,969 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending on and including January 31, 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 1% of the aggregate number of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as is determined by the Board. For fiscal year 2022, the Board elected not to increase the initial reserve under the ESPP as it was only adopted in December of 2021. As of March 31, 2022, there have been no issuances under the ESPP.

Equity Awards and Stock-Based Compensation

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

succeeding thirty-six months, subject to continued service with the Company through each vesting date. Options granted are generally exercisable for up to 10 years, also subject to continued service with the Company.

The following is a summary of stock options activity during the three months ended March 31, 2022:

	Number of options		Weighted Average Exercise Price			Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021		5,832,519		$	3.30		5.62
Granted		237,500			10.00		9.96
Exercised		—
Forfeited		(164,235)
Outstanding as of March 31, 2022		5,905,784		$	3.56		5.56
Vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2022		5,905,784		$	3.56		5.56
Exercisable as of March 31, 2022		4,282,866		$	3.00		4.48

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was $1,047 for the three months ended March 31, 2022. All stock-based compensation expense is recorded within selling, general, and administrative expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As of March 31, 2022, total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options was approximately $3,004, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.90 years. The total fair value of options vested during the three months ended March 31, 2022 was $1,875.

Restricted Stock Units — Certain executive officers are eligible for (i) time-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and (ii) performance-based RSUs under a three-year long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) through which these individuals will be granted shares of RSUs eligible to vest over a three-year period (the “LTIP period”). For each individual, certain portions of the RSUs granted (i) will vest over time based on continued service over the LTIP period (ii) will vest based on the achievement of certain gross profit targets over the LTIP period, and (iii) will vest based on the achievement of certain share price hurdles for the Company’s common stock. Each of these grant types will be subject to the officers’ continuous employment through each vesting date. Further, as part of its overall compensation strategy, the Company grants RSUs to its employees as part of the new-hire process as well as ongoing equity refresh cycles . RSUs granted to employees typically vest over a four-year period with 25% of the shares underlying the grant vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting on a pro-rata basis over the succeeding thirty-six months, subject to continued service with the Company through each vesting date.

As of March 31, 2022, 1,518,500 time-based RSUs and 1,070,000 share-price target RSUs have been granted, respectively, to certain of the Company’s executive officers, employees, non-employee directors, and third party consultants. Of these grants, 1,008,500 time-based RSUs and 300,000 share-price target RSUs were granted during the three months ended March 31, 2022. Of the RSUs issued to the Company’s executive officers, the time-based RSUs will vest annually over a three-year LTIP period, subject to the executives’ continued service at each vesting date. The executive officer share-price target RSUs are subject to vesting based on the achievement of certain share price hurdles over the LTIP period. For the time-based RSUs, the stock-based compensation expense will be recognized evenly over the three-year LTIP period, with $1,312 being recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2022.

A valuation to determine the fair values for the share-price target RSUs was performed using a Monte-Carlo Simulation, which includes the probability of reaching the share price hurdles in determining the fair value of the award. Total stock-based compensation to be recognized for these share-price target RSUs is based on a derived service period, calculated by the model. Total stock-based compensation expense related to these awards recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2022 was $2,821.

As of March 31, 2022, total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested time-based RSUs and share-price target RSUs was approximately $14,737 and $4,352, respectively, which is expected to be

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.02 years and 0.65 years, respectively. No RSUs have vested as of March 31, 2022. To date, the Company has not yet granted RSUs which vest based on the achievement of certain gross profit targets.

14.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The table below presents information regarding financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level within the fair value hierarchy reflecting the valuation techniques utilized to determine fair value.

	Fair Value Hierarchy
March 31, 2022	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets – cash & cash equivalents		$	69,935		$	—		$	—
Assets – restricted cash			2,768			—			—
Total Assets		$	72,703		$	—		$	—
Liabilities:
Forward purchase option derivative		$	—		$	—		$	17,609
Earnout liability			—			—			20,145
Public Warrants			13,841			—			—
Private Warrants			—			5,979			—
Total Liabilities		$	13,841		$	5,979		$	37,754

December 31, 2021	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets – cash & cash equivalents		$	105,027		$	—		$	—
Assets – restricted cash			2,767			—			—
Total assets		$	107,795		$	—		$	—
Liabilities:
Forward purchase option derivative		$	—		$	—		$	4,203
Earnout liability			—			—			27,134
Common stock warrants			15,396			—			—
Preferred stock warrants			—			6,649			—
Total liabilities		$	15,396		$	6,649		$	31,337

Level 3 Rollforward	Forward purchase option derivative			Earnout liability
Beginning balances		$	4,203		$	27,134
Additions			—			—
Changes in fair value			13,406			(6,989)
Ending balances		$	17,609		$	20,145

The Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities include the forward purchase option derivative and earnout liability, which is comprised of (i) the contingent consideration related to the MaxDelivery acquisition (See Note 1) and (ii) the Sponsor Earnout Shares (See Note 2). The fair value of each instrument was estimated using a Monte-Carlo Simulation. The Company measures the fair value at each reporting period, with subsequent revisions to be recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. Refer to Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates within the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail on the valuations.

There were no transfers between levels during the reporting periods. All significant Level 3 fair value hierarchy were recorded during the periods ended March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.

NET LOSS PER SHARE

The Company uses the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per common share. In periods of net loss, no effect is given to the Company’s participating securities as they do not contractually participate in the losses of the Company. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

	For the Three Months Ended March 31,
	2022			2021
Numerator
Net loss		$	(36,211)		$	(14,205)
Less: accretion adjustment			—			401
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities			—			—
Net loss attributable to common shareholders		$	(36,211)		$	(14,606)
Less: undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities			—			—
Denominator
Weighted-average shares – basic and diluted			66,861,005			9,419,197
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted		$	(0.54)		$	(1.55)

The following securities were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share in the periods presented, as their effect would be anti-dilutive:

	As of March 31,
	2022		2021
Series preferred stock, outstanding		—		41,289,914
Common stock warrants, outstanding		—		35,719
Preferred stock warrants, outstanding		—		1,188,848
Common stock options, outstanding		5,905,784		5,961,746
PIPE Convertible Notes, if-converted(1)		7,291,667		—
Restricted stock units, outstanding		2,470,520		—
Private Warrants, outstanding		12,936,679		—
Public Warrants, outstanding		5,587,500		—

(1)

The PIPE Convertible Notes are presented using a conversion rate of $12.00, in line with the if-converted method under ASC 260, Earnings Per Share.

16.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In 2021 and prior, the Company identified three related parties, including (i) the employer of the Director elected by the shareholders of the Series C-1 class of preferred stock (ii) a shareholder of the Series D-1 class of preferred stock and (iii) AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEON Co., Ltd. (“AEON”),

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination in December 2021, all shares of Old Boxed preferred stock converted into shares of Old Boxed common stock. Upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock then converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock.

As a result of the Business Combination and the related transactions, (i) the majority holder of the Series C-1 class was no longer a related party as of Closing as this holder no longer holds more than 10% of the Company’s voting interest and the elected Director is no longer on the Board of Directors and (ii) the holder of the Series D-1 class, was no longer a related party.

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2021, the Company identified AEON as its only remaining related party. The following discussion includes related party transactions with AEON as well as prior year period related party transactions for the previously identified related parties related to holders of Series C-1 and Series D-1 preferred stock.

AEON

On February 12, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with AEON Integrated Business Services Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEON Co., Ltd. (“AEON”), a Series D-1 shareholder, to license its e-commerce platform through a software licensing arrangement. The objective of the agreement is for the Company to design, develop and support the e-commerce platform customized for the digital marketplace operations of AEON and AEON affiliates. The services provided include implementation services, license of the e-commerce software platform, training, and maintenance and support. The Company has been engaged to provide services to AEON and AEON Malaysia. The total transaction price for the contract includes fixed and variable consideration. Based on the Company’s estimates of the standalone selling prices of the performance obligations identified in the contract, the Company has allocated $7,300 to implementation services specific to AEON, $4,500 to the implementation services specific to AEON Malaysia, and $20 per month to software maintenance services with respect to the licensed software for AEON Malaysia. The transaction price attributable to the software license to AEON Malaysia is variable and consists of sales and usage-based royalties. Yuki Habu, a director of Boxed, is affiliated with AEON. Refer to Note 8, Revenue Recognition, for further details. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination in December 2021, all shares of Old Boxed preferred stock converted into shares of Old Boxed common stock, which then upon Closing converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock.

Holders of Series C-1 and Series D-1 preferred stock

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the majority holder of the Series C-1 class of preferred stock was a vendor from whom the Company purchases inventory. The collective shareholders of the Series C-1 class of preferred stock had the right to elect one Director to the Board of Directors and the elected Director was an employee of this vendor. In connection with the inventory purchases, the Company receives various volume rebates and incentives to continue doing business. Total inventory purchases and volume rebates and incentives for the three months ended March 31, 2021 were approximately $3,180 and $102, respectively.

For the three months ended March 31, 2021, a holder of the Series D-1 class of preferred stock was a vendor from whom the Company purchases inventory. The collective shareholders of the Series D-1 class of preferred stock had the right to elect two Directors to the Board of Directors. The Directors elected by the collective Series D-1 shareholders were not employees of this vendor. In connection with the inventory purchases, the Company receives various volume rebates and incentives to continue doing business. For the three months ended March 31, 2021, total inventory purchases and total dunnage purchases were $583 and $616, respectively. The Company did not receive volume rebates and incentives during the three months ended March 31, 2021.

17.

SEGMENT REPORTING

Therefore, asset information by segment has not been disclosed. Substantially all of the Company’s identifiable assets are located in the United States. The Company currently does not have substantial sales outside the United States, nor does any customer represent more than 10 percent of total revenues for any period presented.

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information about Reported Segment Profit or Loss

	Retail			Software & Services			Total
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
Grocery net revenue		$	30,539		$	—		$	30,539
Home & Household net revenue			12,688			—			12,688
Other net revenue(1)			1,169			—			1,169
Software & Services net revenue			—			2,230			2,230
Total net revenue		$	44,396		$	2,230		$	46,626
Operating income (loss)		$	(30,282)		$	1,272		$	(29,010)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
Total net revenue		$	39,876		$	982		$	40,858
Operating income (loss)		$	(13,533)		$	241		$	(13,292)

(1)

Includes revenues related to our subscription services program, advertising and marketing fees, and third-party marketplace service fees.

18.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transaction occurring through the filing date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q require adjustments to or disclosures in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Aside from the items discussed below, the Company did not have any subsequent events that required recognition or disclosure in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2022.

1. On May 9, 2022, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with an investor relating to a committed capital on demand facility (the “CCOD Facility”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company will have the right from time to time at its option to sell to the investor up to the lesser of (i) $100,000 of the Company’s common stock and (ii) the Exchange Cap which, under the applicable rules of the NYSE, states that in no event may the Company issue more than 19.99% of the voting power or number of shares of common stock outstanding, unless certain stipulations are met.

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Boxed, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boxed, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and recurring negative operating cash flows since inception and projects that it may not be in compliance with certain of its loan covenant requirements related to its term loan which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York City, New York
March 15, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020

	2021			2020
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents		$	105,027,484		$	30,043,046
Restricted cash			2,767,471			—
Accounts receivable, net			3,122,015			2,910,079
Inventories			11,427,567			13,964,510
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			4,915,305			2,131,895
Deferred contract costs – current			7,580,423			—
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS			134,840,265			49,049,530
Property and equipment, net			7,019,338			10,411,396
Unbilled receivables			8,890,888			—
Forward purchase receivable			60,050,189			—
Goodwill			7,443,569			—
Deferred contract costs			11,847,266			—
Other long-term assets			1,513,335			204,122
TOTAL ASSETS		$	231,604,850		$	59,665,048
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable		$	28,936,706		$	9,072,929
Accrued expenses			6,392,029			5,802,135
Deferred revenue			2,020,351			2,435,909
Other current liabilities			21,899,142			14,958,064
Term loan – current portion			—			3,750,000
SPAC warrant liabilities			22,044,750			—
Warrants to purchase common shares			—			49,863
Warrants to purchase preferred shares			—			2,072,536
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES			81,292,978			38,141,436
PIPE Convertible Notes, net of transaction costs			77,047,475			—
Long-term debt			43,286,747			3,750,000
Forward purchase option derivative			4,202,562			—
Earnout liability			27,133,563			—
Other long-term liabilities			217,238			1,015,248
TOTAL LIABILITIES			233,180,563			42,906,684
TOTAL CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Refer to Note 13)			—			325,200,758
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 600,000,000 and 66,486,210 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020; 66,647,242 and 9,392,361 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively			6,665			939
Additional paid-in capital			383,065,836			6,982,156
Accumulated deficit			(384,648,214)			(315,425,489)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT			(1,575,713)			(308,442,394)
TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT		$	231,604,850		$	59,665,048

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

	2021			2020			2019
Net revenue:
Retail		$	156,989,110		$	187,173,834		$	173,992,897
Software & Services(1)			20,277,567			—			—
Total net revenue			177,266,677			187,173,834			173,992,897
Cost of sales:
Retail			(142,949,882)			(161,270,544)			(164,091,469)
Software & Services(1)			(2,438,689)			—			—
Total cost of sales			(145,388,571)			(161,270,544)			(164,091,469)
Gross profit			31,878,106			25,903,290			9,901,428
Advertising expense			(21,959,556)			(4,912,269)			(20,703,071)
Selling, general, and administrative expense			(58,961,360)			(49,677,783)			(54,891,680)
Loss from operations			(49,042,810)			(28,686,762)			(65,693,323)
Other income (expense), net			(20,179,795)			(5,749,814)			291,323
Loss before income taxes			(69,222,605)			(34,436,576)			(65,402,000)
Income taxes			—			—			—
Net loss		$	(69,222,605)		$	(34,436,576)		$	(65,402,000)
Net loss per common share:
Basic net loss per common share		$	(5.14)		$	(3.80)		$	(7.19)
Diluted net loss per common share		$	(5.14)		$	(3.80)		$	(7.19)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic			13,063,482			9,348,633			9,261,222
Diluted			13,063,482			9,348,633			9,261,222

(1)

For information related to related party transactions, see Note 17.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

	Total Convertible Preferred Stock					Common					Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
Balances at December 31, 2018		35,451,667		$	271,051,511		9,722,081		$	98		$	4,812,099		$	(215,586,910)		$	(210,774,713)
Retroactive application of recapitalization		(1,779,622)			—		(488,022)			825			(825)			—			—
Adjusted beginning balance		33,672,045		$	271,051,511		9,234,059		$	923		$	4,811,274		$	(215,586,910)		$	(210,774,713)
Stock-based compensation		—			—		—			—			2,286,349			—			2,286,349
Exercises of common stock options		—			—		111,482			11			102,309			—			102,320
Retroactive application of recapitalization		—			—		(5,615)			—			—			—			—
Issuance of Series D preferred stock for cash		915,038			10,000,000		—			—			—			—			—
Retroactive application of recapitalization		(45,933)			—		—			—			—			—			—
Preferred stock issuance costs		—			(21,308)		—			—			—			—			—
Series C-3 preferred stock remeasurement		—			1,155,122		—			—			(1,155,122)			—			(1,155,122)
Other adjustments		—			1		—			—			(1)			—			(1)
Net loss		—			—		—			—			—			(65,402,000)			(65,402,000)
Balances at December 31, 2019		34,541,150		$	282,185,326		9,339,926		$	934		$	6,044,809		$	(280,988,910)		$	(274,943,167)

	Total Convertible Preferred Stock					Common					Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
Balances at December 31, 2019		36,366,705		$	282,185,326		9,833,563		$	99		$	6,045,644		$	(280,988,910)		$	(274,943,167)
Retroactive application of recapitalization		(1,825,555)			—		(493,637)			835			(835)			—			—
Adjusted beginning balance		34,541,150		$	282,185,326		9,339,926		$	934		$	6,044,809		$	(280,988,910)		$	(274,943,167)
Stock-based compensation		—			—		—			—			1,956,009			—			1,956,009
Exercises of common stock options		—			—		55,213			5			71,754			—			71,759
Retroactive application of recapitalization		—			—		(2,778)						—
Issuances of Series E preferred stock for cash		4,233,043			30,000,000		—			—			—			—			—
Issuance of Series E preferred stock for conversion of convertible promissory notes		1,783,768			12,644,170		—			—			—			—			—
Retroactive application of recapitalization		(302,035)			—		—			—			—			—			—
Preferred stock issuance costs		—			(719,033)		—			—			—			—			—
Series C-3 preferred stock remeasurement		—			1,090,294		—			—			(1,090,294)			—			(1,090,294)
Other adjustments		—			1		—			—			(122)			(3)			(125)
Net loss		—			—		—			—			—			(34,436,576)			(34,436,576)
Balances at December 31, 2020		40,255,926		$	325,200,758		9,392,361		$	939		$	6,982,156		$	(315,425,489)		$	(308,442,394)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

	Total Convertible Preferred Stock					Common					Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Deficit
Balances at December 31, 2020		42,383,516		$	325,200,758		9,888,776		$	99		$	6,982,996		$	(315,425,489)		$	(308,442,394)
Retroactive application of recapitalization		(2,127,590)			—		(496,415)			840			(840)			—			—
Adjusted beginning balance		40,255,926		$	325,200,758		9,392,361		$	939		$	6,982,156		$	(315,425,489)		$	(308,442,394)
Stock-based compensation		—			—		—			—			4,005,355			—			4,005,355
Exercises of common stock options		—			—		370,053			36			768,050			—			768,086
Retroactive application of recapitalization		—			—		(18,591)			—			—			—			—
Exercise and conversion of warrants		—			—		58,760			6			587,172			—			587,178
Conversion of preferred stock		(40,255,926)			(325,200,758)		41,289,869			4,129			325,196,629			—			325,200,758
Reverse recapitalization, net of transaction costs(1)		—			—		15,554,790			1,555			65,421,379			—			65,422,934
Sponsor Earnout Shares liability		—			—		—			—			(19,895,062)			—			(19,895,062)
Other adjustments		—			—		—			—			157			(120)			37
Net loss		—			—		—			—			—			(69,222,605)			(69,222,605)
Balances at December 31, 2021		—		$	—		66,647,242		$	6,665		$	383,065,836		$	(384,648,214)		$	(1,575,713)

(1)

Excludes 1,940,625 shares subject to vesting requirements. See Note 1, Description of Business for further detail.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

	2021			2020			2019
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss		$	(69,222,605)		$	(34,436,576)		$	(65,402,000)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			4,496,519			4,785,778			4,377,731
Stock-based compensation			4,005,355			1,956,009			2,286,349
Bad debt expense			(43,964)			199,387			133,742
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities			3,281,279			883,573			(178,668)
Change in fair value of derivatives			4,202,562			4,323,770			—
Change in fair value of earnout liability			5,527,501			—			—
Loss on extinguishment of convertible note			—			102,972			—
Amortization of debt discount			237,800			—			—
Other non-cash items			351,524			—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Receivables, net			(88,992)			552,137			(163,266)
Inventories			2,779,118			77,901			284,894
Prepaid and other current assets			(2,839,423)			1,020,918			1,069,382
Unbilled receivables			(8,890,888)			—			—
Deferred contract costs			(19,427,689)			—			—
Other long-term assets			40,787			—			—
Accounts payable			19,278,074			(7,517,867)			5,388,131
Accrued expenses			566,521			453,575			(784,360)
Deferred revenue			(415,558)			117,497			897,512
Other current liabilities			3,567,199			2,547,651			6,011,974
Long-term liabilities			(874,069)			836,791			198,017
Net cash used in operating activities			(53,468,949)			(24,096,484)			(45,880,562)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures			(1,070,741)			(1,536,631)			(3,860,060)
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired			(3,600,000)			—			—
Forward purchase receivable deposit			(65,062,414)			—			—
Forward purchase receipts			5,012,225			—			—
Other investing activities			—			308,331			(18,916)
Net cash used in investing activities			(64,720,930)			(1,228,300)			(3,878,976)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Business Combination financing, net of redemptions and transaction costs			159,617,056			—			—
Principal payments on finance lease obligations			(73,903)			(72,130)			(3,048,052)
Proceeds from option exercises			768,086			71,758			102,320
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock			—			30,000,000			10,000,000
Proceeds from convertible note issuance			—			8,217,304			—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

	2021			2020			2019
Preferred stock issuance costs			—			(719,033)			(21,308)
Repayment of borrowings			(7,500,000)			(7,520,000)			(980,000)
Proceeds from borrowings			43,800,226			12,500,000			—
Debt issuance costs			(669,677)			—			—
Net cash provided by financing activities			195,941,788			42,477,899			6,052,960
Total change in cash			77,751,909			17,153,115			(43,706,578)
CASH BEGINNING OF YEAR			30,043,046			12,889,931			56,596,509
CASH END OF YEAR		$	107,794,955		$	30,043,046		$	12,889,931
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
Cash paid for taxes		$	18,833		$	8,284		$	10,292
Cash paid for interest		$	280,990		$	404,411		$	301,155
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Assumed warrant liability in connection with the Business Combination		$	17,228,250		$	—		$	—
Contingent consideration related to acquisition		$	1,711,000		$	—		$	—
Cashless exercise of warrants		$	587,172		$	—		$	—
Conversion of convertible promissory note to preferred stock		$	—		$	12,644,170		$	—
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock		$	325,200,758		$	—		$	—
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$	105,027,484		$	30,043,046		$	12,889,931
Restricted cash at end of period			2,767,471			—			—
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period		$	107,794,955		$	30,043,046		$	12,889,931

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BOXED, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Combination — On June 13, 2021, the Company (formerly known as Seven Oaks Acquisition Corp.) entered into a definitive agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and Giddy Inc. (“Old Boxed”). Under the Business Combination Agreement, the Company agreed to acquire all outstanding equity interests of Old Boxed for approximately $550,000,000 in aggregate consideration, which Old Boxed’s stockholders would receive in the form of shares of common stock of the Company (the consummation of the business combination and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, collectively, the “Business Combination”).

On December 8, 2021, the Company consummated the Business Combination and other transactions (the “Closing”). The following occurred upon the Closing:

•

Old Boxed merged with Blossom Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with Old Boxed surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Immediately following this initial merger, Old Boxed merged with and into Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC, another wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with Blossom Merger Sub II, LLC surviving the merger and changing its name to “Boxed LLC.”

•

The 6,468,750 shares of Seven Oaks Class B common stock held by Seven Oaks Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) were each automatically reclassified into one share of New Boxed common stock, of which 1,940,625 are subject to vesting under certain conditions (the “Sponsor Earnout Shares”). The Sponsor Earnout Shares will be considered outstanding for legal purposes prior to the achievement of the vesting conditions but will not be considered outstanding for accounting purposes until such vesting conditions are achieved. Refer to Note 15 for detail on the Company’s valuation of these shares.

•

Pursuant to subscription agreements entered into in connection with the Business Combination Agreement (the “Subscription Agreements”), certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) subscribed to purchase an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of Class A common stock at $10.00 per share and an aggregate of $87,500,000 in principal amount of convertible notes (the “PIPE Convertible Notes” or “Convertible Notes”) upon consummation of the Business Combination (collectively, the “PIPE Investment”). At Closing, the Company consummated the PIPE Investment and 3,250,000 shares of New Boxed common stock were issued. Refer to Note 5 for terms and details of the PIPE Convertible Notes.

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Prior to the Closing, on November 28, 2021, Seven Oaks entered into an agreement (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”) with ACM AART VII D LLC (“ACM”) for a cash-settled OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction (the “Forward Purchase Transaction”). Pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, ACM purchased approximately 6,504,768 shares of Seven Oaks’ Class A common stock (the “Forward Purchase shares”) and, one business day following the closing of the Business Combination, the Company paid out to ACM an amount (such amount, as adjusted under the Forward Purchase Agreement, the “Prepayment Amount”) equal to the redemption price per share multiplied by the number of subject shares on the date of prepayment. The Prepayment Amount of $65,062,414 was paid out of the funds received by the Company from Seven Oaks’ trust account and will be held in deposit account for the benefit of ACM until the “Valuation Date” (the second anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination, subject to certain acceleration provisions). At any time prior to the Valuation Date, ACM may elect an optional early termination to sell some or all of the Forward Purchase shares in the open market. If ACM sells any shares prior to the Valuation Date, a pro-rata portion of the Prepayment Amount will be released from the deposit account and paid to the Company. As of December 31, 2021, ACM has sold 501,109 shares, for which the Company received gross proceeds of $5,012,225. Depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, the Company may never have access to the full remaining Prepayment Amount of $60,050,189. Refer to Note 11 for further detail on the Forward Purchase Agreement and the related settlement scenarios.

As discussed above, a total of 18,098,335 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock were presented for redemption in connection with the Business Combination (the “Redemptions”). As a result, there was approximately $77,784,265 remaining in Seven Oaks’ trust account, following Redemptions. Combined with the total PIPE Investment of $120,000,000, comprised of $32,500,000 in equity and $87,500,000 in Convertible Notes, and after deducting combined company transaction fees of $47,667,386, there was approximately $150,116,879 of cash proceeds received by the Company from the transaction. After paying the Prepayment Amount of $65,062,414 on December 9, 2021, the day after the Closing, the Company had $85,054,465 in net proceeds remaining. As discussed above, as of December 31, 2021, $5,012,225 of the amount initially subject to settlement under the Forward Purchase Transaction, has already been recovered by the Company.

The following table illustrates the net proceeds to the Company delivered through the Business Combination.

Cash – Seven Oaks trust and cash, net of Redemptions	$	77,784,265
Cash – PIPE Equity		32,500,000
Cash – PIPE Convertible Notes		87,500,000
Gross cash proceeds resulting from the Business Combination		197,784,265
Less: combined company transaction costs		(47,667,386)
Net cash proceeds from the Business Combination		150,116,879
Less: Prepayment Amount pursuant to Forward Purchase Transaction		(65,062,414)
Cash proceeds, net of the Forward Purchase Transaction Prepayment Amount	$	85,054,465

Further, the following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as well as to the amounts disclosed herein in Note 1.

Cash – Seven Oaks trust and cash, net of Redemptions	$	77,784,265
Cash – PIPE Equity		32,500,000
Less: net impact of reverse recapitalization		(38,648,877)
Less: transaction costs reclassed or allocated to equity		(6,212,454)
Reverse recapitalization, net of transaction costs	$	65,422,934

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash – PIPE Convertible Notes		87,500,000
Less: transaction costs allocated to debt		(10,534,127)
Plus: noncash assumed warrant liability in reverse recapitalization		17,228,250
Net cash proceeds from the Business Combination on the Statements of Cash Flows	$	159,617,057
Less: transaction costs allocated to derivative instruments and expensed during the year		(9,500,178)
Net cash proceeds from the Business Combination within Note 1	$	150,116,879
Less: Prepayment Amount pursuant to Forward Purchase Transaction		(65,062,414)
Cash proceeds, net of the Forward Purchase Transaction Prepayment Amount	$	85,054,465

Immediately prior to Closing, each share of Old Boxed convertible preferred stock was converted to common stock based on the applicable conversion rate for each security and then upon Closing converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 (the “Exchange Ratio”) shares of New Boxed common stock. Also as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, each share of Old Boxed common stock was converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock and each outstanding and unexercised option to purchase Old Boxed common stock, vested or unvested, was assumed and converted into the an option to purchase 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock, subject to the same terms and conditions as applied to the underlying options to purchase Old Boxed common stock.

Based on the following factors, the Company determined under the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations, that the Business Combination was a reverse capitalization:

•

Old Boxed stockholders owned approximately 76.7% of the shares in the Post Business Combination Company, and thus had sufficient voting right to exert influence over the Post Business Combination Company.

•

Old Boxed appointed a majority of the Post Business Combination Company’s board of directors and maintained a majority of the composition of management.

•

Old Boxed was the larger entity based on historical revenues and business operations and comprised the ongoing operations of the Post Business Combination Company.

•

The Post Business Combination Company assumed the name “Boxed, Inc.”

In accordance with the guidance applicable to these circumstances, the equity structure has been recast in all comparative periods up to the consummation of Business Combination on December 8, 2021 to reflect the number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, issued to Old Boxed’s stockholders in connection with the Business Combination. As such, the shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share related to Old Boxed convertible preferred stock and Old Boxed common stock prior to the Business Combination has been retroactively recast as shares reflecting the Exchange Ratio of 0.9498 established in the Business Combination.

The Post Combination Company common stock and warrants commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols “BOXD” and “BOXD WS,” respectively, on December 9, 2021.

COVID-19 — In March 2020, the outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was declared a pandemic and resulted in a global slowdown of economic activity. The resulting disruptions have affected Boxed’s business, as well as those of its customers, suppliers, and third-party service providers. The impact of the pandemic on Boxed’s business and actions taken in response to it have had varying effects on the Company’s 2020 and 2021operations. In 2020, higher net sales reflected increased demand for the Company’s household products as more people stayed at home. This was partially offset, however, by decreased demand for discretionary consumer products, delayed procurement, and supply chain disruptions as well as a meaningful decline in the Company’s business-to-business customer base, which consists of SMBs and enterprises, many of whom moved to remote work environments. The environment remained dynamic and rapidly changing throughout 2021, and demand for Boxed’s products and consumer purchasing behavior will continue to evolve as the economy recovers and virus transmission reduces. The Company has considered

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

this impact when developing its estimates and assumptions. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted to provide certain relief in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act includes numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures (See Note 8, Income Taxes, for additional information). Among the various provisions in the CARES Act, the Company is utilizing the payroll tax deferrals. The Company did not receive any loans under the CARES Act.

Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of Boxed, Inc. include its wholly owned subsidiaries, Boxed, LLC, BOXED MAX LLC, Jubilant LLC, and Ashbrook Commerce Solutions LLC. Any intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation — The Consolidated Financial Statements presented herein are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

Going Concern, Liquidity and Management’s Plan — As of December 31, 2021, the Company had total cash and cash equivalents of $105,027,484, restricted cash of $2,767,471, and an accumulated deficit. In addition, the Company’s net loss and net cash used in operating activities amounted to $(69,222,605) and $(53,468,949), respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021. As an emerging growth company, the Company is dependent on outside capital to execute its strategy of investing in growth at the expense of short-term profits. As a result, the Company has incurred significant losses and net cash outflows from operating activities since its inception and expects to incur such losses and remain dependent on outside capital for the foreseeable future until such time that the Company can realize its growth strategy by generating profits and reducing its reliance on outside capital. Given the inherent uncertainties associated with executing the Company’s growth strategy, management can provide no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain sufficient outside capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to fund the Company’s obligations as they become due over the next twelve months from the date these Consolidated Financial Statements were issued.

In addition, as disclosed in Note 6, the Company entered into a term loan agreement (the “New Term Loan”) in August 2021 for principal of $45,000,000. The New Term Loan contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires the Company to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15,000,000, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed quarterly targets; and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. In order to achieve these targets, the Company expects to invest in growth initiatives including substantially increasing its marketing spend, resulting in an increase in cash used in operating activities for the next twelve months.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants required by its New Term Loan. However, the inherent uncertainties described above may impact the Company’s ability to remain in compliance with these covenants over the next twelve months. If the Company breaches its financial covenants and fails to secure a waiver or forbearance from the third-party lender, such breach or failure could accelerate the repayment of the outstanding borrowings under the New Term Loan or the exercise of other rights or remedies the third-party lender may have under applicable law. No assurance can be provided a waiver or forbearance will be granted or the outstanding borrowings under the New Term Loan will be successfully refinanced on terms that are acceptable to the Company.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital and/or executing its strategy of growth whereby the Company realizes profits and generates sufficient cash inflows from operations to fund the Company’s obligations as they become due, management may be required to seek other strategic alternatives such as a further reduction in the Company’s current cost structure, or a recapitalization of the Company’s balance sheet, including related outstanding debt and equity securities.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates that the Company will be able to realize assets and settle liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Estimates — The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include (i) revenue recognition and deferral in accordance with ASC 606 (ii) acquired intangible assets and goodwill (iii) contingent considerations and (iv) the fair values of derivative instruments within the scope of ASC 815. Historically, prior to becoming a public company, significant estimates also included the fair value of stock options. On a regular basis, management reviews its estimates utilizing currently available information, changes in fact and circumstances, historical experience, and reasonable assumptions. After such review, those estimates are adjusted accordingly. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Information — ASC 280, Segment Reporting, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments in financial statements. The Company operates as two reportable business segments which offer different products and services:

Retail — This segment engages in the sale of consumer products and goods in bulk sizes to consumers and business in the continental United States.

Software & Services — This segment primarily relates to the Company’s research, development, marketing and production of the Company’s proprietary software for sale to third parties.

See Note 18 for Segment Reporting for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Restricted Cash — The Company’s restricted cash is comprised of cash that is restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2021 was $2,767,471 and consists of collateral for letters of credit related to the Company’s relationships with certain product vendors, and letters of credit issued in lieu of deposits on certain real estate and facility leases. The Company did not have restricted cash as of December 31, 2020.

Accounts Receivable, Net — Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company estimates that the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical losses, existing economic conditions, and other information available at the balance sheet date. Uncollectible accounts are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted.

Accounts receivable includes $2,317,908, $2,705,028, and $2,731,111 of trade receivables as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The Company has recorded an allowance of $95,558, $205,384, and $176,653 as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, for doubtful accounts as follows:

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2021

Column A

Column B

Column C

Column D

Column E

Additions

Description

Balance at
beginning of
period

Charges to cost
and expenses

Charged to
other accounts

Deductions

Balance at end
of period

Reserve for doubtful accounts

205,384

—

(109,826)

95,558

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

Column A

Column B

Column C

Column D

Column E

Additions

Description

Balance at
beginning of
period

Charges to cost
and expenses

Charged to
other accounts

Deductions

Balance at end
of period

Reserve for doubtful accounts

176,653

28,731

—

205,384

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

Column A

Column B

Column C

Column D

Column E

Additions

Description

Balance at
beginning of
period

Charges to cost
and expenses

Charged to
other accounts

Deductions

Balance at end
of period

Reserve for doubtful accounts

141,282

35,371

—

176,653

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of the asset of liability.

The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

Concentrations of Risk — Certain financial instruments potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk. Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash balances are primarily on deposit at high credit quality financial institutions. The cash balances in all accounts held at financial institutions are insured up to $250,000 by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) through December 31, 2021. At times, cash balances may exceed federally insured amounts and potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk. Management believes that no significant concentration of credit risk exists with respect to these cash balances because of its assessment of the creditworthiness and financial viability of the respective financial institutions.

The risk with respect to accounts receivable is managed by the Company through its policy of monitoring the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, one third party seller accounted for approximately 40.9% and 54.3% of the Company’s outstanding gross receivables, respectively.

Leases — The Company leases its office facilities and fulfillment centers under operating lease agreements. Rent expense under the Company’s operating leases typically provide for fixed, non-contingent

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rent escalations. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the non-cancellable term of each underlying lease. The Company also receives landlord contributions related to certain lease agreements that are recognized as deferred rent within other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and treated as reductions of rental expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term begins on the date the Company becomes legally obligated for the rent payments or when it takes possession of the leased space, whichever is earlier.

The Company reviews inventories to determine the necessity of write-offs for excess, obsolete, or unsellable inventory. The Company estimates write-offs for inventory obsolescence based on its judgment of future realization. These reviews require the Company to assess customer and market demand. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company wrote-down $394,848 of inventory that was estimated to be sold below cost, primarily related to SKUs which were in high demand during the COVID-19 pandemic. There were no material write-offs for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Property and Equipment, Net — Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 – 7 years (see table below). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the respective leases. Improvements are capitalized while expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

			Estimated Useful Lives
Leasehold improvements			7 years
Warehouse equipment			5 years
Computers and small tools			3 years
Furniture and fixtures			7 years
Capital lease asset			7 years
Software development			4 years

Software Development Costs — The Company classifies software development costs as either internal use software or external use software. The Company accounts for costs incurred to develop internal use software in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software. Consequently, the Company capitalizes certain external costs and internal labor-related costs associated with the development of its platforms and internal-use software products after the preliminary project stage is complete and until the software is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development, after the software is ready for its intended use and for maintenance of internal-use software are expensed as incurred. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized to the extent they will result in added functionality. Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment, net within the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are amortized over the remaining useful life of four years.

In accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed, the software development costs incurred in the research and development of software products or the software component of products to be sold, leased, or marketed to external users are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. Technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. Software development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and until the product is available for general release are capitalized, provided recoverability is reasonably assured. Software development costs, when material, are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value for each software product is assessed based on anticipated profitability applicable to revenues of the related product in future periods. Amortization of capitalized software costs begins when the related product is available for general release to customers and is provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated life of the respective product. Technological feasibility is typically reached shortly before the release of such products and as a result, development costs that meet the criteria for capitalization were not material for the periods presented in this report.

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company periodically evaluates the need to recognize impairment losses relating to long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. Long-lived assets are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or circumstances indicate that an asset may have been impaired. In evaluating an asset for recoverability, the Company estimates the future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, expected to result from the use of the asset and eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company would write the asset down to fair value and record an impairment charge accordingly. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, there were no such events or circumstances that indicate a need for such evaluation.

Deferred Contract Costs — The Company defers contract costs when there is a known current obligation that is not yet prepaid. In these instances, the Company records deferred contract costs to recognize the asset in its Consolidated Balance Sheets to offset the Company’s related liability. Deferred contract costs as of December 31, 2021 relate to the asset associated with the Company’s contract with Palantir as described in Note 9 as well as insurance premiums related to becoming a public company. The related liability was recorded to accounts payable for the remaining commitment as of December 31, 2021.

Forward Purchase Receivable and Forward Purchase Option Derivative — The Company recorded a Forward Purchase Receivable on its Consolidated Balance Sheets of $65,062,414 to account for the Prepayment Amount of the Forward Purchase Agreement, as discussed above within the discussion of the Business Combination. The Prepayment Amount will be held in a deposit account until the Valuation Date (the second anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination, subject to certain acceleration provisions). On the Valuation Date, the Company will receive a pro rata portion of the then remaining Prepayment Amount. As of December 31, 2021, there was $60,050,189 remaining as ACM sold 501,109 shares after Closing. Also in connection with the Forward Purchase Agreement, the Company recognized a liability for a freestanding derivative, referred to herein as the “forward purchase option derivative,” on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to the Business Combination discussion above and Note 11 for further detail.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill — As part of the acquisition of MaxDelivery, LLC, as discussed in Note 10, the Company recorded intangible assets and goodwill on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The intangible assets acquired relate to MaxDelivery’s customer relationships, trademarks, and internally developed technology which were valued via (i) the multi-period excess-earnings method (ii) relief-from-royalty method and (iii) cost replacement method, respectively, all of which are under the income approach in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Also in accordance with ASC 805 the Company allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired, including intangibles and liabilities assumed, was recognized as goodwill. As the Company views MaxDelivery as part of its Retail segment, the goodwill recorded is included within its Retail business unit. The Company’s goodwill will be subject to annual impairment testing.

Debt — The Company defers costs directly associated with acquiring third-party financing. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s long-term debt, including its PIPE Convertible Notes and New Term Loan (as defined in Note 5 and Note 6, respectively), are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt. Debt issuance costs were $10,534,127 and $669,677 for the PIPE Convertible Notes and New Term Loan, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021. Debt issuance costs prior to the year ended December 31, 2021 were historically immaterial. Interest expense was $2,140,915, $445,846, and $301,155 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Immediately prior to Closing, all series of Old Boxed preferred stock were converted into Old Boxed common stock based on the applicable conversion rate for each security and then upon Closing converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the Company no longer has temporary equity on its Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Equity Issuance Costs

Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the Company’s series preferred stock have historically been recorded as a direct reduction against preferred stock within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Additionally, certain transaction costs incurred in connection with the merger that are direct and incremental to the Business Combination, as discussed below, have been recorded as a component of additional paid in capital within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Stock-Based Compensation — The Company measures and records the expense related to stock-based awards based upon the fair value at the date of grant.

Employee stock-based compensation awards are recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees to be recognized as expenses in the consolidated Statements of Operations based on their grant date fair values. The Company has granted stock options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards. Restricted stock units and awards are determined based on the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant.

The use of the Black-Scholes Merton model requires management to make the following assumptions:

Expected Volatility — The Company estimated volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of a peer group of companies for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the options’ expected term.

Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that is equal to the options’ expected term at the grant date.

Dividend Yield — The Company has not declared or paid dividends to date and does not anticipate declaring dividends. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

potentially dilutive securities for all periods presented, and as a result, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per share for those periods.

Income Taxes — In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company applies the guidance accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the combined balance sheet recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination be taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the ultimate settlement.

Revenue Recognition — In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09 and its related amendments (collectively, known as ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers) effective January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach to all contracts not completed at the date of initial application. Adoption of ASC 606 did not have an impact on the timing of revenue recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company elects to apply the practical expedient to exclude from this disclosure revenue related to performance obligations that are part of a contract whose original expected duration is less than one year. Refer to Note 7 for details about the Company’s revenue streams and respective revenue recognition policies, including remaining performance obligations.

Other Income (Expense), Net — Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of gains (losses) resulting from fair value valuations and adjustments of warrants and derivatives, including the liability-classified warrants, Sponsor Earnout Shares, forward purchase option derivative, contingent consideration related to the MaxDelivery acquisition, and the prior year convertible note embedded derivative.

Vendor Rebates — The Company has agreements with its suppliers to receive funds for promotions, volume rebates, and marketing. Amounts earned and due from suppliers under these agreements are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Vendor rebates received by the Company reduce the carrying cost of inventory and are recognized in cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the related inventory is sold.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Delivery Costs — Outbound shipping and handling costs incurred to deliver merchandise to customers amounted to $26,128,045, $25,275,183, and $26,360,878 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively and are included in cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cost of Sales — Cost of goods sold consists of the costs of merchandise, expenses for shipping to and from clients and inbound freight, inventory write-offs and changes in the Company’s inventory reserve, payment processing fees, and packaging materials costs, offset by vendor funded promotions and various vendor allowances.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense — Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits for warehouse employees as well as all regional and home office employees, including buying personnel. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include substantially all building and equipment depreciation, research and development expense, bank service charges, utilities, as well as other operating costs incurred to support e-commerce website operations.

In accordance with ASC 730-10-25, Research and Development, research and development costs are charged to expense as and when incurred in the development of software products to be sold, leased, or marketed to external parties. Research and development expenses incurred were $2,018,564, $2,485,573, and $2,856,051 for the years ended 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Advertising Expense — The Company expenses advertising as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company expensed $21,959,556, $4,912,269, and $20,703,071, respectively for advertising and marketing activities and such amounts are included in advertising expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 are prepayments for future advertising expenses of approximately $78,041, $9,192, and $500,184, respectively.

Transaction Costs — The Company applied the requirements of ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A, Expenses of Offering. The Company incurred $4,829,360 for the year ended December 31, 2021 in advisory, legal, accounting and management fees in conjunction with the Business Combination detailed above, which are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Direct and specific incremental transaction costs related to the Business Combination that would not otherwise have been incurred had the transaction not consummated were allocated across the PIPE Equity, PIPE Convertible Notes, and the derivative instruments associated with the transaction. Of the incremental transaction costs of $21,215,856 incurred by Old Boxed, (i) a total of $6,212,454 was treated as a reduction to cash proceeds and deducted from the Company’s additional paid-in capital upon consummation of the Business Combination, including $3,917,093 in costs that were previously deferred (ii) $10,534,127 was allocated to the PIPE Convertible Notes and was treated as debt issuance costs and (iii) $4,469,276 was allocated to the derivative instruments and was recorded within other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements — In June 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ASU 2018-07, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for stock-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. This guidance will better align the treatment of stock-based payments to nonemployees with the requirements for such stock-based payments granted to employees. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 for private companies, including interim periods within such fiscal year. The company has adopted this standard effective January 1, 2020 in the preparation of its Consolidated Financial Statements. The impact of adopting this pronouncement was not material.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements in Topic 820. The new disclosure requirements include disclosure related to changes in unrealized gains or losses included in other comprehensive income (loss) for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of each reporting period and the explicit requirement to disclose the range and weighted-average of significant unobservable inputs used for Level 3 fair value measurements. The other provisions of ASU 2018-13 include eliminated and modified disclosure requirements.

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. For all entities, this guidance is required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance was adopted effective January 1, 2020 and did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06 — Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) — Accounting For Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. The ASU simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current U.S. GAAP. Consequently, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument with no separate accounting for embedded conversion features. The ASU removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, which will permit more equity contracts to qualify for it. The ASU also simplifies the diluted net income per share calculation in certain areas. The Company early adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2021, effective as of January 1, 2021, on a modified retrospective basis. The effect of this standard was not material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 35-40) Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract, which aligns the accounting for implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that does not include a license to internal-use software (a cloud computing arrangement) with one that does. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 for private companies, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The guidance was adopted effective December 31, 2021 and did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and disclosures.

Recently Announced Accounting Pronouncements — As an emerging growth company (“EGC”), the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act (“JOBS Act”) allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act until such time as the Company is no longer considered to be an EGC. Changes to U.S. GAAP are established by the FASB in the form of ASUs to the FASB’s ASC. Management considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. ASUs not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Under the “incurred loss” model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized only when an event has occurred (such as a payment delinquency) that causes the entity to believe that a loss is probable (i.e., that it has been “incurred”). Under the “expected loss” model, an entity will recognize a loss (or allowance) upon initial recognition of the asset that reflects all future events that will lead to a loss being realized, regardless of whether it is probable that the future event will occur. The “incurred loss” model considers past events and current conditions, while the “expected loss” model includes expectations for the future which have yet to occur. ASU 2016-13 is effective for private companies beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of the new standard on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). This standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in ASC 740 related to the approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The standard also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this standard will have on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires a lessee to recognize in its balance sheet an asset and liability for most leases with a term greater than 12 months. Lessees should recognize a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing the lessee’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. On June 3, 2020, the FASB deferred the effective date of ASC 842 for private companies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements but believes that there will be right of use assets and lease liabilities recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and an immaterial impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment — net consists of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

	December 31,
	2021			2020
Leasehold improvements		$	8,715,489		$	8,147,638
Warehouse equipment			3,056,072			2,192,471
Computers and small tools			1,337,493			1,061,177
Furniture and fixtures			85,480			95,064
Software development			14,090,389			13,608,520
Work in progress			7,066			359,992
			27,291,989			25,464,862
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization			(20,272,651)			(15,053,466)
Property and equipment, net		$	7,019,338		$	10,411,396

Work in progress includes capitalized costs for on-going software development projects. The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $4,496,519, $4,785,778, and $4,377,731 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, of which, $1,678,704, $2,081,625, and $1,983,936 related to software development costs, respectively.

PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the major components of prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

	December 31,
	2021			2020
Prepaid services			1,918,299			—
Vendor funds receivable			1,057,718			866,276
Other prepaid expenses			1,281,799			765,677
Other receivables			657,489			499,942
Total		$	4,915,305		$	2,131,895

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the major components of other current liabilities consisted of the following:

F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31,
	2021			2020
Credit card payable		$	13,738,270		$	10,473,079
Accrued sales tax payable			1,707,557			1,845,831
Deferred rent – short term			450,776			622,940
Credits liability			640,994			633,287
Obligation for equity consideration(1)			3,000,000			—
Other accrued liabilities			2,361,545			1,382,927
Total		$	21,899,142		$	14,958,064

(1)

For further detail on the obligation for equity consideration, refer to Note 10.

CONVERTIBLE NOTES

PIPE Convertible Notes

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination and for the purposes of raising the cash portion of the consideration for the Business Combination, Seven Oaks entered into Subscription Agreements with the PIPE Investors. Pursuant to these agreements, upon the Closing on December 8, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of $87,500,000 in principal amount of PIPE Convertible Notes. The PIPE Convertible Notes will bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2022. The PIPE Convertible Notes will mature on December 15, 2026, unless earlier repurchased by the Company or converted at the option of the holders. Upon conversion, the Company will settle conversions of PIPE Convertible Notes through payment or delivery, as the case may be, of cash, shares of its common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock, at the Company’s election.

The initial conversion rate for the PIPE Convertible Notes is 83.333 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the PIPE Convertible Notes (which represents an initial conversion of approximately $12.00 per share). The conversion rate for the PIPE Convertible Notes will be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events but will not be adjusted for accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the PIPE Convertible Notes) or a redemption with respect to the PIPE Convertible Notes occurs prior to the maturity date, under certain circumstances as specified in the relevant indenture, the Company will increase the conversion rate for the PIPE Convertible Notes by a number of additional shares of the Company’s common stock for a holder that elects to convert its notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change or redemption.

To the extent that the Company is unable to pay cash interest on the PIPE Convertible Notes on each interest payment date because of restrictions in the Company’s new term loan agreement (as discussed in Note 6), or at the election of the Company to defer interest payments, an amount equal to the unpaid interest then due will be added to the principal amount, without any action by the Company or the lender of the new term loan. The interest that is capitalized with, or added to, the principal amount is known as “PIK Interest.” As of December 31, 2021, the Company accrued for $391,319 of interest using the stated interest rate. Prior to each interest period, the Company will determine whether to pay cash interest or defer to PIK Interest.

F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As discussed in Note 1, $10,534,127 of the transaction costs incurred as part of the Business Combination were allocated to the PIPE Convertible Notes and treated as debt issuance costs. As of December 31, 2021, the remaining period over which the debt issuance costs will be amortized was 4.95 years.

Convertible Promissory Notes

On May 15, 2020, May 26, 2020 and May 29, 2020, the Company issued Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (each, a “Note”) in an aggregate principal amount of $8,215,000 pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 15, 2020, by and among the Company and the noteholders. The maturity date of the Notes is the earlier of (a) two years from the Note issuance; (b) upon acceleration due to an event of default; and (c) upon conversion of the Notes in connection with the Company raising equity proceeds of $25,000,000 or more inclusive of the principal amount of the Notes. The Notes accrue 0.25% simple interest per annum (the short-term AFR fixed on the respective Note issuance date). The Notes converted into Series E-2 preferred stock as a result of the Series E raise in June 2020.

In accordance with ASC 815-15-25 the conversion feature of the Promissory Note was considered an embedded derivative instrument that required bifurcation and separate accounting. The feature was recorded at its fair value at issuance date and separated from the underlying note value. The Promissory Note was converted in the same quarter as issuance. Upon conversion, the Company performed a final valuation of the embedded derivative’s fair value which resulted in a loss of $4,323,770 which was recorded in other income (expense), net. The fair market value of the derivative was calculated using a discounted cash flow model, which utilized the original implied discount rate and an adjustment for a change in the market spread. Additionally, the Promissory Note and bifurcated derivative were removed at the carrying amounts, with the difference in the then-current fair value of the shares issued of $102,972 being recorded as a loss on extinguishment within other income (expense), net. There was no impact on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the issuance and conversion of the note occurred within the same quarter of 2020.

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, all of the Old Boxed preferred stock, including the Series E-2 preferred stock discussed above, converted into shares of Old Boxed common stock. Then upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock.

DEBT

In June 2020, the Company amended and extended the loan and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), originally dated previously amended in December 2017, January 2018, and March 2020. The June 2020 amendment, which was the Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement, granted the Company a term loan in the principal amount of $7,500,000 with a maturity date of December 22, 2022, of which $5,132,500 was immediately drawn. In July 2020, the Company drew down on the remaining $2,367,500 of principal in this most recent amendment, increasing the Company’s total borrowings to $7,500,000. The Seventh Amendment also reduced the available letters of credit from $11,000,000 to $4,000,000. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had issued $2,571,667 letters of credit, out of the $4,000,000 available.

The Credit Agreement provided the bank a first perfected security interest in all of the Company’s assets with a negative pledge on intellectual property. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, outstanding amounts drawn on the Credit Agreements accrued interest at a floating per annum rate equal to three and one-quarter of one percentage points (3.25%) above the Prime Rate for 2020 and 2019, respectively.

In connection with the Credit Agreement and associated amendments, the Company had issued warrants to purchase (i) 15,107 shares of common stock at a price of $0.95 per share on June 24, 2015 (ii) 10,000 shares of common stock at a price of $2.33 per share on December 22, 2016, and (iii) 12,500 shares of common stock at a price of $3.04 per share on May 22, 2018. Refer to Note 12 for a discussion around the cashless exercise of these warrants upon consummation of the Business Combination.

F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On August 4, 2021, the Company entered into a new term loan agreement (the “New Term Loan”). The New Term Loan will provide the Company with $45,000,000 at a floating per annum rate of LIBOR plus 8.5%, with a maturity date of August 4, 2025. Should LIBOR no longer be published, the agreement provides for an alternative benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR). The agreement provides the lender with a first priority security interest in all of the Company’s assets and contains a certain number of financial covenants, which requires us to (i) maintain minimum unrestricted cash balance of $15,000,000, (ii) maintain minimum net Retail revenue based upon agreed quarterly targets; and (iii) maintain a Retail gross margin percentage of at least 8%. These net Retail revenue and Retail gross margin targets are tested quarterly on a trailing twelve-month basis. The agreement also includes other affirmative and negative covenants, which, among other things, restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends or make any distributions, incur indebtedness, incur liens, and sell substantially all of its assets. The agreement also subjects the Company to certain reporting covenants. The Company is required to provide monthly, quarterly and annual financial statements, operating budget and metrics, and other financial information as requested. Also in connection with the New Term Loan, the Company issued 126,993 warrants to purchase price stock at an exercise price of $7.0871, which expire on August 4, 2031. A portion of the proceeds from the New Term Loan was first allocated to the warrants in an amount equal to the fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance and the remainder of the proceeds were allocated to debt. These warrants were cashless exercised immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination and as a result, there were no warrants outstanding associated with the New Term Loan as of December 31, 2021. Refer to Note 11 for further details regarding the Company’s warrants.

Further, on August 4, 2021, the Company repaid the outstanding principal balance of the Seventh Amendment of its Credit Agreement of $5,000,000 and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $202,723. In connection with the loan repayment, the Company’s letter of credit was modified and the Company is now required to maintain cash collateral for the outstanding letters of credit. As a result, the cash collateral related to the outstanding letters of credit are segregated in restricted cash accounts as of the third quarter of 2021.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $2,767,471 of letters of credit issued, of which none were drawn.

Amounts outstanding under long-term debt, including the PIPE Convertible Notes (discussed in Note 5), consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is approximated at its carrying value as of these reporting dates.

	December 31,
	2021			2020
New Term loan, matures August 2025		$	43,286,747		$	—
7th Amendment term loan, matures December 2022			—			7,500,000
PIPE Convertible Notes(1)			77,047,475			—
Total debt		$	120,334,222		$	7,500,000
Less: current portion			—			(3,750,000)
Long-term debt		$	120,334,222		$	3,750,000

Aggregate maturities of debt as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

2022	$	—
2023		—
2024		—
2025		43,286,747
2026		77,047,475
Total	$	120,334,222

F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1)

As discussed in Note 5, the PIPE Convertible Notes will mature in 2026, unless earlier repurchased by the Company or converted at the option of the holders.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

(a)

Retail Revenue — The Company’s Retail revenue is generated from the following revenue streams:

Subscription Sales — The Company charges a membership fee to customers who sign up for the Company’s Boxed Up program. That fee allows customers to earn cash back on every purchase, access to exclusive discounts, and free shipping over a minimum order amount. The duration of the membership is generally 12 months. Because the Company has the obligation to provide access to its website for the duration of the membership term, the Company recognizes membership fees on a straight-line basis over the life of the membership. The Company’s deferred revenue related to membership fees was $751,989, $728,207, and $308,406 on December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

Outbound delivery fees — Outbound delivery fees are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as control of the product is transferred to customers upon delivery. Delivery charges to customers were $1,452,400, $3,735,551, and $1,798,394 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Outbound delivery fees are included in net revenue in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Marketing fees — The Company provides a mix of marketing services to merchants. The Company provides merchants access to its e-commerce platform where merchants display and sell their products to users. The Company also provides advertising services to help merchants promote their products within the Company’s platform. The Company recognizes revenue when a user’s order is processed, and the related order information has been made available to the merchant. Revenue from marketing fees charged to vendors and partners was $1,518,533, $1,486,848, and $1,393,871 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Marketing fees are included in net revenue in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

(b) Software & Services Revenue — The Company’s Software & Services revenue is generated from its software licensing agreements.

F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

following elements: implementation services, software license, training services, and maintenance and support services. The total transaction price of a software license contract includes a fixed fee and may include forms of variable consideration, such as platform usage fees. Revenue is recognized as the performance obligations are satisfied. Specifically, implementation revenue is recognized over time utilizing the input method, based on a cost-to-cost analysis; software license revenue is recognized at the point in time at the go-live date of the software and upon settlement of variable fees, accounted using the sales-based royalty exception; training revenue is recognized when the training is delivered to the customer without regard to a detailed evaluation of the point in time criteria due to the short-term nature of the training services (completed within the same quarterly reporting period); and maintenance and support revenue is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the contract period. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the contract price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling prices using a cost plus a margin approach. The total transaction price for the Company’s current contract related to software license revenue includes fixed and variable consideration.

For software license, revenue allocated to remaining performance obligations, which includes unearned revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods, was $1,667,755 and $1,103,226 as of December 31, 2021 for implementation fees and maintenance fees for the remainder of the initial contract term of five years, respectively. Based on the terms of the contract and initial go-live date in the third quarter of 2021, the Company recognized $10,500,000 in floor license fees during the third quarter of 2021. The Company expects to recognize approximately $1,667,755 and $240,000 in implementation and maintenance fees, respectively, over the next 12 months.

(c)

Contract Assets and Liabilities

The difference in the opening and closing balances of the Company’s contract assets (unbilled receivables) and contract liabilities (deferred revenue) results from the timing differences between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment. The Company fulfills its obligations under contracts with customers by transferring goods and services in exchange for consideration from the customer. The Company recognizes a contract asset when it transfers products or services to a customer for which the billings occur in a future period. As of December 31, 2021, the Company recognized contract assets (unbilled receivables) related to its software licensing agreement under its Software & Services segment. The Company recognizes a contract liability when consideration is received from customers in advance of revenue recognition as described within the revenue streams above.

	December 31,
	2021			2020
Contract assets (unbilled receivables)		$	8,890,888		$	—
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)		$	2,020,351		$	2,435,909

The unbilled receivables and deferred revenue for the Company’s Software & Services segment are presented net at the contract level. The remaining deferred revenue that is presented separately on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 is related to the Company’s Retail segment.

The increase in unbilled receivables as of December 31, 2021 is driven by the Company’s first software licensing agreement, signed in the first quarter of 2021. The unbilled receivables balance is attributable to the satisfaction of certain performance obligations for which billings were not yet invoiced as of December 31, 2021, partially offset by an increase in new billings for other certain performance obligations that were not yet satisfied.

(d)

Revenue Disaggregation

The Company had total revenue of $177,266,677, $187,173,834, and $173,992,897 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The Company manages and reports operating results through two reportable segments defined by our products and services: Retail and Software & Services. The Company’s Retail operations represent the majority of its consolidated total revenues.

The following table summarizes the Company’s percentage of net Retail revenue disaggregated by sales channel:

F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Direct Sales(1)		$	139,647,865		$	176,836,569		$	143,749,787
Channel Sales(2)		$	17,341,244		$	10,337,265		$	30,243,110
Software & Services(3)		$	20,277,568		$	—		$	—

(1)

Direct Sales includes retail direct to consumer sales on the Company’s e-commerce platform.

(2)

Channel Sales includes retail sales on other third-party platforms.

(3)

Software & Services includes revenue generated from software licensing agreements.

INCOME TAXES

Income Taxes — For financial reporting purposes, loss before income taxes, includes the following components:

	December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Domestic		$	(69,222,605)		$	(34,436,576)		$	(65,402,000)
Foreign			—			—			—
Loss before income taxes		$	(69,222,605)		$	(34,436,576)		$	(65,402,000)

Total income taxes allocated to operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were as follows:

2021	Current			Deferred			Total
Federal		$	—		$	—		$	—
State			—			—			—
Foreign			—			—			—
Total		$	—		$	—		$	—

2020	Current			Deferred			Total
Federal		$	—		$	—		$	—
State			—			—			—
Foreign			—			—			—
Total		$	—		$	—		$	—

2019	Current			Deferred			Total
Federal		$	—		$	—		$	—
State			—			—			—
Foreign			—			—			—
Total		$	—		$	—		$	—

Tax Rate Reconciliation — A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

	December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Federal statutory rate		21.00%		21.00%		21.00%
Permanent items		(4.74)		(2.74)		(0.02)
State taxes (net of federal benefit)		0.07		0.00		0.00

F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Deferred rate change		0.00		—		(0.02)
Valuation allowance		(15.79)		(17.28)		(20.28)
Stock-based compensation		(0.54)		(0.98)		(0.68)
Total provision and effective tax rate		0.00%		0.00%		0.00%

The difference between income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21% and the amounts reported relate primarily to pre-tax losses for which no tax benefit has been provided as we could not conclude that such amounts would be realized in the future.

On March 27, 2020 the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted and signed into law. The CARES Act makes changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to: (1) modifications to the business interest deduction limitation for tax years 2019 and 2020; (2) a technical correction of the recovery period of qualified improvement property from 39 to 15 years; (3) a repeal of the 80% taxable income limitation on the deduction of net operating losses (“NOLs”) for tax years beginning before January 1, 2021 as well as a five-year carryback period allowed for NOLs generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021; and (4) deferral of payment of the employer share of Social Security payroll taxes the Company would otherwise be responsible for paying in 2020. Fifty percent of the deferred payroll taxes are due on December 31, 2021, and the remaining amounts are due on December 31, 2022. Under ASC 740, the effects of new legislation would need to be recognized in the period of enactment. Therefore, the effects of the CARES Act would need to be accounted for in the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company elected to defer $834,430 of Social Security payroll taxes under the CARES Act and paid fifty percent of the amount deferred during the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company evaluated the other provisions of the CARES Act and determined there was no material impact for the year ended December 31, 2021.

On December 21, 2020, Congress passed the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021. The act includes the Taxpayer Certainty and Disaster Tax Relief Act of 2020 and the COVID-related Tax Relief Act of 2020, both of which extend many credits and other COVID-19 relief, among other extenders. The Consolidated Appropriations Act is retroactively applied to the original date of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). Like the CARES Act, under ASC 740, the effects of new legislation would need to be recognized in the period of enactment. Therefore, the effects of the Consolidated Appropriations Act would need to be accounted for in the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company evaluated the provisions of the Consolidated Appropriations Act and determined that there was no material impact for the year ended December 31, 2020.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU No. 2019-12”), which aims to reduce complexity in accounting standards by improving certain areas of U.S. GAAP without compromising information provided to users of financial statements. ASU No. 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. It is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020 for public companies, with early adoption permitted. There is no material impact to the Company.

Components of Deferred Taxes — The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented below:

	December 31,
	2021			2020
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts		$	23,161		$	49,815
Accrued expenses			204,937			220,548
Inventory			101,093			116,354

F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31,
	2021			2020
Deferred rent			109,261			151,089
Lease liability			43,254			62,499
Warrants			—			463,701
Stock-based compensation			683,139			202,722
Charitable contributions			564,974			460,274
Net operating losses			82,617,414			71,553,413
Payroll tax deferral			101,126			202,385
Disallowed interest expense			853,857			216,444
Transaction costs			1,528,027			—
Total deferred tax assets			86,830,243			73,699,244
Less: valuation allowance			(85,757,888)			(72,057,082)
Net deferred tax assets		$	1,072,355		$	1,642,162
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		$	(649,050)		$	(839,927)
Property and equipment			(423,305)			(802,235)
Total deferred tax liabilities		$	(1,072,355)		$	(1,642,162)
Net deferred tax assets/liabilities		$	—		$	—

Assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets requires the determination of whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, loss carryback and tax-planning strategies. Given the cumulative losses in recent years, a full valuation allowance has been established as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and no deferred tax assets and related tax benefit have been recognized in the accompanying financial statements. The valuation allowance increased $13,700,805 and $6,796,688 from the full valuation allowances that were recorded as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had approximately $345,369,901 and $299,375,124 of federal net operating losses. Approximately $161,064,722 of the federal net operating losses will expire at various dates beginning in 2033 through 2040 if not utilized, while the remaining amount will have an indefinite life.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had approximately $184,664,686 and $158,533,956 of state net operating losses. Some state net operating losses may follow the Tax Cut and Jobs Act and are indefinite life while most are definite life with various expiration dates beginning in 2034 through 2040.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred previously or that could occur in the future, as provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as well as similar state provisions. Such annual limitation could result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before their utilization.

Consistent with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The following table shows the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Beginning balance		$	1,348,904		$	1,348,904		$	1,372,064
Increases based on tax positions during the current period			—			—			301,847
(Decreases) based on tax positions during the current period			—			—			(325,007)
Ending balance		$	1,348,904		$	1,348,904		$	1,348,904

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate would be $0 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense. The Company has not accrued any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021 or 2020.

Although it is reasonably possible that certain unrecognized tax benefits may increase or decrease within the next 12 months due to tax examination changes, settlement activities, expirations of statute of limitations, or the impact on recognition and measurement considerations related to the results of published tax cases or other similar activities, the Company does not anticipate any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. All tax years since inception remain open to examination due to the carryover of unused net operating losses and tax credits.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases — The Company maintains its principal offices in New York City, New York and maintains fulfillment centers and office space in various locations throughout the United States. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2021 were as follows:

Year	Lease Obligation
2022		$	4,478,016
2023			2,919,511
2024			1,742,148
2025			1,768,962
2026			1,710,581
Thereafter			2,921,321
Total		$	15,540,539

The Company expensed $3,323,677, $3,202,308, and $3,004,423 in rent related to leases in effect during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, which is included in selling, general, and administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Sales or Other Similar Taxes — Based on the location of the Company’s current operations, sales tax is collected and remitted. To date, the Company has had no actual or threatened sales and use tax claims from any state where it does not already claim nexus or any state where it sold products prior to claiming nexus. However, the Company believes that the likelihood of incurring a liability as a result of sales tax nexus being asserted by certain states where it sold products prior to claiming nexus is reasonably possible. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company estimates that the potential liability is approximately $1,348,904. All years have been recorded as an accrued liability. Although it is reasonably possible that a change in this estimate will occur in the near term, the Company believes this is the best estimate of an amount due to taxing agencies, given that such a potential loss is an unasserted liability that would be contested and subject to negotiation between the Company and the state, or decided by a court.

F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal Proceedings — From time to time the Company may be involved in claims, legal actions and governmental proceedings that arise from its business operations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was not a party to any legal proceedings or threatened legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which, individually or in the aggregate, that it believes would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

On February 8, 2022, a putative stockholder of the Company filed a complaint in the Delaware Chancery Court alleging that he is entitled to attorney’s fees and expenses in connection with a demand he made on the Company regarding the ability of Seven Oaks Class A common stockholders to vote on certain charter amendments in connection with the Business Combination, which closed on December 8, 2021. The stockholder has not specified the amount of attorneys’ fees and expenses sought. The Company’s response to the complaint is due on March 23, 2022. Given the early stage of this matter and the uncertainty inherent in litigation and investigations, the Company does not believe it is possible to develop estimates of reasonably possible losses (or a range of possible losses) for this matter.

Service Agreements — The Company is currently engaged in the below service agreements under which it has certain long-term commitments in exchange for the described services:

On June 13, 2021, the Company executed a Master Subscription Agreement with Palantir Technologies Inc. (“Palantir”) under which it will pay $20,000,000 over five years for access to Palantir’s Foundry software platform and related services for advanced data management and analytics to be used for the Company’s strategic initiatives. In exchange for this agreement, Palantir agreed to purchase, and the Company agreed to sell to Palantir, an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of Seven Oaks Class A common stock, for a purchase price of $10.00 per share and an aggregate purchase price of $20,000,000, in connection with the PIPE Investment. On December 8, 2021, upon the Closing (as discussed in Note 1), $15,000,000 of the $20,000,000 was due to Palantir, pursuant to the terms of the Master Subscription Agreement, thirty days after Closing. As of December 31, 2021, $4,000,000 was prepaid to Palantir, with the remainder paid in January of 2022. Also upon the Closing, each share of Seven Oaks Class A common stock was reclassified into one share of New Boxed common stock.

On December 1, 2021, the Company entered into an addendum to a prior service agreement with Google LLC for access to the Google Cloud Platform. The addendum includes three commitment periods, with the first commitment period beginning on the implementation date and lasting 12 months and the next two commitment periods beginning at the end of the preceding period and lasting 12 months each. The minimum commitments for the first, second, and third commitment periods are $2,000,000, $4,500,000, and $8,500,000, respectively. Any fees the Company incurs in a single commitment period (other than the final commitment period) that in total exceed the minimum commitment for such period will apply towards the Company’s minimum commitment for the following commitment period. The implementation date was December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, the total remaining commitment was $15,000,000, with a minimum of $2,000,000 due within the next 12 months.

10.

ACQUISITIONS

On December 9, 2021, the Company completed an acquisition of substantially all of the assets and operations of MaxDelivery, LLC (“MaxDelivery”), an on-demand grocery delivery business in New York City. Consideration for the MaxDelivery acquisition consisted of $4,000,000 in cash consideration, $3,000,000 in equity consideration, and future potential earnout, or contingent consideration, as listed in the table below. Operating results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations from the date of acquisition and are reflected within the Retail segment.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method in accordance with guidance found in ASC 805, Business Combinations. The fair value of the consideration paid for this acquisition has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date, with any excess recorded to goodwill. The goodwill recorded as part of the acquisition primarily reflects the value of the potential to expand the Company’s presence in micro dark-store fulfillment and

F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rapid on-demand delivery as well as the assembled workforce. Goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes and is included in our Retail segment.

The Company recorded a contingent consideration liability of $1,711,000 as of the acquisition date, representing the estimated fair value of the contingent payable to former shareholders. The fair value of the contingent consideration was determined using a Monte-Carlo Simulation (Level 3) pricing model. The value of the contingent consideration is included within earnout liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We are currently completing fair value assessments with the assistance of third-party valuation specialists and thus the Company’s estimates and assumptions for the allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are subject to change during the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date).

Preliminary allocations of the purchase price to acquired assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, are presented in the table below:

	Allocation as of December 31, 2021
Cash consideration		$	4,000,000
Equity consideration			3,000,000
Contingent consideration			1,711,000
Total purchase price consideration		$	8,711,000
Assets and liabilities assumed:
Accounts receivable		$	78,980
Other current assets			186,162
Fixed assets			385,243
Intangible assets(1)			1,350,000
Goodwill			7,443,569
Total acquired assets			9,443,954
Accounts payable			(585,702)
Other current liabilities			(147,252)
Total allocation of purchase price consideration		$	8,711,000

(1)

The fair value of the identifiable intangible assets includes $800,000 for customer relationships and $550,000 for trademarks and technology. The fair values of these intangible assets acquired were determined using various valuation methods under income approach, including the (i) multiple-period excess earnings method (ii) relief-from-royalty method and (iii) cost replacement method, respectively.

The Company recognized transaction costs related to the acquisition of $92,322 for the year ended December 31, 2021. These costs were associated with legal and professional services related to the acquisition and are recognized within selling, general, and administrative expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined result of operations as if the acquisition of MaxDelivery had occurred on January 1, 2020. These unaudited pro forma results do not necessarily reflect the actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the acquisition occurred on that date, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results of operations.

	December 31,
	2021			2020
Pro forma net revenue		$	189,283,099		$	202,341,157
Pro forma net loss		$	(69,103,687)		$	(34,429,058)

F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There were no material nonrecurring items directly attributable to the acquisition requiring adjustment to the unaudited pro forma amounts above.

11.

FORWARD PURCHASE AGREEMENT

As discussed in Note 1, prior to the Closing, on November 28, 2021, Seven Oaks entered into a Forward Purchase Agreement with ACM for a Forward Purchase Transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement, ACM purchased approximately 6,504,768 shares of Seven Oaks’ Class A common stock in exchange for the Prepayment Amount of $65,062,414, which was paid out of the funds received by the Company from Seven Oaks’ trust account and will be held in a deposit account for the benefit of ACM until the Valuation Date. There are a few scenarios in which the Forward Purchase Agreement can be settled either before or on the Valuation Date:

(i)

At any time prior to the Valuation Date, ACM may elect an optional early termination to sell some or all of the Forward Purchase shares in the open market. If ACM sells any shares prior to the Valuation Date, a pro-rata portion of the Prepayment Amount will be released from the deposit account and paid to the Company. ACM shall retain any proceeds from the sale of such shares in excess of such pro-rata portion paid to the Company. For example, if ACM chooses to exercise its right to an optional early termination and sells the common stock for $7.00 per share, it will be required to return $10.00 per share, plus accrued interest, back to the Company in cash from the deposit account. Similarly, if ACM sells its shares at $12.00 per share, it will be required to return $10.00 per share, plus accrued interest, back to the Company.

(ii)

On the Valuation Date, if any shares subject to the Forward Purchase Agreement remain unsold and there is a remaining balance in the deposit account corresponding to the unsold shares, the settlement amount of the remaining funds in the deposit account will be allocated based on the difference between ACM’s purchase price of $10.00 and the trading price of the shares over a specified valuation period, the length of which is based on the daily trading volume of the shares. Assuming the shares are trading above $10.00, the Company will receive the entire remaining Prepayment Amount held in the deposit account, less any applicable fees. To the extent there is any shortfall between ACM’s purchase price of approximately $10.00 (adjusted for accrued interest) and the trading price, there will be a proportionate reduction in the cash from the deposit account that the Company will receive.

(iii)

If the volume weighted average share price (“VWAP”) of the shares falls below $5.00 per share for 20 out of any 30 consecutive trading days (a “VWAP Trigger Event”), then ACM may elect to accelerate the Valuation Date to the date of such VWAP Trigger Event. If ACM elects to accelerate the Valuation Date, the settlement amount returned to the Company would be approximately equal to the VWAP of the shares on such date of the Trigger Event, net of $0.20 per share in fees.

As of December 31, 2021, ACM has sold 501,109 shares, for which the Company received gross proceeds of $5,012,225. Depending on the manner in which the Forward Purchase Transaction is settled, the Company may never have access to all of the remaining Prepayment Amount.

In accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, the Company has determined that the forward option within the Forward Purchase Agreement is (i) a freestanding financial instrument and (ii) a derivative. This derivative, referred to throughout as the “forward purchase option derivative” is recorded as a liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company has performed fair value measurements for this derivative as of Closing and as of December 31, 2021, which is described in Note 15. The Company will remeasure the fair value of the forward purchase option derivative each reporting period.

12.

WARRANTS

Common Stock Warrants — In connection with the Credit Agreement and subsequent amendments (as discussed in Note 6), the Company issued 37,607 warrants to purchase common stock. Immediately prior to the Closing, all 37,607 warrants to purchase common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Business Combination were cashless exercised. Upon cashless exercise, 29,546 and 96 shares of Old Boxed common stock were issued to warrant holders, using exercise prices of $2.01 and $0.95, respectively, with the total

F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

remaining 7,965 shares surrendered to cover the aggregate exercise amount. Then, upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock was converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock.

In addition, immediately prior to Closing, these warrants were marked-to-market, creating a $132,672 fair value adjustment recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Prior to the Business Combination, these warrants were classified as liabilities and any corresponding changes to the fair value of the warrants were recognized in earnings on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations in each subsequent period. The estimated fair value of these common stock warrants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was determined using Level 3 inputs and assumptions within the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company used the following methods to determine its underlying assumptions: expected volatilities were based upon an analysis of the historical volatility of guideline public companies and factors specific to the Company; the expected term was based on the estimated timing until a liquidity event given that the warrants would automatically exercise upon an acquisition; the risk-free interest rate was based on the average of the observed yield of three-year and five-year U.S. Treasury securities; and the expected dividend yield was based on the expected annual dividend. The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model were as follows:

	2020		2019
Expected volatility		57.0%		55.0%
Expected term (in years)		1.0		2.0
Risk-free interest rate		1.7%		1.7%
Expected dividend yield		0.0%		0.0%

The accrued value of these warrants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $49,863 and $59,624, respectively. There were 37,607 warrants to purchase common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Series E-1 Preferred Warrants — In connection with the Company’s New Term Loan, signed on August 4, 2021 (as discussed in Note 6), the Company issued warrants to purchase 126,993 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a price of $7.0871 per share. Immediately prior to the Closing, all 126,993 warrants to purchase preferred stock were (i) cashless exercised into 32,233 shares of Old Boxed Series E-1 preferred stock (the remaining 94,760 warrants surrendered to pay the aggregate exercise price), and ii) converted to Old Boxed common stock. Then, upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock was converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock.

In addition, immediately prior to Closing, these warrants were marked-to-market, creating a $52,183 fair value adjustment that is recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Series C-1 Preferred Warrants — In connection with a sale leaseback agreement the Company entered into in December 2016, the Company issued warrants to purchase 88,361 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock at a price of $10.88 per share. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, these warrants were cancelled at the election of the warrant holders and the related accrued liability and fair value adjustments were reversed from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, and in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), the fair value of these warrants were classified as a liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as the warrant terms include a conditional redemption feature through which the holders may participate in a deemed liquidation event when holders of common stock may not. The fair value as of the grant date was recorded as a discount to the capital lease principle. Corresponding changes to the fair value of the warrants were recognized in earnings on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations in each subsequent period. At the end of each reporting period, until expiry, the Company used an option pricing model to estimate and report the fair value of the Series C-1 preferred warrants. The following table presents the quantitative inputs, which were classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, used in estimating the fair value of the warrants:

F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2020		2019
Expected volatility		60.0%		45.0%
Expected term (in years)		1.0		2.0
Risk-free interest rate		0.1%		1.6%

There were 88,361 warrants to purchase Series C-1 preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The accrued value of these warrants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $153,748 and $87,477, respectively. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, $(66,271) and $13,254 were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Series C-3 Preferred Warrants — In April 2016, in conjunction with a general marketing agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares up to 1,102,752 shares of Series C-3 preferred stock to a strategic partner at a price of $10.88 per share. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, these warrants were cancelled at the election of the warrant holders and the related accrued liability and fair value adjustments were reversed from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Under the initial terms of these warrants, the number of exercisable shares was dependent upon performance conditions. The warrant was exercisable upon vesting through completion of marketing milestones. In accordance with ASC 480, the fair value of these warrants were classified as a liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as the warrant terms included a conditional redemption feature through which the holders may participate in a deemed liquidation event when holders of common stock may not. Therefore, as the performance conditions are met, the warrants were recorded as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and as marketing expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Corresponding changes to the fair value of the warrants were recognized in earnings on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations in each subsequent period. All milestones related to the warrants were met in 2016 and 2017 and all the warrants were fully vested.

At the end of each reporting period, until expiry, the Company used an option pricing model to estimate and report the fair value of the Series C-3 preferred warrants. The following table presents the quantitative inputs, which are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, used in estimating the fair value of the warrants:

	2020		2019
Expected volatility		60.0%		45.0%
Expected term (in years)		1.0		2.0
Risk-free interest rate		0.1%		1.6%

There were 1,102,752 warrants outstanding to purchase Series C-3 preferred shares as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The accrued value of these warrants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $1,918,788 and $1,091,724, respectively. As a result of the change in fair value of these warrants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, $(827,064) and $165,413 were recorded in other income (expense), net, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company evaluated its warrants under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging, and concluded that they do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. Therefore, the Company recorded these warrants as current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value upon Closing, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values to be recognized in other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during future reporting periods. See further disclosure on the change in fair value of Public and Private Warrant liabilities within Note 15.

13.

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT AND MEZZANINE EQUITY

Common Stock — As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was authorized to issue 600,000,000 shares of its common stock, $0.0001 par value and 66,486,210 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was 66,647,242 and 9,392,361 common shares outstanding, respectively. Each share of common stock has the right to one vote per share.

Preferred Stock — As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was authorized to issue 60,000,000 shares of its preferred stock, $0.0001 par value and 41,387,260 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, respectively. In conjunction with the consummation of the Business Combination, all of the Company’s preferred stock outstanding converted into 41,289,869 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no preferred stock outstanding.

As of December 31, 2020, preferred stock consisted of the following:

	Shares Authorized		Shares Issued and Outstanding		Issuance Price Per Share			Carrying Value(1)			Liquidation Preference
Series A-1		4,168,647		4,168,647		$	1.56		$	6,490,026		$	6,489,982
Series A-2		1,893,035		1,893,035			0.58			1,090,840			1,090,820
Series A-3		541,863		541,863			0.83			442,374			442,367
Series B-1		4,870,769		4,870,769			4.72			22,984,122			22,984,071
Series B-2		533,930		533,930			3.78			2,015,647			2,015,641
Series C-1		10,085,422		10,001,485			11.46			114,562,977			114,587,113
Series C-2		982,272		982,272			9.18			9,003,134			9,003,124
Series C-3		1,607,161		559,764			11.46			7,066,283			6,412,106
Series D-1		8,894,451		8,894,451			11.51			97,926,084			102,340,201
Series D-2		2,094,931		2,094,931			10.37			21,694,134			21,694,112
Series E-1		4,020,556		4,020,556			7.47			33,707,750			30,000,000
Series E-2		1,694,223		1,694,223			4.86			8,217,388			8,217,284
		41,387,260		40,255,926					$	325,200,758

(1)

Amounts are net of issuance costs and changes in the redemption value of the Series C-3 preferred stock.

Series C-3 Preferred Stock — The Company recorded all shares of preferred stock at their respective fair values less issuance costs on the dates of issuance. The preferred stock was recorded outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit) because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events, which are events that are not considered solely within the Company’s control, such as a merger, acquisition or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, the preferred stock would become redeemable. Further, in the case of the C-3 preferred stock exclusively, in the event that all holders of other preferred stock convert into common stock, the holders of the C-3 preferred stock would either be convertible into common stock or cash at the holder’s election, which unlike all other classes of preferred stock, would be deemed probable of becoming redeemable. The redemption value of the C-3 preferred stock was equal to the fair value of the common stock, which the C-3 preferred stock would convert into on the date of redemption.

When the preferred stock was considered either currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company had selected a policy of making the determination that the redemption value is

F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

equal to the fair value of the preferred stock. As the Series C-3 preferred stock was considered probable of becoming redeemable, the Company had remeasured the value of these shares as of each reporting period date. When preferred stock was not considered either currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable, the Company did not remeasure these shares until which point the contingency is probable of occurring.

The significant terms of each series of the preferred stock were as follows:

Dividends — The Company may not declare, pay or set aside dividends on its common stock (other than dividends on shares of common stock payable in shares of common stock) unless (in addition to obtaining any consents required) the holders of preferred stock first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend at a rate of 6% of the original issue price per share, as adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, or other recapitalization. The Board of Directors of the Company was under no obligation to declare dividends, and no rights accrue to the holders of the preferred stock if dividends are not declared or paid in any calendar year, and any dividends paid are non-cumulative. If the Company declared, paid or set aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Company, the dividend payable to the holders of preferred stock would have been calculated based on the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the largest dividend amount on the preferred stock. No dividends have been declared or paid as of December 31, 2020.

ii.

Liquidation Preference — Upon Liquidation (defined below), the holders of preferred stock were entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company that are available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment was made to the holders of common stock , an amount per share equal to the greater of (1) the original issue price, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, or (2) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to Liquidation. If upon such Liquidation, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders were insufficient to pay the holders of shares of preferred stock the full amount to which they are entitled, the holders of shares of preferred stock would have shared ratably in the distribution of assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares of preferred stock were paid in full. After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of preferred stock, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders would have been distributed pro rata among the holders of shares of common stock.

“Liquidation” is defined as “any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or a Deemed Liquidation Event.” A “Deemed Liquidation Event” is defined to include (1) a merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than one for which the holders of voting securities of the Company continue to maintain a majority of voting power after the transaction), and (2) a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. A merger or consolidation of the Company would include a change in control for less than 100% of the equity of the Company.

iii.

Conversion — Each share of preferred stock (other than shares of Series C-3 preferred stock) was convertible at any time at the option of the holder to common stock at a rate determined by dividing the original issuance price for such series of preferred stock by the conversion price for such series of preferred stock. The “conversion price” is defined as the original issuance price of the preferred stock and is adjusted for stock splits and other subdivisions of common stock, reorganizations, and other dilutive issuances, excluding the issuance of common stock pursuant to the Company’s 2013 stock incentive plan, warrants outstanding at the time of issuance of the preferred stock, and various other exclusions. Each share of preferred stock would be automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price upon the affirmative vote of an investor majority or upon an initial public offering (“IPO”) resulting in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds.

iv.

Redemption — Although the Series C-3 preferred stock did not have the conversion feature noted

F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

above, if all other holders of preferred stock elect to convert their shares pursuant to this conversion feature, the Series C-3 preferred stockholder would have the option to redeem these shares for cash or common stock based on the fair value of the Series C-3 preferred stock, which would have been made at the shareholder’s election.

Voting Rights — The holders of preferred stock and common stock voted together as a single class with the holders of preferred stock voting on an as-converted basis. The preferred stock also contained certain protective provisions whereby holders of the preferred stock voted on a class basis.

vi.

Board — The Board of Directors shall have eight members. The holders of the Series B had the right to select one director, the holders of Series C, with the exception of the holders of Series C-3, had the right to select one director, holders of the Series D-1 had the right to select two directors, and the holders of record of the shares of common stock were entitled to elect four directors.

vii.

Protective Provisions — At any time when shares of preferred stock were outstanding, the Company did not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, consenting or voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis:

Create any additional class or series of capital stock or security convertible into or exercisable into any additional class or series of capital stock, unless the same ranks junior to the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E preferred stock.

ii.

Amend the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws in a manner that is adverse to the preferred stock.

iii.

Repurchase the Company’s capital stock (except for the repurchase of shares of stock held by employees, consultants, directors, or advisors upon termination of the employment or services).

iv.

Increase or decrease the authorized directors.

Liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation.

vi.

Acquire all or a controlling interest in another entity.

vii.

Pay or declare dividends on any shares of capital stock (other than a dividend on the then outstanding shares of common stock payable solely in shares of common stock).

14.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

In December 2021, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”), upon consummation of the Business Combination. No new awards will be issued under the 2013 Plan following the approval of the 2021 Plan.

F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Of such reserved shares of common stock, as of December 31, 2021, 1,280,000 restricted stock units have been granted and are currently outstanding, leaving 8,744,848 shares of common stock remain available for issuance pursuant to the 2021 Plan.

Stock Options — Stock options granted under both the 2013 Plan and 2021 Plan are generally granted at a price per share not less than the fair value at the date of the grant. Options granted to date generally vest over a four-year period with 25% of the shares underlying the options vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting on a pro-rata basis over the succeeding thirty-six months, subject to continued service with the Company through each vesting date. Options granted are generally exercisable for up to 10 years, also subject to continued service with the Company.

The following is a summary of stock options activity during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019:

	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price			Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018		4,331,494		$	2.43		7.59
Granted		4,342,214			3.37
Exercised		(105,867)			1.23
Forfeited		(960,475)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019		7,607,366		$	2.94		8.17
Granted		1,172,294			3.16
Exercised		(52,435)			1.07
Forfeited		(2,520,076)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020		6,207,149		$	3.13		7.30
Granted		1,307,713			4.93
Exercised		(351,462)			2.14
Forfeited		(1,330,881)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021		5,832,519		$	3.30		5.62
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2021		5,832,519		$	3.30		5.62
Exercisable as of December 31, 2021		3,872,121		$	1.35		4.63

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was $2,492,533, $1,956,009, and $2,286,349 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. All stock-based compensation is recorded within selling, general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Incremental expense associated with the modification of stock options for certain key employees who left the Company during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $356,937.

The following key assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model for the value stock option grants:

	2021		2020		2019
Expected volatility		58.0%		51.8%		47.4%
Expected term (in years)		4.41		5.99		5.90
Risk-free interest rate		0.8%		0.3%		1.8%
Expected dividend yield		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $3.59, $1.44, and $1.49, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019,

F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options was approximately $3,994,756, $3,490,761, and $6,321,143, respectively. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.09 years, 1.28 years, and 1.39 years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $4,054,823, $109,880, and $277,155, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years and 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $1,414,334, $2,558,269, and $1,581,077, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards — The company did not grant any restricted stock awards during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

Restricted Stock Units — In connection with the Business Combination, certain executive officers are eligible for a three-year long-term incentive program (“LTIP”), under which these individuals will be granted shares of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) eligible to vest over a three-year period (the “LTIP period”). For each individual, certain portions of the RSUs granted (i) will vest over time based on continued service over the LTIP period (ii) will vest based on the achievement of certain gross profit targets over the LTIP period, and (iii) will vest based on the achievement of certain share price hurdles for the Company’s common stock. Each of these grant types will be subject to the officers’ continuous employment through each vesting date.

As of December 31, 2021, 510,000 time-based RSUs and 770,000 share-price target RSUs have been granted, respectively, to two executive officers. The time-based RSUs will vest annually over the three-year LTIP period, subject to the executives’ continued service at each vesting date. The share-price target RSUs are subject to vesting based on the achievement of certain share price hurdles over the LTIP period. For the time-based RSUs, the stock-based compensation expense will be recognized evenly over the three-year LTIP period, with $119,941 being recognized in December 2021.

As of December 31, 2021, total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested time-based RSUs and share-price target RSUs was approximately $5,964,359 and $4,732,496, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.94 years and 0.90 years, respectively. No RSUs have vested as of December 31, 2021. To date, the Company has not yet granted RSUs which vest based on the achievement of certain gross profit targets.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan — In connection with the Business Combination, the Company adopted the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which will allow eligible employees to acquire a stock ownership in the Company. A total of 2,004,969 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending on and including January 31, 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 1% of the aggregate number of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as is determined by the Board. As of December 31, 2021, there have been no issuances under the ESPP.

15.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value during the year on a recurring basis consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019:

	Fair Value Hierarchy
December 31, 2021	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets – cash & cash equivalents		$	105,027,484		$	—		$	—
Assets – restricted cash			2,767,471			—			—
Total assets		$	107,794,955		$	—		$	—

F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Fair Value Hierarchy
December 31, 2021	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Liabilities:
Forward purchase option derivative		$	—		$	—		$	4,202,562
Earnout liability			—			—			27,133,563
Public Warrants			15,395,625			—			—
Private Warrants			—			6,649,125			—
Total liabilities		$	15,395,625		$	6,649,125		$	31,336,125

December 31, 2020	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets – cash & cash equivalents		$	30,043,046		$	—		$	—
Total assets		$	30,043,046		$	—		$	—
Liabilities:
Common stock warrants		$	—		$	—		$	49,863
Preferred stock warrants			—			—			2,072,536
Total liabilities		$	—		$	—		$	2,122,399

December 31, 2019	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Assets – cash & cash equivalents		$	12,889,931		$	—		$	—
Total assets		$	12,889,931		$	—		$	—
Liabilities:
Common stock warrants		$	—		$	—		$	59,624
Preferred stock warrants			—			—			1,179,201
Total liabilities		$	—		$	—		$	1,238,825

The following table represents the changes in these Level 3 financial liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021:

Level 3 Rollforward	Common stock warrants			Preferred stock warrants			Forward purchase option derivative			Earnout liability
Beginning balances		$	49,863		$	2,072,536		$	—		$	—
Additions			—			—			14,700,778			21,606,062
Changes in fair value			231,149			(1,766,370)			(10,498,216)			5,527,501
Reclassified to equity			(281,012)			(306,166)			—			—
Ending balances		$	—		$	—		$	4,202,562		$	27,133,563

Historically, the Company measured the common stock warrants and preferred stock warrants using Level 3 unobservable inputs within the Black-Scholes Merton model. The Company used various key assumptions, such as the fair value of common stock and preferred stock, respectively, volatility, and expected term. The Company monitored the fair value of the common stock and preferred stock warrants annually, with subsequent revisions reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s common stock warrants are publicly traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol BOXD WS. The Company monitors the fair value of the common stock warrants annually, with subsequent revisions reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the stock price. The Public Warrants are categorized as Level 1 fair value measurements as they are publicly traded and the Private Warrants are categorized as Level 2 fair value measurements as they are valued based on the trading price of the Public Warrants. As of December 31, 2021, there were no preferred stock warrants outstanding.

The fair value of the forward purchase option derivative was estimated using a Monte-Carlo Simulation in a risk-neutral framework (a special case of the Income Approach). Specifically, the future stock price is

F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

simulated assuming a Geometric Brownian Motion (“GBM”). For each simulated path, the forward purchase value is calculated based on the contractual terms and then discounted at the term-matched risk-free rate. Finally, the value of the forward is calculated as the average present value over all simulated paths. The Company measured the fair value of the forward purchase option derivative upon the consummation of the Business Combination and as of December 31, 2021, with the respective fair value adjustments recorded within its Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company will continue to monitor the fair value of the forward option derivative annually, with subsequent revisions to be recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

There are two components of the Company’s earnout liability: (i) the valuation of the contingent consideration for the MaxDelivery acquisition (as discussed in Note 10) and (ii) the valuation of Sponsor Earnout Shares (as discussed in Note 1).

For the contingent consideration related to MaxDelivery, the fair value was estimated using a Monte-Carlo Simulation in a risk-neutral framework (a special case of the Income Approach). Specifically, future EBITDA is simulated assuming a GBM. For each simulated path, the contingent consideration payments are calculated based on the contractual terms and then discounted at the term-matched risk-free rate plus Company credit spread. The Company measured the fair value of the contingent consideration upon the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2021, with the respective fair value adjustments recorded within its Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the valuation of the Sponsor Earnout Shares, the fair value was estimated using a Monte-Carlo Simulation in which the fair value was based on the simulated stock price of the Company over the maturity date of the contingent consideration. The key inputs used in the determination of the fair value included current stock price, volatility, and expected term. The Company measured the fair value of the Sponsor Earnout Shares upon the consummation of the Business Combination and as of December 31, 2021, with the respective fair value adjustments recorded within its Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company will continue to monitor the fair value of components of the earnout liability annually, with subsequent revisions to be recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

All significant Level 3 fair value measurements were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

16.

NET LOSS PER SHARE

The Company historically used the two-class method to compute basic and diluted earnings per common share. In periods of net loss, no effect was given to the Company’s participating securities as they did not contractually participate in the losses of the Company. As of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company no longer had participating securities under the two-class method. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Numerator:
Net loss		$	(69,222,605)		$	(34,436,576)		$	(65,402,000)
Less: accretion adjustment			(2,039,144)			1,090,294			1,155,122
Net loss attributable to common shareholders		$	(67,183,461)		$	(35,526,870)		$	(66,557,122)
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares – basic and diluted			13,063,482			9,348,633			9,261,222
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted		$	(5.14)		$	(3.80)		$	(7.19)

The following securities were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share in the periods presented, as their effect would be anti-dilutive:

F-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2021		2020		2019
Series preferred stock, outstanding		—		40,255,926		34,541,150
Common stock warrants, outstanding		—		35,717		35,717
Preferred stock warrants, outstanding		—		1,188,848		1,188,848
Common stock options, outstanding		5,832,519		6,207,149		7,607,366
PIPE convertible notes, if-converted(1)		7,291,667		—		—
Restricted stock units, outstanding		1,280,000		—		—
Private warrants, outstanding		12,937,500		—		—
Public warrants, outstanding		5,587,500		—		—

(1)

The PIPE convertible notes are presented using a conversion rate of $12.00, in line with the if-converted method under ASC 260, Earnings Per Share.

17.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The majority holder of the Series C-1 class is a vendor from whom the Company purchases inventory. Prior to the Closing, the shareholders of the Series C-1 class of preferred stock had the right to elect one Director to the Board of Directors and, the elected Director was an employee of this vendor. In connection with the inventory purchases, the Company receives various volume rebates and incentives to continue doing business. Total inventory purchases for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $12,880,934, and $13,879,944, respectively. Volume rebates and incentives received for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $908,867 and $1,674,169, respectively. Inventory purchases from January 1, 2021 through December 8, 2021, the date of the Closing, were approximately $11,752,870 and volume rebates and incentives were approximately $214,258.

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, all shares of Old Boxed preferred stock converted into shares of Old Boxed common stock. Upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock then converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock. As a result, the majority holder of the Series C-1 class was no longer a related party as this holder no longer holds more than 10% of the Company’s voting interest and the elected Director is no longer on the Board of Directors.

A holder of the Series D-1 class is a vendor from whom the Company purchases inventory. Prior to the Closing, the collective shareholders of the Series D-1 class of preferred stock had the right to elect two Directors to the Board of Directors. The Directors elected by the collective Series D-1 shareholders were not employees of this vendor. In connection with the inventory purchases, the Company receives various volume rebates and incentives to continue doing business. Total inventory purchases for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $3,878,138 and $2,267,312, respectively and total dunnage purchases for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $2,729,376 and $2,747,384, respectively. Volume rebates and incentives received for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $25,937 and $230,848, respectively. Inventory purchases from January 1, 2021 through December 8, 2021 were $1,930,888 and total dunnage purchases were $2,276,366. Volume rebates and incentives were immaterial from January 1, 2021 through December 8, 2021, the date of the Closing.

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, all shares of Old Boxed preferred stock converted into shares of Old Boxed common stock. Upon Closing, each share of Old Boxed common stock then converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock. As a result, the holder of the Series D-1 class, was no longer a related party.

F-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

has been engaged to provide services to AEON and AEON Malaysia. The total transaction price for the contract includes fixed and variable consideration. Based on the Company’s estimates of the standalone selling prices of the performance obligations identified in the contract, the Company has allocated $7,300,000 to implementation services specific to AEON, $4,500,000 to the implementation services specific to AEON Malaysia, and $20,000 per month to software maintenance services with respect to the licensed software for AEON Malaysia. The transaction price attributable to the software license to AEON Malaysia is variable and consists of sales and usage-based royalties. Yuki Habu, a director of the Company, is affiliated with AEON. Refer to Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more details. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, all shares of Old Boxed preferred stock converted into shares of Old Boxed common stock, which then upon Closing converted into the right to receive approximately 0.9498 shares of New Boxed common stock.

Prior to the agreement signed in February in 2021, in May 2019, the Company entered into an advisory services agreement and provided a proof of concept in connection with the future software as a service licensing arrangement. Fees recognized for the proof of concept was approximately $300,000 in the year ended December 31, 2019. No services were provided in 2020.

18.

SEGMENT REPORTING

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The profitability measure employed by the Company’s CODM for allocating resources to operating segments and assessing operating segment performance is operating profit or loss. The CODM does not receive or regularly review asset information when allocating resources and assessing segment performance. Therefore, asset information by segment has not been disclosed. Substantially all of the Company’s identifiable assets are located in the United States. The Company currently does not have sales outside the United States, nor does any customer represent more than 10 percent of total revenues for any period presented.

There were no material inter-segment net sales and expenses to be eliminated in computing total revenue and operating income. In addition, the Company allocates its selling, general and administrative expenses to its segment results based on usage, which is generally reflected in the segment in which the costs are incurred. Prior to fiscal year 2021, the Company did not accumulate net revenue information by product or groups of products, and therefore did not disclose net revenue by product because to do so would be impracticable. The following table provides information for the Company’s reportable segments, including product category disaggregation for its Retail segment beginning in fiscal year 2021:

Information about Reported Segment Profit or Loss

	Retail			Software & Services			Total
For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Grocery net revenue		$	98,925,157		$	—		$	98,925,157
Home & Household net revenue			53,352,950			—			53,352,950
Other net revenue(1)			4,711,003			—			4,711,003
Software & Services net revenue			—			20,277,567			20,277,567
Total net revenue		$	156,989,110		$	20,277,567		$	177,266,677
Operating income (loss)		$	(64,863,125)		$	15,820,315		$	(49,042,810)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2020
Total net revenue		$	187,173,834		$	—		$	187,173,834
Operating income (loss)		$	(26,244,100)		$	(2,442,662)		$	(28,686,762)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2019
Total net revenue		$	173,692,897		$	300,000		$	173,992,897
Operating income (loss)		$	(63,082,583)		$	(2,610,740)		$	(65,693,323)

F-74

	Boxed, Inc. Financial Statements
	Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2022 and 2021 and for three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets					F-2
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations					F-3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit					F-4
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows					F-5
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements					F-6
	Boxed, Inc. Financial Statements
	Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)					F-32
	Consolidated Balance Sheets					F-33
	Consolidated Statements of Operations					F-34
	Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit					F-36
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows					F-38
	Notes to Financial Statements					F-39